Wo

rk-Textboo
k
KE
Y
MASTERING
MATHEMATICS

2A
Yeap Ban Har, Ph.D. Secondary
Joseph Yeo Boon Wooi, Ph.D.
Teh Keng Seng
Work-Textbook

Mastering Mathematics
Secondary 2A Secondary

Subject Area: Mathematics

Based on Thailand’s newly revised curriculum of B.E. 2560 (A.D. 2017)
2A

Authors
Yeap Ban Har, Ph.D. K
Joseph Yeo Boon Wooi, Ph.D. E
Teh Keng Seng Y
Editors
Tipsuda Buakaew
Poranee Tatsanasaengsoon
Sathawut Anuraksakulwet
Kanjana Heenpooh
Chananchida Simla

First published 2020

All rights reserved

Product code: 2216013

This Secondary Mathematics Series, adapted from the New Syllabus Mathematics series,
is published in collaboration with Shing Lee Publishers Pte Ltd, Singapore.
 Preface
Mastering Mathematics is a series of Work-Textbooks written based on the B.E. 2560
(A.D. 2017) revised version of Thailand’s Basic Education Core Curriculum B.E. 2551 (A.D.
2008). This series is adapted and developed from the New Syllabus Mathematics series
in collaboration with Shing Lee Publishers Pte Ltd, Singapore aiming to enhance skills
needed in the 21st Century, which include analytical skill, problem-solving skill, creativity,
ICT skills and collaboration skill. These skills help students to act on economic, social,
cultural and environmental changes potentially such that they are able to compete and live
harmoniously with the world community.

Key Features

K
Worked Example Exercise
E This shows students how to apply what they The questions are classified into three levels
Y
have learned to solved related problems and of difficulty–Basic, Intermediate and Advanced.
how to present their working clearly.

Practice Now Summary

At the end of each Worked Example, a
similar question will be provided for immediate At the end of each chapter, a succinct summary
practice. Where appropriate, this includes further of the key concepts is provided to help students
questions of progressive difficulty. consolidate what they have learned.
Similar Questions Review Exercise
A list of similar questions in the Exercise is This is included at the end of each chapter for
given here to help teachers choose questions the consolidation of learning of concepts.
that their students can do on their own.

Challenge Yourself
Optional problems are included at the end of each chapter to challenge and stretch high-ability
students to their fullest potential.
Active Learning Activities

Investigation Class Discussion

Activities are included to guide students to Questions are provided for students to discuss in
investigate and discover important mathematical class, with the teacher acting as the facilitator.
concepts so that they can construct their own The questions will assist students to learn new
knowledge meaningfully. knowledge, think mathematically, and enhance
their reasoning and oral communication skills.

Thinking Time Journal Writing

Key questions are also included at appropriate Opportunities are provided for students to
junctures to check if students have grasped reflect on their learning and to communicate
various concepts and to create opportunities for mathematically. It can also be used as a
them to further develop their thinking. formative assessment to provide feedback to
students to improve on their learning.
Performance Task K
E
Y
Mini projects are designed to develop research and presentation skills in the students.

Marginal Notes
ATTENTION PROBLEM SOLVING TIP INFORMATION

This contains important This guides students on how This includes information
information that students to approach a problem. that may be of interest to
should know. students.

RECALL JUST FOR FUN INTERNET RESOURCES

This contains certain This contains puzzles, This guides students to

mathematical concepts or fascinating facts and search on the Internet for
rules that students have interesting stories as valuable information or
learned previously. enrichment for students. interesting online games
for their independent and
self-directed learning.
 Contents
Chapter 1 Chapter 2
Exponentiation 2 Real Number 42
1.1 Exponential Numbers with Integer 2.1 Writing Fractions as Recurring Decimals
Exponents 4 and Recurring Decimals as Fractions 44
1.2 Multiplication and Division of Exponential 2.2 Square Roots and Cube Roots of
Numbers with Integer Exponents 9 Rational Numbers 61
1.3 Scientific Notation 26 2.3 Real Numbers 84
1.4 Real-life Applications of Exponential 2.4 Real-life Applications of Real Numbers 88
Numbers 30 Summary 94
Summary 36 Review Exercise 2 98
Review Exercise 1 37 Challenge Yourself 101
Challenge Yourself 41

Chapter 3 Chapter 4
Polynomials 102 Geometric Transformation 154
3.1 Algebraic Expression 104 4.1 Geometric Transformation 156
3.2 Addition and Subtraction of 4.2 Translation 159
K Polynomials 112 4.3 Reflection 169
E 3.3 Multiplication and Division of 4.4 Rotation 181
Y
Polynomials 129 4.5 Relationship between Translation,
Summary 144 Reflection and Rotation 194
Review Exercise 3 148 4.6 Real-life Applications of Translation,
Challenge Yourself 153 Reflection and Rotation 199
Summary 203
Review Exercise 4 205
Challenge Yourself 211

Chapter 5 Chapter 6
Congruence 212 Parallel Lines 250
5.1 Congruent Geometric Figures 214 6.1 Parallel Lines 252
5.2 Congruent Triangles 225 6.2 Parallel Lines and Triangles 268
5.3 Real-life Applications of Congruence 240 Summary 281
Summary 244 Review Exercise 6 282
Review Exercise 5 245 Challenge Yourself 287
Challenge Yourself 249

Problems in Real-World Contexts 288

Appendix 290
 Learning Standard and Indicators Strand 1 Strand 2 Strand 3
Standard M 1.1Standard M 1.2Standard M 1.3Standard M 2.1 Standard M 2.2 Standard M 3.1Standard M 3.2
Indicator Indicator Indicator Indicator Indicator Indicator Indicator
Chapter/Topic 1 2 1 2 - 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 1 -
Chapter 1: Exponentiation
1.1 Exponential Numbers with Integer Exponents ✓
1.2 Multiplication and Division of Exponential Numbers ✓
with Integer Exponents
1.3 Scientific Notation ✓
1.4 Real-life Applications of Exponential Numbers ✓
Chapter 2: Real Number
2.1 Writing Fractions as Recurring Decimals and
Recurring Decimals as Fractions ✓
2.2 Square Roots and Cube Roots of Rational Numbers ✓
2.3 Real Numbers ✓
2.4 Real-life Applications of Real Numbers ✓
Chapter 3: Polynomials
Mastering Mathematics Secondary 2A

3.1 Algebraic Expression ✓

3.2 Addition and Subtraction of Polynomials ✓
3.3 Multiplication and Division of Polynomials ✓
Chapter 4: Geometric Transformation
Table of Learning Standards and Indicators for

4.1 Geometric Transformation ✓

Taught in other levels

Taught in other levels

4.2 Translation ✓
4.3 Reflection ✓
4.4 Rotation ✓
4.5 Relationship between Translation, Reflection and Rotation ✓
4.6 Real-life Applications of Translation, Reflection and Rotation ✓
Chapter 5: Congruence
5.1 Congruent Geometric Figures ✓
5.2 Congruent Triangles ✓
5.3 Real-life Applications of Congruence ✓
Chapter 6: Parallel Lines
6.1 Parallel Lines ✓
6.2 Parallel Lines and Triangles
E
Y
K
K
E
Y

2
Chapter 1
Exponentiation
Radio waves consist of two types of radiation. The
first one is AM (Amplitude Modulation), which is in the
frequency range of 530 to 1,600 KHz, or 5.3 × 105 to
1.6 × 106 Hz. The other one is FM (Frequency Modulation),
which is in the frequency range of 88 to 108 MHz, or
8.8 × 107 to 1.08 × 108 Hz. The difference between AM
and FM is how the wave is modulated; therefore, AM K
radios cannot receive the wave altered for FM radios and E
Y
vice versa.
According to what mentioned above, how much higher
is the most frequency range of FM radio than the least
frequency range of AM radio?

Indicator
• Understand and apply the properties of exponentiation with
integer exponents to solve mathematical and real-world
problems. (MA 1.1 G. 8/1)
Compulsory Details
• Exponential numbers with integer exponents
• Real-life applications of exponentiations

3
 1.1 Exponential Numbers with Integer
Exponents
In Secondary 1, you have already learned about exponential numbers with positive integer
exponents, i.e. you can write an to show that a is multiplied by itself n times.
On this topic, we will take a look further at the integer exponents. Since the exponents
that are zero or negative integers cannot be expressed in the form of repeated multiplication,
other definitions are taken into consideration and used, as in the following activity.

Investigation
Fill in the correct answers where a is any number other than zero.
Division of Properties of exponents Definition of exponents
K exponents
E
Y 3 - 3
1. 53 ÷ 53 53 ÷ 53 = 5 53 ÷ 53 = 55 ×× 55 ×× 55
0
=5 = 1

2. a4 ÷ a4 a4 ÷ a4 = a4 - 4 a4 ÷ a4 = aa ×× aa ×× aa ×× aa
= a0 = 1

3. 73 ÷ 75 73 ÷ 75 = 7
3 - 5
73 ÷ 75 = 7 × 77 ×× 77 ×× 77 × 7
-2
=7 1
= 72

4. a4 ÷ a6 a4 ÷ a6 = a4 - 6 a4 ÷ a6 = a ×aa ×× aa ×× aa ×× aa× a
= a-2 = a12

4
 According to Investigation, it can be summarized in to the following definitions:
Definition Let a be any number other than zero.
a0 = 1

Definition Let a be any number other than zero where n is a positive integer.
a-n = 1n
a

Worked Example 1
Write the following exponential numbers in integer or fraction form.
1) 3-5 2) (-2)-4 3) -2-4
( )
4) - 23
-3
5) (0.8)-2 6) (-0.1)-5 K
E
Y
Solution
1) 3-5 = 15 2) (-2)-4 = 1 4
3 (-2)
= 3 × 3 × 13 × 3 × 3 = (-2) × (-2) ×1 (-2) × (-2)
1
= 243 = 161

3) -2-4 = - 14 ( )
4) - 23
-3
= 13
2 ( )
- 23
= - 2 × 2 ×1 2 × 2 = 1
(- 3) (- 23) (- 23)
2 × ×

= - 161 = 18
- 27
= - 278
= -3 38
5
 5) (0.8)-2 = 1 6) (-0.1)-5 = 1
(0.8)2 (-0.1)5
= (0.8) ×1 (0.8) 1
= (-0.1) × (-0.1) × (-0.1) × (-0.1) × (-0.1)
1
= 0.64 1
= - 0.00001
= 100
64 = -100,000
= 1 169

Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 1A Questions 1-3
Write the following exponential numbers in integer or fraction form.
1) 7-3 2) (-6)-3
= 1
.............................................................................................................
3 = 1
.............................................................................................................
3
K 7 (-6)
E ............................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................
Y 1
= 7 × 71 × 7
............................................................................................................. = (-6) × (-6)
.............................................................................................................
× (-6)
............................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................
1
= 343
.............................................................................................................
1
= - 216
.............................................................................................................

............................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................

............................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................

3) -6-3 ( )
4) - 43
-5

= -1
.............................................................................................................
3 = 1
.............................................................................................................
5
6
.............................................................................................................
( )
- 43
.............................................................................................................

= - 6 61 6
............................................................................................................. = 1
.............................................................................................................
× ×
.............................................................................................................
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
- 43 × - 43 × - 43 × - 43 × - 43
.............................................................................................................
1
= - 216
............................................................................................................. = - 1,024 1
.............................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................
243
.............................................................................................................

............................................................................................................. = - 1,024 243

.............................................................................................................

6
5) (0.9)-3 6) (-0.15)-2
= 1
............................................................................................................. = 1
.............................................................................................................
3 2
(0.9) (-0.15)
............................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................

= (0.9) (0.9) 1
............................................................................................................. = (-0.15) 1× (-0.15)
.............................................................................................................
× × (0.9)
= 0.729 1
............................................................................................................. = 0.0225 1
.............................................................................................................

= 1,000
.............................................................................................................
729 = 10,000
.............................................................................................................
225
= 1 271
.............................................................................................................
729 = 9 400
.............................................................................................................

............................................................................................................. = 44 49
.............................................................................................................

Exercise 1A
Basic Level
1. Write the following exponential numbers in integer or fraction form. K
E
Y
1) 3-4 2) -92
= 1
………………………………………………………………………………..
4 = -(9 9)
×
………………………………………………………………………………..
3
1
=……………………………………………………………………………….. = -81
3 ×3 ×3 ×3 ………………………………………………………………………………..
= 811
……………………………………………………………………………….. ………………………………………………………………………………..

0
3) (-3.5)-1
1
()
4) 18
= -3.5
……………………………………………………………………………….. = 1
………………………………………………………………………………..
= - 27
……………………………………………………………………………….. ………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………….. ………………………………………………………………………………..

-3
5) -60 ()1
6) 75
= -1
……………………………………………………………………………….. =
………………………………………………………………………………..

………………………………………………………………………………..
3
(75)
………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………….. = 7 17 7 = 125
………………………………………………………………………………..
343
5×5×5
7
 Intermediate Level
2. Find solutions to the following problems, leaving your answer in integer or fraction form.
1) -50 + (-5)0 2) 3 × 2-1 + (0.5)-1
= -1 + 1
……………………………………………………………………………….. ×
1
= 3 12 + 0.5
………………………………………………………………………………..
= 0
……………………………………………………………………………….. = 32 + 2
………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………….. = 3 12
………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………….. ………………………………………………………………………………..

3) -2-2 + 22 - (-2)0 4) -100 - 10 - (-10)-1

= -1 +4-1
2
………………………………………………………………………………..
1
= -1 - 10 - -10
………………………………………………………………………………..
2
1
= -4 + 3
……………………………………………………………………………….. = -11 + 101
………………………………………………………………………………..
= 2 34
……………………………………………………………………………….. = -10 109
………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………….. ………………………………………………………………………………..

K
E Advanced Level
Y
3. Are the following statements true or false? Explain.
1) If an = 1, then n is equal to zero where a is an integer.
False, because if a = 1 and n is an integer, then an = 1n = 1.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
For example, let a = 1 and n = 2 in the expression of an, then 12 = 1.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) -an = (-a)n where a is an integer and n is a positive even number.

False, because if a = -1 and n = 2 in the e pression of -an, then -(-1)2 = -1; x
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
and in the expression of (-a)n, then [-(-1)]2 = 12 = 1.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3) a-n = - 1n where a is an integer other than zero and n is a positive integer.

a -n -3 1 1
False, because if a = 2 and n = 3 in the e pression of a , then 2 = = 8 x
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
2
and in the e x pression of - 1 , then - 1 = - 1 .
23 8
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
an
4) If the value of n is increased, then the value of an is increased where a and n are any integers.
False, because if a = -2 and n = 2, 3 and 4 in the e pression of an, then (-2)2 = 4, x
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(-2)3 = -8 and (-2)4 = 16, respectively.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

8
 1.2 Multiplication and Division of Exponential
Numbers with Integer Exponents
Investigation
Fill in the blanks.
1. 53 × 52 = (5 × 5 × 5) × ( 5 × 5 )
= 5×5×5×5×5
= 5 5 = 5 3 + 2
2. (-2)4 × (-2)-2 = [(-2) × (-2) × (-2) × (-2)] × 1
[ (-2)
(-2) × ]
= (-2) × (-2)
= (-2) 2 = (-2) 4 + -2 K
E
3. (0.1)-2 × (0.1)0 = [(0.1) ×1 (0.1)] × 1 Y

= (0.1) ×1 (0.1)
= 1
(0.1) 2
= (0.1) -2 = (0.1) -2 + 0

4. Let a be any number other than zero.

a-3 × a-4 = a × 1a × a × [ a × a ×1 a × a ]
= a × a × a × 1a × a × a × a
= 1
a 7
= a -7 = a -3 + -4

9
 According to Investigation, it can be summarized into the following property:
Property 1 Let a be any number other than zero, where m and n are integers.
am × an = am + n

Worked Example 2
Write the products of the following in simple form, where a is any number other than zero.
1) (-3)5 × (-3)-8 2) 2-4 × 2-3
4 -5
( ) ( )
3) - 23 × - 23 4) 5-4 × (-5)-8
5) 7-3 × (-7)2 6) (-a)-7 × a14
Solution
1) (-3)5 × (-3)-8 = (-3)5 + (-8) (Property 1)
= (-3)-3
K = 13
E (-3)
Y
2) 2-4 × 2-3 = 2-4 + (-3) (Property 1)
= 2-7
= 17
2
4 -5 4 + (-5)
( ) ( )
3) - 23 × - 23 ( )
= - 23
-1
(Property 1)
( )
= - 23
= 12
-3
= - 32 or -112
4) 5-4 × (-5)-8 = 5-4 × 5-8
= 5-4 + (-8) (Property 1)
= 5-12
= 112
5
10
 or 5-4 × (-5)-8 = (-5)-4 × (-5)-8
= (-5)-4 + (-8) (Property 1)
= (-5)-12
= 1 12
(-5)
5) 7-3 × (-7)2 = 7-3 × 72
= 7-3 + 2 (Property 1)
= 7-1
= 17
6) (-a)-7 × a14 = (-a)-7 × (-a)14
= (-a)-7 + 14 (Property 1)
= (-a)7
Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 1B Questions 1(1)-(2), 2(1)
K
Write the products of the following in simple form, where a is any number other than zero. E
Y
1) (-6)-8 × (-6)11 2) 5-9 × 5-5
= (-6)-8 + 11 (Property 1)
............................................................................................................. = 5-9 + (-5) (Property 1)
.............................................................................................................
= (-6)3
............................................................................................................. = 5-14
.............................................................................................................

............................................................................................................. = 114
.............................................................................................................
5
7 -6
( ) ( )
3) - 13 × - 13
7 + (-6)
4) 7-6 × (-7)-10
= - 13 ( ) (Property 1)
............................................................................................................. = 7-6 + (-10) or (-7)-6 + (-10) (Property 1)
.............................................................................................................
= - 13
............................................................................................................. = 7-16 or (-7)-16
.............................................................................................................

............................................................................................................. = 116 or 1 16
.............................................................................................................
7 (-7)
5) 13-9 × (-13)8 6) a-17 × a21
= 13-9 + 8 (Property 1)
............................................................................................................. = a-17 + 21 (Property 1)
.............................................................................................................
= 13-1
............................................................................................................. = a4
.............................................................................................................
= 131
............................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................

11
 Investigation
Fill in the blanks.
1. 75 ÷ 73 = (7 × 7 × 7 × 7 × 7) ÷ ( 7 × 7 × 7 )
= 7×7×7×7×7
7×7×7

= 7 2
3
= 7 5-
2. (-3)4 ÷ (-3)-2 1
= (-3) × (-3) × (-3) × (-3) ÷
[(-3) × (-3)]
= (-3) × (-3) × (-3) × (-3) × (-3) × (-3)
= (-3) 6
K = (-3) 4 - (-2)
E
Y
3. (0.4)-2 ÷ (0.4)0 = [(0.4) ×1 (0.4)] ÷ ( 1 )
= (0.4) 1× (0.4)
= 1
(0.4) 2
= (0.4) -2
0
= (0.4) -2 -
4. Let a be any number other than zero.
a-3 ÷ a-6 ( )
= a × 1a × a ÷ a × a × a ×1 a × a × a
= (a ×
1
a× a) × a×a×a×a×a×a

= a 3
= a -3 - -6

12
 According to Investigation, it can be summarized into the following property:
Property 2 Let a be any number other than zero, where m and n are integers.
am ÷ an = am - n

Worked Example 3
Write the quotients of the following in simple form, where a and b are any numbers
other than zero.
1) (-2)17 ÷ (-2)9 2) 7-5 ÷ (-7)-12 3) 6a4b-5 ÷ 2a-5b3
Solution
1) (-2)17 ÷ (-2)9 = (-2)17 - 9 (Property 2)
= (-2)8
2) 7-5 ÷ (-7)-12 = 7-5 ÷ 7-12 K
= 7-5 - (-12) (Property 2) E
Y
= 77
3) 6a4b-5 ÷ 2a-5b3 = 3a4 - (-5)b-5 - 3 (Property 2)
= 3a9b-8
9
= 3a8
b
Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 1B Questions 1(3)-(4), 2(2)
Write the quotients of the following in simple form, where a and b are any numbers
other than zero.
1) (-3)23 ÷ (-3)32 2) 5-5 ÷ 5-16
= (-3)23 - 32 (Property 2)
............................................................................................................. = 5-5 - (-16) (Property 2)
.............................................................................................................
= (-3)-9
............................................................................................................. = 511
.............................................................................................................
= 19
............................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................
(-3)
............................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................
13
 3) 16a-5b-7 ÷ 8a-10b6 4) (-2)7a14b-10 ÷ 2-4a-13b-15
= 2a-5 - (-10)b-7 - 6 (Property 2)
............................................................................................................. = (-2)7a14 b-10 (-2)-4a-13 b-15 ÷
.............................................................................................................
= 2a5b-13
............................................................................................................. = (-2)7 - (-4)a14 - (-13)b-10 - (-15) (Property 2)
.............................................................................................................
5
= 2a13
............................................................................................................. = (-2)11a27b5
.............................................................................................................
b
............................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................

Worked Example 4
Write solutions to the following in simple form.
8 × 715 15 -14
1) -57 2) 16 × (-2)
3) -0.001 × (0.1)
7 × (-7)14 (-2)-8 (0.1)5 × (-0.1)-9
Solution
8 × 715
1) -57 = 78 × 715
K 7 × (-7)14 7-5 × 714
E 8 + 15
Y = 7-5 + 14 (Property 1)
7
23
= 79
7
= 723 - 9 (Property 2)
= 714
16 × (-2)
15
2) -8 = (-2)4 × (-2)15 - (-8) (Property 2)
(-2)
= (-2)4 × (-2)23
= (-2)4 + 23 (Property 1)
= (-2)27
-14 3 -14
3) -0.0015 × (0.1) -9 = (-0.1)5 × (0.1) -9
(0.1) × (-0.1) (0.1) × (-0.1)
= (-0.1)3 - (-9) × (0.1)-14 - 5 (Property 2)
= (-0.1)12 × (0.1)-19
14
 = (0.1)12 × (0.1)-19
= (0.1)12 + (-19) (Property 1)
= (0.1)-7
= 17
(0.1)
Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 1B Question 1(7)
Write solutions to the following in simple form.
7 × 1118 15
1) -8(-11) 2) 81 × (-3)
11 × (-11)14 3124
= (-11)7 - 14 × 1118 - (-8) (Property 2) (-3) × (-3)15
=.............................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................
(-3)12
= (-11)-7 × 1126
............................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................
4 + 15
= (-11)-7 × (-11)26
............................................................................................................. = (-3) (Property 1)
.............................................................................................................
12
(-3)
= (-11)-7 + 26 (Property 1)
............................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................. K
(-3)19 E
= (-11)19
............................................................................................................. =............................................................................................................. Y
(-3)12
............................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................

............................................................................................................. = (-3)19 - 12 (Property 2)

.............................................................................................................

............................................................................................................. = (-3)7
.............................................................................................................

-7 -5
3) 0.000125 × (0.05)
4) 0.027-6 × (0.3) 9
(0.05)4 ×3 (-0.05)-9-7 (-0.3) ×3 (-0.3)-5
= (0.05) × (0.05)
.............................................................................................................
4 -9 = (0.3) × (0.3)
.............................................................................................................
-6 9
(-0.05) × (-0.05) (-0.3) × (-0.3)
............................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................
(0.05)3 + (-7)
=.............................................................................................................
(Property 1) (0.3)3 + (-5)
=.............................................................................................................
(Property 1)
(-0.05)4 + (-9) (-0.3)-6 + 9
............................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................
-4 -2
= (0.05) -5
............................................................................................................. = (0.3)
.............................................................................................................
3
(-0.05) (-0.3)
............................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................
(-0.05)-4
=............................................................................................................. (-0.3)-2
=.............................................................................................................
(-0.05)-4-5- (-5) (-0.3)-23 - 3
= (-0.05) (Property 2)
............................................................................................................. = (-0.3) (Property 2)
.............................................................................................................
= -0.05
............................................................................................................. = (-0.3)-5 = 1 5
.............................................................................................................
(-0.3)
15
 Investigation
Fill in the blanks.
1. (34)3 = 34 × 34 × 34
4 + 4
= 34 + (Property 1)
= 3 4× 3
2. [(-2)5]-2 = 1 5 2
[(-2) ]
= 51 5
(-2) × (-2)
= 51+ (Property 1)
(-2) 5
K = (-2) -10
E
Y
= (-2) 5 × -2
3. (a-7)-4 = 1-7 4
(a )
= -7 -7 1 -7 -7
a ×a ×a ×a
= 1 (Property 1)
a (-7) + -7 + -7 + -7

= a 28
= a -7 × -4

According to Investigation, it can be summarized into the following property:

Property 3 Let a be any number other than zero, where m and n are integers.
(am)n = am × n

16
 Worked Example 5
Write the products of the following in simple form, where a and b are any numbers
other than zero.
-2 -9 -3 -5
1) (52)-7 × (58)-3 ()
2) [ 12 ] × [ 12 ] ()
3) (a-2)7 × (a-8)-4 4) [(-b)-3]-6 × (b6)-3
Solution
1) (52)-7 × (58)-3 = 52 × (-7) × 58 × (-3) (Property 3)
= 5-14 × 5-24
= 5-14 + (-24) (Property 1)
= 5-38
= 1
538
-2 -9 -3 -5
() ()
2) [ 12 ] × [ 12 ] = 1 -2 × (-9) × 1 -3 × (-5)
() () (Property 3)
2 2 K
18 15 E
= () ()
1 × 1
2
18 + 15
2
Y

= () 1
2 (Property 1)
= () 1 33
2
3) (a-2)7 × (a-8)-4 = a-2 × 7 × a-8 × (-4) (Property 3)
= a-14 × a32
= a-14 + 32 (Property 1)
= a18
4) [(-b)-3]-6 × (b6)-3 = (-b)-3 × (-6) × b6 × (-3) (Property 3)
= (-b)18 × b-18
= b18 × b-18
= b18 + (-18) (Property 1)
= b0
= 1

17
 Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 1B Questions 1(5)-(6), 2(3)
Write the products of the following in simple form, where a and b are any numbers
other than zero.
-1 -8 -3 -4
1) (3-2)4 × (3-5)-2 2) [ 15 ] × [ 15 ] () -1 × (-8)
()
= 3-2 4 3-5 (-2) ×
×
×
(Property 3) = 15 () () ×
1 -3 (-4)×
(Property 3)
12 5
............................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................
8
= 3-8 × 310
............................................................................................................. = 5 × 5() ()
1 1
.............................................................................................................
8 + 12
= 3-8 + 10 (Property 1)
............................................................................................................. = 15 ()
.............................................................................................................
= 32 () 1 20
=.............................................................................................................
(Property 1)
............................................................................................................. 5
............................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................

3) (a-6)5 × (a-8)-4 4) (b2)-7 × (b-3)-5 × [(-b)8]-3

= a-6 5 a-8 (-4) ×
×
×
(Property 3)
............................................................................................................. = b2 (-7) b-3 (-5) b8 (-3)
×
×
×
×
×
(Property 3)
.............................................................................................................
= a-30 × a32
............................................................................................................. = b-14 × b15 × b-24
.............................................................................................................
K = a-30 + 32 (Property 1) = b-14 + 15 + (-24) (Property 1)
E ............................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................
Y = a2 = b-23
............................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................

............................................................................................................. = 123
.............................................................................................................
b
Worked Example 6
Write the product of 2563 × [(-2)-4]4 in exponential form with 2 as the base.
Solution
2563 × [(-2)-4]4 = (28)3 × [(-2)-4]4
= 224 × 2-16
= 224 + (-16) (Property 1)
= 2 8
Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 1B Question 1(8)
Write the product of 128-4 × [(-2)7]4 in exponential form with 2 as the base.
128-4 [(-2)7]4 = (27)-4 [(-2)7]4
× × = 2-28 + 28 (Property 1)
.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 2-28 × (-2)28 = 20
.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 2-28 × 228
.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
18
 Thinking Time
Write the product of [(ma)b]c × [(mb)c]a in simple form, where m is any number other
than zero and a, b and c are integers.
[(ma)b]c [(mb)c]a = ma b c mb c a
×
× ×
×
× ×
(Property 3) = mabc + abc (Property 1)
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= mabc × mabc = m2abc
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Investigation
Fill in the blanks.
1. (5 × 2)3 = (5 × 2) × (5 × 2) × 5 × 2
= (5 × 5 × 5) × 2 × 2 × 2
K
= 53 × 23 E
Y
2. [(-3) × 5]-2 = 1
[(-3) × 5]2
= 1
[(-3) × 5] × [(-3) × 5]
= 1
[(-3) × (-3)] × 5 × 5
= 1
2× 2
(-3) 5
= (-3)-2 × 5-2
3. (2 × 7)0 = 14 0
= 1 or 20 × 70
According to Investigation, it can be summarized into the following property:
Property 4 Let a and b be any numbers other than zero, where n is an integer.
(a × b)n = an × bn

19
 According to properties 3 and 4, they can be summarized into the following property:
Property 5 Let a and b be any numbers other than zero where m, n and k are
integers.
(am × bn)k = am × k × bn × k

Worked Example 7
Write solutions to the following in simple form, where a and b are any numbers other
than zero.
1) [(-7)3 × 2-5]-2 2) [(ab4)-3 × (a3b)5]5
-6 43 3 52
3) [(-5)5 × 52-4] 4) [(ab)2 -3× -1b ]
(5 × 2 ) (a b )
Solution
K 1) [(-7)3 × 2-5]-2 = (-7)3 × (-2) × 2-5 × (-2) (Property 5)
E
Y
= (-7)-6 × 210
10
= 2 6
(-7)
2) [(ab4)-3 × (a3b)5]5 = (a-3 b4 × (-3) × a3 × 5 b5)5 (Property 5)
= (a-3 b-12 × a15 b5)5
= (a-3 + 15 b-12 + 5)5 (Property 1)
= (a12 b-7)5
= a12 × 5 b-7 × 5 (Property 5)
= a60 b-35
60
= a35
b
-6 43 -6 43
3) [(-5)5 × 52-4] = (55 × 25 )-4
(5 × 2 ) (5 × 2 )
-6 × 3 4×3
5 × 2
= 5 × (-4) 5 × (-4) (Property 5)
5 × 2

20
 -18 12
= 5-20 × 2-20
5 ×2
= 5-18 - (-20) × 212 - (-20) (Property 2)
= 52 × 232
3 52 3 3
4) [(ab)2 -3× -1b ] b × b5)2
= (a2 × (-1) (Property 4, 5)
(a b ) a b-3 × (-1)
3×2 3×2 5×2
= a b -2 3× b (Property 5)
a b
6 6 10
= a b -2× 3b
a b
= a6 - (-2) b6 + 10 - 3 (Property 1, 2)
= a8 b13
Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 1B Questions 1(9)-(10), 2(4)-(5)
Write solutions to the following in simple form, where a and b are any numbers other K
E
than zero. Y
1) [(-5)2 × 3-4]-3 2) [(a-1 b4)-2 × (a-3 b)2]-4
(-5)2 (-3) × 3-4 (-3)
× ×
=.............................................................................................................
(Property 5) = (a-1 (-2) b4 (-2) a-3 2 b2)-4
× ×
×
×
(Property 5)
.............................................................................................................

(-5)-6 × 312
=............................................................................................................. = (a2 b-8 × a-6 b2)-4
.............................................................................................................
312
=............................................................................................................. = (a2 + (-6) b-8 + 2)-4 (Property 1)
.............................................................................................................
(-5)6
............................................................................................................. = (a-4 b-6)-4
.............................................................................................................

............................................................................................................. = a16 b24 (Property 5)

.............................................................................................................
[(-10) 5 × 7-3]-1 [(ab)5 × ab-4]7
3) 4)
[(-7)6 ×510(-1)8]-2 × -3 (-1)
×
(ab5-2)57 7 × -4 7 ×
(-10) ×7
=.............................................................................................................
(Property 5) = (ab) 5 ×-2a 5 b (Property 5)
.............................................................................................................
76 (-2) × 108 (-2)
× ×
ab ×

............................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................
35 35 7 -28
(-10)-5 × 73
=............................................................................................................. = a b ×ab (Property 4)
.............................................................................................................
5 -10
7-12 ×-5 -(-10) (-16)
-16
3 - (-12) 35 + 7
a- 5 b 35 + (-28) - (-10)
=.............................................................................................................
(-10) × 7 (Property 2) = a × b (Property 1 and 2)
.............................................................................................................

(-10)11 × 715
=............................................................................................................. = a37 b17
.............................................................................................................

21
 Investigation
Fill in the blanks.
3
()
1. 25 = 25 × 25 × 25
= 25 ×× 25 ×× 25
3
= 23
5
-3
()
2. 34 = 1 3
()3
4
= 13
3
43
3
= 4
K 3 3
E
Y = 3
-3

4 -3
0
()
3. 45 = 1
0
= 4
5 0

According to Investigation, it can be summarized into the following properties:

Property 6 Let a and b be any numbers other than zero, where n is an integer.
()a n = ann
b b

According to properties 3 and 6, they can be summarized in to the following property:

Property 7 Let a and b be any numbers other than zero, where m, n and k are
integers.
b ()
amn k = am × k
bn × k
22
 Worked Example 8
Write the quotients of the following in simple form, where a and b are any numbers other
than zero.
-7)2 -1
2) [ (ab
4 -2
( )
1) 32
5 (a-4 b-5)-1]
Solution
-7)2 -1
( )4 -2 4 × (-2)
2) [ (ab (ab-7)2 × (-1) (Property 7)
(a-4 b-5)-1]
1) 32 = 32 × (-2) (Property 7) =
5 5 (a-4b-5)-1 × (-1)
-8 -7 -2
= 3-4 = (ab-4 )-5
5 ab
4 -2 -7 × (-2)
= 58 = a b-4 -5 (Property 5)
3 ab
-2 14
= a-4b-5
ab
K
= a2b19 (Property 2) E
Y
Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 1B Questions 1(11)-(12), 2(6), 3-5
Write the quotients of the following in simple form, where a and b are any numbers
other than zero.
-1 -5 3 -2
2) [ 2(a b 4) -5 2 ]
-3 -5
( )
1) 2 4
7 ab × (a b )
2-3 (-5)
×
=.............................................................................................................
(Property 7) (a-1b-5)3 (-2) ×
=.............................................................................................................
(Property 7)
74 (-5)
×
(ab2)-2 × (a4 b-5) 2 (-2) ×

............................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................
215
=............................................................................................................. (a-1b-5)-6
=.............................................................................................................
7-20 (ab2)-2 × (a4 b-5) -4
............................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................
215 × 720
=............................................................................................................. a6b30
=.............................................................................................................
(Property 5)
a-2b-4 × a-16 b20
............................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................

............................................................................................................. = a24 b14 (Property 1 and 2)

.............................................................................................................

............................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................

23
 Exercise 1B
Basic Level
1. Write solutions to the following in simple form.
1) 22 × 2-8 = 2-6 = 1 ……………………………………………….
6 2) (-5)-15 × 5-6 = (-5)-21 = 1
………………………………………….
21
2 (-5)
= 3-3 = 13
3) 311 ÷ 314 ………………………………………………. 4) 32-5 ÷ 2-25 = 1
………………………………………….
3
= 252
5) (84)5 × (42)-2 ……………………………………………….
10 × 713
( ) ()
-2 53
= (23 )
9
6) 278 × [ 23 ] ………………………………………….
12
(-7)
7) -7 = 718 or (-7)18
………………………………………………. 8) 81 × (-3) = 323
………………………………………….
7 × (-7)12 3-7
4
9) [(-2)3 × 2-4]-1 ……………………………………………….
= -2 = (-11)
10) [(-11)-2 × 55]-2 ………………………………………….
510
()
11) 54
7
3 -5 20
= 715
……………………………………………….
5 12)
5
24 -3
-2
= 12 1 6
………………………………………….
2 ×5 ()
K
E 2. Write solutions to the following in simple form, where a, b and c are any numbers
Y
other than zero.
1) (-a)-9 × a16 = (-a)7
……………………………………….
2a12
2) 8a9 b-6 ÷ 4a-3 b6 =…………………………………………
b12
-2 32
= b11
3) (b-3)8 × (b-7)-5 ………………………………………. c7
4) [(ab)3 -5× c-1 ] =…………………………………………
(a b c) ab9
(ab-7c)2 -2
[ ]
60
= c4 16
5) [(b-2 c7)2 × a-1 c]4 ………………………………………. 6) 4 -5 3
a4 b18 c2
=…………………………………………
ab ab c
Intermediate Level
3. Write solutions to the following in simple form.
(7
1) 2 ×103
3
-12 -1 243-1
×
1,024
-5
) 2) 125-2 ÷ 25-4 × 5-12 3
625
-6
5
-9
-3 ( )
= (27 3-22)-1 3 × × 10
..........................................................................................................
5 × 5
=..........................................................................................................
2 54-15 5-24 × 5-36
2-7 × 322 × 3-5
=.......................................................................................................... 5
=..........................................................................................................
-17
21017 541-56
= 2 ×3
.......................................................................................................... =..........................................................................................................
5
17
= 317
.......................................................................................................... ..........................................................................................................
2
24
 10
81
10
-12
3) 5 × 35 × 225-2
243
-1

-12 3-2 × 5-2 3-5 × 5-5

× ()15 -5
9
3 -12 -1
4) 7 ×-77 × 3433 ÷ 49-2
5 35 25
3 -12
-1

73
( 54
)
= 5 ×5 × -10 ×
.............................................................................................................
12 -10 = 7 ×7 -7 × -3 -3 × -2
.............................................................................................................
3 3 3 5 7 ×5 7
............................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................
-9 -7 -6 4
= 5 × 3
.............................................................................................................
-8 = 7 ×5
.............................................................................................................
-5 -10
3 7 ×5
............................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................
14
= 3
.............................................................................................................
9 = 7-1 514 = 57 ×
.............................................................................................................
5
4. Write solutions to the following in simple form, where a, b and c are any numbers
other than zero.
2 -1
1) a -1bc3 × (abc
b c
2 -1
-1)0
÷ b-2 c -1
a2 c-1 a3 b-5
2) ( )
(ab-1 c)2 ÷ a7 b-6 c2 × a-5 c 2
a-5 b3 c4 [ a2 bc-1 (b-3 c)-4]
a-3 b5 2 -2 2 4 2 -2
b24 c-8
= a bc 1
-1 3 × 2 -1 × 2 -1
............................................................................................................. = ab c abc -5 3 4 × 14 -12 4 × -10 2
.............................................................................................................
b c ac bc a bc a b c a c
............................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................
= a 2b c
-1 6 -1 6 24 -8
= ab c K
.............................................................................................................
a bc .............................................................................................................
a b c -1 -9 10 E
Y
............................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................
5 7 33
= a -3 b5 c-2
= b3 2
............................................................................................................. = ab
.............................................................................................................
18
ac c

Advanced Level
3n + 1 -7n + 2 10n
5. Write the solution to 3 n + 3-n + 3 × 3n in simple form, where n is an integer.
27 + 3 × 81
3n -7n + 2 10n
= (3 × 3) + (3 × 3 ) = 12
28
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3n -n + 3 4n
3 + (3 × 3 )
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3n 3n + 2
= (3 × 3) + (3 ) = 37
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3n 3n + 3
3 + (3 )
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3n 3n 2
= (3 × 3) + (3 × 3 )
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3n 3n 3
3 + (3 × 3 )
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3n
= 3 (3 + 9)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3n
3 (1 + 27)

25
 1.3 Scientific Notation
Class Discussion
Work in Pairs.
Fill in the correct answers.
No. Information Ordinary Notation (approximately) Scientific Notation

1) Bangkok’s population 5.68 106 people

5,680,000 people ×
…………………………………………
in 2017
2) Diameter of the Sun 1,390,000 km 1.39 106 km
×
…………………………………………

K 3) Wavelength of red light 0.000065 cm 6.5 10-5 cm

×
…………………………………………
E
Y
4) Diameter of a white
blood cell 0.000008 m 8 10-6 m
×
…………………………………………

5) Mass of a neutron 0.000000000000000000000001675 g 1.675 10-24 g

×
…………………………………………

According to Class Discussion, it is more common to write very large or very small
numbers in scientific notation.
Numbers expressed in scientific notation are numbers written in the form
of A × 10n, where 1 ≤ A < 10 and n is an integer.
Worked Example 9
Express the following numbers in scientific notation.
1) 218.5 × 108 2) 0.00047 × 10-5 3) 5 billion
Solution
1) 218.5 × 108 = (2.185 × 102) × 108 2) 0.00047 × 10-5 = (4.7 × 10-4) × 10-5
= 2.185 × 1010 = 4.7 × 10-9
26
3) 5 billion = (5 × 103) × 106
= 5 × 109
Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 1C Question 1
Express the following numbers in scientific notation.
1) 4,601.9 × 1012 2) 0.0000085 × 10-3
= (4.6019 103) 1012 × ×
............................................................................................................. (8.5 × 10-6) × 10-3
=.............................................................................................................
= 4.6019 × 1015
............................................................................................................. 8.5 × 10-9
=.............................................................................................................
3) 0.0000049 × 105 4) 30 billion
-6 5
= (4.9 10 ) 10 × ×
............................................................................................................. (3 × 104) × 106
=.............................................................................................................
= 4.9 × 10-1
............................................................................................................. 3 × 1010
=.............................................................................................................

Worked Example 10
K
Write solutions to the following in scientific notation. E
Y
1) (5.5 × 104) + (0.032 × 106) 2) (1.5 × 10-5) - (0.02 × 10-4)
3) (1.2 × 10-9) × (1.5 × 1012) 4) (12.5 × 10-6) ÷ (2.5 × 10-8)
Solution
1) (5.5 × 104) + (0.032 × 106) = (5.5 × 104) + (3.2 × 104)
= (5.5 + 3.2) × 104
= 8.7 × 104
2) (1.5 × 10-5) - (0.02 × 10-4) = (1.5 × 10-5) - (0.2 × 10-5)
= (1.5 - 0.2) × 10-5
= 1.3 × 10-5
3) (1.2 × 10-9) × (1.5 × 1012) = (1.2 × 1.5) × 10-9 + 12
= 1.8 × 103
-6
4) (12.5 × 10-6) ÷ (2.5 × 10-8) = 12.5 × 10-8
2.5 × 10
= 5 × 102

27
 Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 1C Questions 2-5
Write solutions to the following in scientific notation.
1) (4.25 × 105) + (0.81 × 106) 2) (9.5 × 10-4) - (8.7 × 10-5)
= (4.25 105) + (8.1 105)× ×
............................................................................................................. (9.5 × 10-4) - (0.87 × 10-4)
=.............................................................................................................
= 12.35 × 105 = 1.235 × 106
............................................................................................................. 8.63 × 10-4
=.............................................................................................................
3) (2.6 × 1015) × (3.8 × 10-21) 4) (31.5 × 10-11-11) ÷ (3.5 × 10-15)
= (2.6 3.8) 1015 + (-21)
× ×
.............................................................................................................
31.5 × 10 = 9 × 104
=.............................................................................................................
3.5 × 10-15
= 9.88 × 10-6
............................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................

Exercise 1C
Basic Level
K 1. Express the following numbers in scientific notation.
E
Y 1) 176 × 1021 2) 2,301.5 × 10-10
= (1.76 102) 1021 × ×
............................................................................................................. (2.3015 × 103) × 10-10
=.............................................................................................................
= 1.76 × 1023
............................................................................................................. 2.3015 × 10-17
=.............................................................................................................
3) 0.00036 × 10-12 4) 17.5 trillion
= (3.6 × 10-4) × 10-12
............................................................................................................. (17.5 × 106) × 106
=.............................................................................................................
= 3.6 × 10-16
............................................................................................................. 1.75 × 1013
=.............................................................................................................

2. Write solutions to the following in scientific notation.

1) (15.83 × 109) + (0.781 × 1010) 2) (13.31 × 10-6) - (0.075 × 10-4)
= (1.583 1010) + (0.781 1010)
× ×
............................................................................................................. (13.31 × 10-6) - (7.5 × 10-6)
=.............................................................................................................
= 2.364 × 1010
............................................................................................................. 5.81 × 10-6
=.............................................................................................................
3) (7.2 × 1031) × (5.6 × 10-17) 4) (1.21 × 10-18) ÷ (1.1 × 10-21)
= (7.2 5.6) 1031 + (-17)
× ×
1.21 × 10-18 = 1.1 × 103
=.............................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................
1.1 × 10-21
= 40.32 × 1014 = 4.032 × 1015
............................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................

28
 Intermediate Level
3. Write solutions to the following in scientific notation.
1) (175.8 × 108) + (0.007 × 1013) - (0.25 × 1010)
= (1.758 1010) + (7 1010) - (0.25 1010)
× × ×
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= (1.758 + 7 - 0.25) × 1010 = 8.508 × 1010
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
18 -12
2) (8.5 × 10 11) × (1.6 × 10-25 )
(1.7 × 10 ) × (4 × 10 )
= 8.5 ( 1.7 4 10
× 1.6
) ×
18 + (-12) - 11 - (-25)
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
×
= 2 × 1020
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
16 -5 22 -25
3) (16.9 × 10 ) × (1.5 × 10 ) (2.7 × 10 ) × (0.8 × 10 )
-
(1.3 × 104) (1.2 × 10-11)
( )
= [ 16.91.3× 1.5 1016 + (-5) - 4] - [ 2.71.2 × ( × 0.8
) × 1022 + (-25) - (-11)]
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= (1.95 × 108) - (1.8 × 108) = 1.5 × 107
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. K
E
4. Let a = 2 × 105 and b = 5 × 104. Write the value of (a - b)2 in scientific notation. Y
(a - b)2 = [(2 105) - (5 104)]2 × ×
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

= [(20 - 5) × 104]2
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

= (15 × 104)2
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

= 225 × 108
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

= 2.25 × 1010
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Advanced Level
(15 n-1 n+1
× 10 ) + (0.8 × 10 )
5. Write the solution to in scientific notation.
2 × 10n - 2
n -1 n
= (15 × 10 × 10 ) + (0.8 × 10 × 10) = (1.50.02+ 8)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
n -2
2 × 10 × 10
= 475
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
n -1
= 10 [(15 × n10 ) + (0.8 × 10)]
= 4.75 × 102
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
-2
10 (2 × 10 )
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

29
 1.4 Real-life Applications of
Exponential Numbers
In order to write numbers in scientific notation, prefixes in the SI units can be used
to specify a power of 10 in each unit. The SI prefixes are called and used according
to the name of the unit, as in the following table:
Power of 10 SI prefix Symbol Power of 10 SI prefix Symbol
101 deca- da 10-1 deci- d
102 hecto- h 10-2 centi- c
103 kilo- k 10-3 milli- m
106 mega- M 10-6 micro- μ

109 giga- G 10-9 nano- n

K 1012 tera- T 10-12 pico- p
E
Y 1015 peta- P 10-15 femto- f
1018 exa- E 10-18 atto- a
1021 zetta- Z 10-21 zepto- z
1024 yotta- Y 10-24 yocto- y

Example Exponential numbers in real-world contexts

Mars Fire ant
Approximately 6,794 km Approximately 7 mm or
or 6.794 × 106 m 7 × 10-3 m in body length
in diameter
White blood cell White light
Approximately 8 μm Approximately 400-800 nm
(micrometer) or 8 × 10-6 m (nanometer) or 4 × 10-7 or
in diameter 8 × 10-7 m in wavelength
30
 Worked Example 11
The mass of one atom of carbon (C) is approximately 1.99 × 10-23 g.
How many grams of mass are there in 2 × 105 atom of carbon?
Solution
The mass of one atom of carbon is approximately 1.99 × 10-23 g.
Then, 2 × 105 atom of carbon is approximately (1.99 × 10-23) × (2 × 105) g
= 1.99 × 2 × 10-23 × 105 g
= 3.98 × 10-18 g.
Therefore, the mass of 2 × 10 atom of carbon is approximately 3.98 × 10-18 g.
5

Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 1D Questions 1, 4
The mass of one atom of sodium (Na) is approximately 38.18 × 10-24 g. How many
grams of mass are there in 3 × 104 atom of sodium?
The mass of one atom of sodium is approximately 38.18 10-24 g. ×
............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ K
Then, 3 × 104 atom of sodium is approximately (38.18 × 10-24) × (3 × 104) g E
............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Y
-24 4
= 38.18 × 3 × 10 × 10 g
............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
-18
= 1.1454 × 10 g.
............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 -18
Therefore, 3 × 10 atom of sodium is approximately 1.1454 × 10 g.
............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Worked Example 12
The diameter of Mars is approximately 6.8 × 106 m. Find the
volume of Mars, where π ≈ 227 and the volume of a sphere
is equal to 43 πr3.
Solution
The diameter of Mars is approximately 6.8 × 106 m.
6
Then, the radius of Mars is approximately 6.8 ×2 10 = 3.4 × 106 m.
The volume of Mars is equal to 43 πr3 m3
≈ 4 × 22 × (3.4 × 10 ) m
63 3
3 7
20
≈ 1.65 × 10 m3.
Therefore, the volume of Mars is approximately 1.65 × 1020 m3.
31
 Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 1D Question 2
The diameter of Earth is approximately 1.28 × 107 m. Find the volume
of Earth, where π ≈ 227 and the volume of a sphere is equal to 43 πr3.
The diameter of Earth is approximately 1.28 107 m, so the radius is 6.4 106 m. × ×
............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

The volume of Earth is equal to 43 πr3 m3

............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

≈ 4 × 22 × (6.4 × 10 ) m
63 3
3 7 21
............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

≈ 1.1 × 10 m3.
............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Therefore, the volume of Earth is approximately 1.1 × 1021 m3.

............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Investigation
Complete the following.
Shane had deposited 10,000 baht in his account and received 2% compound interest
K annually for 4 years.
E
Y Year Principal Annual interest Principal + Interest = Balance
0 10,000 0 10,000 + 0 = 10,000
1 10,000 10,000 × 1002 = 200 10,000 + 200 = 10,200
2 10,200 10,200 × 1002 = 204 10,200 + 204 = …………………………………………
10,404
3 10,404 10,404 × 1002 = 208.08 10,404 + ………………………
208.08 = ………………………….
10,612.08
……………………….

4 2 ≈ 212.24
10,612.08 × 100
10,612.08 …………………………………………………………
…………………….. 10,612.08 + 212.24 10,824.32
≈
……………………………………………………………………………

According to Investigation, the interest attached to the principal at each period is

used for calculating interest in the next period. This type of interest calculation is called
compound interest. The formula is as follows:
A = P 1 + 100r t ( )
where A is the balance at the end of year t P is the principal
r is the interest at each period t is the number of times when interest
is calculated
32
 Worked Example 13
Tawan deposited 10,000 baht in his account and received 1.5% compound interest
annually. Calculate his balance after he has deposited his money for 3 years.
Solution Principle: 10,000 baht

Starting point 1 2 3
The formula of compound interest is A = P 1 + 100r t. ( )
Since P = 10,000, r = 1.5 and t = 3,
the balance after he has deposited the money for 3 years is:
1.5 3
10,000 × 1 + 100 baht ( )
= 10,000 × (1.015)3 baht
≈ 10,000 × 1.046 baht
K
= 10,460 baht E
Y
Therefore, Tawan’s balance after 3 years is 10,460 baht.
Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 1D Questions 3, 5
Nathan deposited 50,000 baht in his account and received 1.2% compound interest
annually. Calculate his balance after he has deposited his money for 5 years.
Principle: 50,000 baht
............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Starting point 1 2 3 4 5
............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

The formula of compound interest is A = P ( 1 + 100 .

r ) t
............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Since P = 50,000, r = 1.2 and t = 5,

............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

the balance after he has deposited the money for 5 years is: 50,000 × ( 1 + 1.2
100 ) 5
baht
............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

≈ 50,000 × 1.061 baht

............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

= 53,050 baht.
............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Therefore, Nathan’s balance after 5 years is 53,050 baht.

............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

33
 Exercise 1D
Basic Level
1. The mass of one atom of nitrogen (N) is approximately 23.24 × 10-24 g.
How many grams of mass are there in 103 atom of nitrogen?
The mass of one atom of nitrogen is approximately 23.24 × 10-24 g.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Then, 103 atom of nitrogen is approximately (23.24 × 10-24) × 103 g
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 23.24 × 10-21 g
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 2.324 × 10-20 g.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, 103 atom of nitrogen is approximately 2.324 × 10-20 g.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2. The diameter of Venus is approximately 1.2 × 107 m.

Find the surface area of Venus, where π ≈ 227
and the surface area of a sphere is equal to 4 πr2.
K The diameter of Venus is appro imately 1.2 107 m, so the radius is 0.6 107 m. x × ×
E ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Y The surface area of Venus is 4πr2 m2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
≈ 4 × 22 × (0.6 × 10 )
72 m2
7
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
≈ 4.53 × 10
14 m2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the surface area of Venus is approximately 4.53 × 1014 m2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3. Charles deposited 150,000 baht in his account and received 2% compound interest
annually. Calculate his balance after he has deposited the money for 4 years.
Principle: 150,000 baht
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Starting point 1 2 3 4
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The formula of compound interest is A = P 1 + 100 ( ) t
r , so P = 150,000, r = 2 and t = 4.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The balance after he has deposited the money for 4 years is: 150,000 × 1 + 100 ( )
2 4 baht
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
≈ 150,000 × 1.082 baht
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 162,300 baht.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, Charles’ balance after 4 years is 162,300 baht.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

34
 Intermediate Level
4. The distance from the Solar System to the center of the
Milky Way is approximately 30,000 light-years, in which
one light-year equals 9.56 trillion km. How far is the Solar
System from the center of the Milky Way in m approximately?
One light-year equals 9.46 trillion km:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 9.46 × 1012 km
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 9.46 × 1015 m.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Since the distance from those two places is approximately 30,000 light-years,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
we get 30,000 × 9.46 × 1015 = 3 × 104 × 9.46 × 1015 m
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 28.38 × 1019 m
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 2.838 × 1020 m.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the distance from the Solar System to the center of the Milky Way is approximately
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K
2.838 × 1020 m.
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... E
Y
Advanced Level
5. Toby has 100,000 baht to invest for 5 years. The offers from 2 investment companies are:
Aksorn Thai: 3.5% interest a year, compounded every 3 months
Sup-anan: 6% interest a year, compounded every 6 months
Which company should Toby invest his money with in order to receive the most
returns? Explain.
Aksorn Thai Sup-anan
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Since P = 100,000, r = 3.5, t = 4 × 5 = 20, Since P = 100,000, r = 6, t = 2 × 5 = 10,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
we get A = P ( 1 + 100
r ) t
we get A = P ( 1 + 100
r t )
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 100,000 ( 1 + 3.5
100 ) 20
bath = 100,000 ( 1 + 100 )
6 10 bath
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
≈ 198,978.89 bath. ≈ 179,084.77 bath.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, Toby should invest his money with Aksorn Thai because he will receive more
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
returns after 5 years of the investment.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

35
 Summary
1. Exponential numbers with integer exxponents
1) Exponential numbers with zero exponent
Let a be any number other than zero.
a0 = 1
2) Exponential numbers with negative integer exponents
Let a be any number other than zero, where n is a positive integer.
a-n = 1n
a
2. Multiplication and division of exponential numbers with integer exponents
Properties of exponential numbers
K Let a and b be any numbers other than zero, where m, n and k are integers.
E
Y 1) am × an = am + n
2) am ÷ an = am - n
3) (am)n = am × n
4) (a × b)n = an × bn
5) (am × bn)k = am × k × bn × k
n
()
6) ab = an
k
b
n

( )
m m×k
7) a n = a n × k
b b
3. Scientific notation
Numbers written in scientific notation are in the following form:
A × 10n where 1 ≤ A < 10 and n are integers.

36
Review Exercise 1
1. Write solutions to the following in integer or fraction form.
1) -70 + (-7)0 2) 4 × 2-1 + (0.25)-1
= -1 + 1
……………………………………………………………………………….. = 42 + 0.25
1
…………………………………………………………………………………..
= 0
……………………………………………………………………………….. = 2+4
…………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………….. = 6
…………………………………………………………………………………..

3) -5-3 × 54 - (-5)0 4) -100 - 10-1 - (-10)-2

-1 × 5-3 × 54 - 1
=……………………………………………………………………………….. = -1 - 101 - 100
1
…………………………………………………………………………………..
= -5 - 1
……………………………………………………………………………….. = - 111
100
…………………………………………………………………………………..
= -6
………………………………………………………………………………..
11
= -1 100
…………………………………………………………………………………..

5) -3-3 + 44 + 50 6) (-2)1 + (-3)2 + (-4)3 + (-5)4

= - 271 + 256 + 1
……………………………………………………………………………….. = -2 + 9 + (-64) + 625
…………………………………………………………………………………..
= 256 26 = 568 K
27
……………………………………………………………………………….. ………………………………………………………………………………….. E
Y
……………………………………………………………………………….. …………………………………………………………………………………..

2. Write solutions to the following in simple form, where a, b are integers other than
zero.
1) (ab-1)-5 × (a3 b)-3 2) (a-4 b2)-5 ÷ (ab6)-1
20 -10
= a-5 b5 a-9 b-3
×
……………………………………………………………………………….. = a b
…………………………………………………………………………………..
-1 -6
a b
a-5 a- 9 × b5 b-3
=……………………………………………………………………………….. …………………………………………………………………………………..
a-14 b2
=……………………………………………………………………………….. = a21 b-4
…………………………………………………………………………………..
2 21
= b14
……………………………………………………………………………….. = a4
…………………………………………………………………………………..
a b
-1 -5 0 (a-7b-2)4 -2
3) (ab ) 4 ×-8(ab)
(a b)
4) 4 -5 × ab
a b-28 -8 -2 ()
……………………………………………………………………………….. = a b a
4 -5 × -2
…………………………………………………………………………………..
ab b
a-5 b5 × 1
=……………………………………………………………………………….. …………………………………………………………………………………..
a-32 b-8
……………………………………………………………………………….. = a-34 b-1
…………………………………………………………………………………..
a27 b13
=……………………………………………………………………………….. = 341
…………………………………………………………………………………..
a b
37
 3. Write solutions to the following in simple form.
1) (32 × 5-2)-3 × (53 × 9-1)2 2) (2-2 × 5-2)4 ÷ (53 × 2-2)-6
-8 -8
= 3-6 56 56 3-4
× × ×
……………………………………………………………………………….. = 2 ×5
………………………………………………………………………………..
-18 12
5 ×2
= 3-10 × 512
……………………………………………………………………………….. ………………………………………………………………………………..
12
= 510
……………………………………………………………………………….. = 2-20 510
×
………………………………………………………………………………..
3 10
……………………………………………………………………………….. = 520
………………………………………………………………………………..
2
……………………………………………………………………………….. ………………………………………………………………………………..

3) (11-2 × 11)-3 + 113

1,331-1
-1 -3 3
722 × 5-2 -1
4) 2 -2 + 7
2 ×5 ( )
-2 × 52
= (11 ) + 11
………………………………………………………………………………..
3 -1 = 7 +2
………………………………………………………………………………..
2 -2 -1
(11 ) 2 × 5 7
……………………………………………………………………………….. ………………………………………………………………………………..
3 3 2 2
= 11 +-311
……………………………………………………………………………….. = 7 ×5 + 7 ×5
………………………………………………………………………………..
2 2
11 2 2
K ……………………………………………………………………………….. ………………………………………………………………………………..
E
Y = 2 × 11
11-3
3
= 2 × 116
……………………………………………………………………………….. ( )
2
= 2 7 × 5 = 7 ×2 5
2
………………………………………………………………………………..
22

4. Write the solution to 3-1 ÷ [3-1 ÷ (3-1 ÷ (3-1)2)-2]2 in simple form.

= 3-1 [3-1 (3-1 3-2)-2]2
÷ ÷ ÷
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
= 3-1 ÷ [3-1 ÷ 3-2]2
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
= 3-1 ÷ 32
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
= 3-3
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
= 13
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
3 X X X
3 +3 +3
5. Write the solution to in simple form, where X is an integer.
3-X + 3-X + 3-X
3 • 3-XX
=…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
3•3
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
= 3X - (-X)
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
= 3X + X
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
= 32X
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

38
6. Write solutions to the following in scientific notation.
1) (8 × 1015) + (5 × 1015) - (3 × 1015)
= (8 + 5 - 3) 1015 ×
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 10 × 1015
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 1 × 1016
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) (11.37 × 1012) + (0.85 × 1014) - (0.93 × 1013)

= (1.137 1013) + (8.5 1013) - (0.93 1013)
× × ×
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= (1.137 + 8.5 - 0.93) × 1013
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 8.707 × 1013
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3) (5.4 × 1026) × (6.312 × 10-14) ÷ (0.081 × 10-18)

= (5.4 × 6.3) × 10 = 4.2 1032 ×
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
-20 K
8.1 × 10 E
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Y
34.02 × 1012
=..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8.1 × 10-20
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
20 -5 19 -24
4) (14.4 × 10 ) × (311 × 10 ) - (8.5 × 10 ) × (0.2 × 10 )
(1.2 × 10 ) (1.7 × 10-10)
(
= 14.41.2× 3 104 - 8.51.7 ) × ( × 0.2
) × 1019 - 24 + 10
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= (36 × 104) - (1 × 105)
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= (3.6 × 105) - (1 × 105)
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 2.6 × 105
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

7. Let a = 3 × 108 and b = 5 × 107. Express the value of (a + b)2 in scientific notation.
(a + b)2 = [(3 108) + (5 107)]2
× × = 1,225 1014
×
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
= [(30 × 107) + (5 × 107)]2 = 1.225 × 1017
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
= (35 × 107)2
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

39
 8. In 2017, Bangkok’s population was approximately 5.68 × 106, and that of Central
Thailand was approximately 1.7 × 107. What was the percentage of Bangkok’s
population of Central Thailand’s population?
Bangkok’s population was approximately 5.68 × 106.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
Central Thailand’s population was approximately 1.7 × 107.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
6
Since Bangkok’s population was approximately 5.68 × 107 × 100% of Central Thailand’s,
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
1.7 × 10
we get ≈ 33.41% of Central Thailand’s population.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
Therefore, Bangkok’s population was 33.41% of Central Thailand’s population.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

9. The mass of Earth is approximately 6.97 × 1024 kg, and the mass of Saturn is
95.2 times of Earth’s. How much is the mass of Saturn?
The mass of Earth is approximately 6.97 × 1024 kg.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
K The mass of Saturn is 95.2 times of Earth’s.
E …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
Y
Since the mass of Saturn is approximately 95.2 × 6.97 × 1024 kg,
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
we get = 663.554 × 1024 kg
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
≈ 6.64 × 10
26 kg.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
Therefore, the mass of Saturn is approximately 6.64 × 1026 kg.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

10. Rihanna took out a bank loan for 100,000 baht with 7% compound interest annually.
How much money does she have to repay the bank after 5 years?
Since P = 100,000, r = 7, t = 5, ≈ 100,000(1.403)
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

(
then A = P 1 + 100 r t
) = 140,300.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

( 7 5
= 100,000 1 + 100 )
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
Therefore, Rihanna has to repay the bank loan after 5 years for 140,300 baht.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

40
 Challenge Yourself
1. Let 5 = 3a and 3 = 5b. Find the value of ab + 1.
Since 5 = 3a,
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
we get 5b = 3ab (Both sides of the equation raised to the power b.)
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 = 3ab (Given that 3 = 5 b)
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
31 = 3ab
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
ab = 1.
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, ab + 1 = 1 + 1 = 2.
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5n
X +X
n
2n
2. If X = 3, then what is the value of 3n
X +X
-n ?
5n X n n ( 4n + 1)
X + = X X
-n X 4n
X
3n + X
-n X ( + 1)
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= n+n X
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. K
E
= X 2n
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Y
= 3
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3. Find the sum of digits in each place value of (22560 × 52561) - 1.

(22560 52561) - 1 = [22560 (5 52560)] - 1
× × ×
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 5 × (2 × 5)2560 - 1
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= (5 × 102560) - 1
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Since (5 × 10) - 1 = 49 (One 9)
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(5 × 102) - 1 = 499 (Two 9s)
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(5 × 103) - 1 = 4,999 (Three 9s)
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(5 × 104) - 1 = 49,999 (Four 9s)
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(5 × 105) - 1 = 499,999 (Five 9s)
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
⋮
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(5 102560) - 1 = 4999…9 (Two thousand five hundred and si ty 9s.),
× x
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
then the sum of digits in each place value of (22560 × 52561) - 1 is 4 + 9(2560) = 23,044.
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

41
K
E
Y

42
Chapter 2
Real Number
π (pi) is the ratio of a circle's circumference to
its diameter. π is used for calculating the area of a circle
with the formula πr2 where r is the radius of a circle. The
value of π is estimated at 227 or 3.14
In 1967, a calculating machine was employed to find
the value of π, given the result that was a decimal number
with 500,000 decimal places. K
E
Y

Indicator
• Understand real numbers and their relationships, and the
properties of real numbers to solve mathematical and
real-world problems.
(MA 1.1 G. 8/2)
Compulsories Details
• Irrational numbers
• Real numbers
• Square roots and cube roots of rational numbers
• Real-life applications of real numbers

43
 2.1 Writing Fractions as Recurring Decimals
and Recurring Decimals as Fractions
In Secondary 1, we have learned that rational numbers can be written in the form
of ab where a and b are integers and b ≠ 0. Considering the relationship between
fractions and decimals, we can write ab in the form of decimals, while some decimals
can be written in the form of ab , as in the following topics.
1. Writing Fractions in Recurring Decimal Form
We have learned that to write a fraction in decimal from, we divide the numerator
by its denominator. Here are the examples: ATTENTION

Fractions in the form of ab where a

and b are integers and b ≠ 0 can
always be written in recurring decimal
Worked Example 1 form. However, non-recurring and
K
E Express the following fractions in decimal form. non-terminating decimals cannot be
Y written in the form of ab where a and
1) 34 2) 23 b are integers and b ≠ 0, which are
Solution called irrational numbers.
1) 34 can be written in decimal form by 2) 23 can be written in decimal form by
dividing 3 by 4 as follows: dividing 2 by 3 as follows:
0.7 5 0.6 6 6 ...
4 3.0 0 3 2.0 0 0
0 0
30 20
28 18
20 20
20 18
0 20
3
Therefore, 4 = 0.75 18
2
From the above, if we keep dividing,
we will get 6 as the quotient
endlessly. Therefore, 23 = 0.666…
44
 Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 2A Question 1
Convert the following fractions into decimals.
1) 65 2) 118
1.2. 0.7272…
5 6.0
............................................................................................................. 11 8 .0000
.............................................................................................................
5
............................................................................................................. 77
.............................................................................................................
10
............................................................................................................. 30
.............................................................................................................
10
............................................................................................................. 22
.............................................................................................................
0
............................................................................................................. 80
.............................................................................................................
Therefore, 65 = 1.2.
............................................................................................................. 77
.............................................................................................................

............................................................................................................. 30
.............................................................................................................

............................................................................................................. 22
.............................................................................................................

............................................................................................................. 8
.............................................................................................................

............................................................................................................. Therefore, 118 = 0.7272…

.............................................................................................................
K
3) 11 38
4) 111 E
60 0.342342… Y
0.1833…
60 11.0000
............................................................................................................. 111 3 8.000000
.............................................................................................................

60
............................................................................................................. 33 3
.............................................................................................................

5 00
............................................................................................................. 4 70
.............................................................................................................

4 80
............................................................................................................. 4 44
.............................................................................................................

200
............................................................................................................. 260
.............................................................................................................

180
............................................................................................................. 222
.............................................................................................................

200
............................................................................................................. 380
.............................................................................................................

180
............................................................................................................. 333
.............................................................................................................

20
............................................................................................................. 470
.............................................................................................................

Therefore, 11 60 = 0.1833…
............................................................................................................. 444
.............................................................................................................

............................................................................................................. 260
.............................................................................................................

............................................................................................................. 222
.............................................................................................................

............................................................................................................. 38
.............................................................................................................

............................................................................................................. Therefore, 111 38 = 0.342342…

.............................................................................................................

45
 According to Worked Example 1 and Practice Now, we get
3 = 0.75 2 = 0.666... ATTENTION
4 3 Since 0.75 = 0.75000…
6 = 1.2 8 = 0.727272... and 1.2 = 1.2000…,
5 11
11 = 1.8333... 38 = 0.342342342... then 0.75 and 1.2 are recurring decimals
60 111 with 0 as their only repeating digit.
For 0.666…, 1.8333…, 0.727272… and 0.342342342…, they are called recurring
or repeating decimals where their fraction form can be expressed in recurring decimal
form with the symbol written above repeating digits as in the following:
•

Condition 1: If there is one repeating digit, write the symbol above the repeating
•

digit, e.g.
•
0.666… is written as 0.6 and read as “zero point six repeating”.
•
1.8333… is written as 1.83 and read as “one point eight three with
three repeating”.
Condition 2: If there are two or more repeating digits, write the symbol above the
•

K first and last repeating digits, e.g.

E
Y • •
0.727272… is written as 0.72 and read as “zero point seven two with
seven two repeating”.
• •
0.342342342… is written as 0.342 and read as “zero point three four
two with three four two repeating”.
2. Writing Recurring Decimals in Fraction Form
1) Terminating decimals
We have learned that terminating decimals can be written in fraction form as follows:
Worked Example 2
Express the following decimals in fraction form.
1) 0.4 2) 1.5 3) 1.45
Solution
1) 0.4 = 104 ÷ 2

= 25 4 2
10 = 5
Therefore, 0.4 = 25 . ÷ 2
46
2) 1.5 = 1 + 105 ÷ 5
= 1 + 12 5
10 =
1
2
= 1 12 ÷ 5
Therefore, 1.5 = 1 12 .
45
3) 1.45 = 1 + 100
5 ÷
= 1 + 209 45 9
100 = 20
= 1 209
÷ 5
Therefore, 1.45 = 1 209 .
Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 2A Questions 3(1)-(2)
Convert the following decimals into fractions.
1) 0.6 2) 2.8 K
E
Y
0.6 = 106
............................................................................................................. 2.8 = 2 + 108
.............................................................................................................
= 35
............................................................................................................. = 2 + 45
.............................................................................................................
Therefore, 0.6 = 35 .
............................................................................................................. = 2 45
.............................................................................................................

............................................................................................................. Therefore, 2.8 = 2 45.

.............................................................................................................

............................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................

............................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................

3) 3.75 4) 11.403
3.75 = 3 + 100 75
............................................................................................................. 11.403 = 11 + 1,000 403
.............................................................................................................
= 3 + 34
............................................................................................................. = 11 1,000 403
.............................................................................................................
= 3 34
............................................................................................................. Therefore, 11.403 = 11 1,000 403 .
.............................................................................................................
Therefore, 3.75 = 3 34.
............................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................

............................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................

............................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................

47
 Thinking Time
According to Worked Example 2, can the recurring decimals that are not terminating
decimals be written in fraction form? Explain.
No, because the recurring decimals that are not terminating decimals cannot be written in the
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
form of ab where a is an integer and b is 10n, with n as a positive integer.
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) Recurring and non-terminating decimals

Investigation
Complete the following.
•
1. Write 0.5 in fraction form.
•

K
Let N = 0.5 = 0.555… …..(1)
E Multiply both sides of equation (1) by 10:
Y
10N = 5.555… …..(2)
From equations (2) and (1), we get:
10N - N = (5.555…) - (0.555…)
9N = 5
N = 9 5
Since N = 0.5, then 0.5 = 59 • •

• •
2. Write 0.12 in fraction form.
• •
Let N = 0.12 = 0.1212… …..(1)
Multiply both sides of equation (1) by 100:
100N = 12.1212… …..(2)
From equations (2) and (1), we get:
100N - N = (12.1212…) - (0.1212…)
99 N = 12
N = 99 12
Since N = 0.12, then 0.12 = 12 99
• • • •

48
 • •
3. Write 0.231 in fraction form.
• •
Let N = 0.231 = 0.231231… .....(1)
Multiply both sides of equation (1) by 1,000
1,000 N = 231.231231… .....(2)
From equations (2) and (1), we get:
1,000 N - N = (231.231231…) - (0.231231…)
999 N = 231
N = 231999
Since N = 0.231, then 0.231 = 231999
• • • •

Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 2A Question 2(1)
Convert the following decimals into fractions.
1) 0.7 •
K
E
Y
N = 79
•
Let N = 0.7 = 0.777… …..(1)
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Since N = 0.7, then 0.7 = 79.
• •
Multiply both sides of equation (1) by 10:
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
10N = 7.777… …..(2)
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
From equations (2) and (1), we get:
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
10N - N = (7.777…) - (0.777…)
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9N = 7
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
• •
2) 0.36
N = 36
••
Let N = 0.36 = 0.3636… …..(1)
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
99
Multiply both sides of equation (1) by 100: N = 114
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Since N = 0.36, then 0.36 = 114 .

•• ••
100N = 36.3636… …..(2)
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

From equations (2) and (1), we get:

..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

100N - N = (36.3636…) - (0.3636…)

..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

99N = 36
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

49
 • •
3) 0.582
N = 582
• •
Let N = 0.582 = 0.582582… …..(1) 999
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Multiply both sides of equation (1) by 1,000: N = 194
333 • •
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Since N = 0.582, then 0.582 = 194
• •
1,000N = 582.582582… …..(2) 333
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
From equations (2) and (1), we get:
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1,000N - N = (582.582582…) - (0.582582…)
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
999N = 582
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Thinking Time
According to Question 3 in Investigation, how do you choose a value to multiply both
sides of equation (1)?
Choose a value in the form of 10n, where n is a positive integer. When N is multiplied by that
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K number and is subtracted from the product, it gives a positive integer.
E ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Y
From Investigation, we can see that:
0.5 = 59 •

With one repeating digit from the tenths place,

we add one 9 in the denominator.
Numerators are equal
0.12 = 12
• •

99 to repeating digits.
With two repeating digit from the tenths place,
we add two 9s in the denominator.
0.231 = 231
•

999
•

With three repeating digit from the tenths place,

we add three 9s in the denominator.
According to what mentioned earlier, it can be summarized as follows:
When writing a recurring decimal with n repeating digit(s) from the tenths place,
its denominator equals n 9(s), and its numerator equals the repeating digit(s).
50
 Worked Example 3
Express the following decimals in fraction form.
• • • • • • •
1) 0.6 2) 1.72 3) 2.154 4) 5.0631
Solution
1) 0.6 = 69 •
2) 1.72 = 1 + 7299
• •

Therefore, 0.6 = 69 . •
= 1 72
99
Therefore, 1.72 = 1 72
99 .
• •

3) 2.154 = 2 + 154 •

999
•
4) 631
5.0631 = 5 + 9,999 • •

= 2 154
999
631
= 5 9,999
Therefore, 2.154 = 2 154
999 .
• • 631 .
Therefore, 5.0631 = 5 9,999 • •

Similar Questions K
Practice Now Exercise 2A Questions 3(3)-(4), 4(1) E
Y
Convert the following decimals into fractions.
• • •
1) 0.8 2) 2.46
0.8 = 89 2.46 = 2 + 46
• ••
............................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................
99
Therefore, 0.8 = 89. 46
•
............................................................................................................. = 2 99
.............................................................................................................
Therefore, 2.46 = 2 46
••
............................................................................................................. 99.
.............................................................................................................

............................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................

............................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................
• • • •
3) 7.007 4) 12.1025
• •
7.007 = 7 + 999 7
............................................................................................................. 12.1025 = 12 + 1,025
• •
.............................................................................................................
9,999
= 7 999 7
............................................................................................................. = 12 9,999 1,025
.............................................................................................................
Therefore, 7.007 = 7 999
• •
7. Therefore, 12.1025 = 12 1,025
• •
............................................................................................................. 9,999.
.............................................................................................................

............................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................

............................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................

51
 Class Discussion
•
Work in Pairs. Discuss with your classmates whether or not 0.37 can be written in
fraction form according to the method in Investigation on page 48. Explain.
•
0.37 can be written in fraction form according to Investigation on page 48 by choosing two values
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
in the form of 10n where n is a positive integer. Then, 0.37 is multiplied by these two values,
•
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
and one product is subtracted from the other. The difference is an integer as shown:
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
•
Let N = 0.37 = 0.3777… …..(1) 100N - 10N = (37.777…) - (3.777…)
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Multiply both sides of equation (1) by 10: 90N = 34
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
10N = 3.777… …..(2) N = 34 90
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Multiply both sides of equation (1) by 100: N = 17 45 •
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
100N = 37.777… …..(3) Since N = 0.37,
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
then 0.37 = 17
•
From equations (3) and (2), we get: 45.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K
E
Y Worked Example 4
Express the following decimals in fraction form.
• • • • •
1) 0.317 2) 1.545 3) 6.43807
Solution
•
1) Let N = 0.317 = 0.31777… …..(1)
Multiply both sides of equation (1) by 100:
100N = 31.777… …..(2)
Multiply both sides of equation (1) by 1,000:
1,000N = 317.777… …..(3)
From equations (3) and (2), we get:
1,000N - 100N = (317.777…) - (31.777…)
PROBLEM SOLVING TIP
900N = 286
1 0 0 N = 31.777…
N = 286900 N = 0.317
•

286
Since N = 0.317, then 0.317 = 900 = 450.143 1,0 0 0 N = 317.777…
• •

52
 • •
2) Let N = 1.545 = 1.54545… …..(1)
Multiply both sides of equation (1) by 10:
10N = 15.4545… …..(2)
Multiply both sides of equation (1) by 1,000:
1,000N = 1,545.4545… …..(3)
From equations (3) and (2), we get:
1,000N - 10N = (1,545.4545…) - (15.4545…)
990N = 1,530
N = 1,530
990 PROBLEM SOLVING TIP

N = 1 540
990
1 0 N = 15.4545…
• •
N = 1.545
18
N = 1 33 1,0 0 0 N = 1,545.4545…
• •
Since N = 1.545,
then 1.545 = 1 18
• •

33 . K
E
• •
Y
3) Let N = 6.43807 = 6.43807807… …..(1)
Multiply both sides of equation (1) by 100:
100N = 643.807807… …..(2)
Multiply both sides of equation (1) by 100,000:
100,000N = 643,807.807807… …..(3)
From equations (3) and (2), we get:
100,000N - 100N = (643,807.807807…) - (643.807807…)
99,900N = 643,164
N = 643,164
99,900 PROBLEM SOLVING TIP

N = 6 43,764
99,900 1 0 0 N = 643.807807…
• •
N = 6. 4 3 8 0 7
3,647
N = 6 8,325 1 0 0,0 0 0 N = 643,807.807807…
• •
Since N = 6.43807,
then 6.43807 = 6 3,647
• •

8,325 .
53
 Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 2A Question 2(2)
Convert the following decimals into fractions.
•
1) 0.902
•
Let N = 0.902 = 0.90222… …..(1) 1,000N - 100N = (902.222…) - (90.222…)
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Multiply both sides of equation (1) by 100: 900N = 812

..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

100N = 90.222… …..(2) N = 812

..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
900
Multiply both sides of equation (1) by 1,000: N = 203
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
225 •
1,000N = 902.222… …..(3) Since N = 0.902,
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

then 0.902 = 203

•
From equations (3) and (2), we get: 225.
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
• •
2) 3.108
••
Let N = 3.108 = 3.10808… …..(1) 1,000N - 10N = (3,108.0808…) - (31.0808…)
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K
E Multiply both sides of equation (1) by 10: 990N = 3,077
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Y
10N = 31.0808… …..(2) N = 3,077
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
990
Multiply both sides of equation (1) by 1,000: N = 3 107
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
990• •
1,000N = 3,108.0808… …..(3) Since N = 3.108,
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

then 3.108 = 3 107

••
From equations (3) and (2): 990.
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
• •
3) 5.6291
• •
Let N = 5.6291 = 5.6291291… …..(1) 10,000N - 10N = (56,291.291291…) - (56.291291…)
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Multiply both sides of equation (1) by 10: 9,990N = 56,235

..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

10N = 56.291291… …..(2) N = 56,235

..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9,990
Multiply both sides of equation (1) by 10,000: N = 5 6,285
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9,990
10,000N = 56,291.291291… …..(3) N = 5 419
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
666 • •
From equations (3) and (2), we get: Since N = 5.6291,
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

then 5.6291 = 5 419

• •

666 .
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

54
 From Class Discussion and Worked Example 4, we can see that:

0.37•
= 34 = 379 -0 3 3 is used to subtract; it is a non-repeating digit of 0.37.
•

90
With one repeating digit, add With one non-repeating digit,
one 9 in the denominator. add one 0 in the denominator.

286 = 317 - 31 31 is used to subtract; it is a non-repeating digit of 0.317.

•
•
0.317 = 900 9 00
With one repeating digit, add With two non-repeating digits,
one 9 in the denominator. add two 0s in the denominator.

1.545 = 1 540 545 - 5 • •

• • 5 is used to subtract; it is a non-repeating digit of 1.545.
990 = 1 99 0
With two repeating digit, add With one non-repeating digit, K
two 9s in the denominator. add one 0 in the denominator. E
Y

6.43807 = 6 43,764 43,807 - 43 • •

• • 43 is used to subtract; it is a non-repeating digit of 6.43807.
99,900 = 6 99,9 00
With three repeating digit, add With two non-repeating digits,
three 9s in the denominator. add two 0s in the denominator.

Worked Example 5
Express the following decimals in fraction form.
• • • • • •
1) 0.53 2) 1.739 3) 3.0014 4) 16.17614
Solution
1) 0.53 = 5390- 5
•

= 48
90
= 158
Therefore, 0.53 = 158 .
•

55
 2) 1.739 = 1,739900- 173 •
Or 1.739 = 1 + 0.739 • •

= 1,566
900 = 1 + 739900- 73
= 1 37
50 = 1 + 666
900
Therefore, 1.739 = 1 37
50.
• 37
= 1 50
Therefore, 1.739 = 1 37
50.
•

3) 3.0014 = 30,014 - 300

9,900
• •
Or 3.0014 = 3 + 0.0014 • • • •

= 29,714
9,900 = 3 + 14 -0
9,900
7
= 3 4,950 14
= 3 + 9,900
7 .
Therefore, 3.0014 = 3 4,950 • • 7
= 3 4,950
7 .
Therefore, 3.0014 = 3 4,950 • •

K
4) 16.17614 = 1,617,614 • - 1,617
99,900
•
Or 16.17614 = 16 + 0.17614 • • • •

E 1,615,997
= 99,900 = 16 + 17,614 - 17
Y 99,900
= 16 17,597
99,900 = 16 + 17,597
99,900
Therefore, 16.17614 = 16 17,597
99,900 .
• • 17,597
= 16 99,900
Therefore, 16.17614 = 16 17,597
99,900 .
• •

Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 2A Questions 3(5)-(6),
Express the following decimals in fraction form. 4(2), 5, 6
• • •
1) 0.01 2) 2.6051
0.01 = 190- 0
• • • • •
............................................................................................................. 2.6051 = 2 + 0.6051
.............................................................................................................

= 901
............................................................................................................. = 2 + 6,051 -6
.............................................................................................................
9,990
Therefore, 0.01 = 901 . = 2 + 6,045
•
............................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................
9,990
............................................................................................................. = 2 666 403
.............................................................................................................

Therefore, 2.6051 = 2 403

• •
............................................................................................................. 666 .
.............................................................................................................

56
 • • • •
3) 7.13596 4) 21.08433
•• •• • • • •
7.13596 = 7 + 0.13596
............................................................................................................. 21.08433 = 21 + 0.08433
.............................................................................................................
= 7 + 13,596 - 135
.............................................................................................................
99,000 = 21 + 8,433 -8
.............................................................................................................
99,900
= 7 + 13,461
.............................................................................................................
99,000 = 21 + 99,900 8,425
.............................................................................................................
= 7 33,000 4,487
............................................................................................................. = 21 3,996 337
.............................................................................................................
Therefore, 7.13596 = 7 33,000
••
4,487 .
............................................................................................................. Therefore, 21.08433 = 21 3,996
• •
337 .
.............................................................................................................

Exercise 2A
Basic Level
1. Convert the following fractions into decimals.
1) 178 2) 1522
2.125 0.68181…
8 17.000
……………………………………………………………………………….. 22 15.0000
……………………………………………………………………………….. K
E
16
……………………………………………………………………………….. 13 2
……………………………………………………………………………….. Y
10
……………………………………………………………………………….. 1 80
………………………………………………………………………………..
8
……………………………………………………………………………….. 1 76
………………………………………………………………………………..
20
……………………………………………………………………………….. 40
………………………………………………………………………………..
16
……………………………………………………………………………….. 22
………………………………………………………………………………..
40
……………………………………………………………………………….. 180
………………………………………………………………………………..
40
……………………………………………………………………………….. 176
………………………………………………………………………………..
0
……………………………………………………………………………….. 40
………………………………………………………………………………..
Therefore, 178 = 2.125.
……………………………………………………………………………….. 22
………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………….. 18
………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………….. Therefore, 15
22 = 0.68181…
………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………….. ………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………….. ………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………….. ………………………………………………………………………………..

57
 2. Convert the following decimals into fractions.
• •
1) 3.92
••
Let N = 3.92 = 3.9292… …..(1)
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Multiply both sides of equation (1) by 100:
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
100N = 392.9292… …..(2)
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
From equations (2) and (1), we get:
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
100N - N = (392.9292…) - (3.9292…)
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
99N = 389
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
N = 389 99
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
N = 3 92 99
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
••
Since N = 3.92,
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
then 3.92 = 3 92
••

99.
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E
Y ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
• •
2) 7.3615
• •
Let N = 7.3615 = 7.3615615… …..(1)
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Multiply both sides of equation (1) by 10:
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
10N = 73.615615… …..(2)
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Multiply both sides of equation (1) by 10,000:
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
10,000N = 73,615.615615… …..(3)
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
From equations (3) and (2), we get:
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
10,000N - 10N = (73,615.615615…) - (73.615615…)
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9,990N = 73,542
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
N = 73,542 9,990
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
N = 7 3,612 9,990 = 7 1,665 602
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
• •
Since N = 7.3615,
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
then
• •
7.3615 = 7 1,665 602 .
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

58
3. Convert the following decimals in fractions.
1) 1.5 2) -3.23
1.5 = 1 + 105
……………………………………………………………………………….. -3.23 = - 3 + 10023 (
……………………………………………………………………………….. )
= 1 + 12
………………………………………………………………………………..
23
= -3 100
………………………………………………………………………………..

= 1 12
………………………………………………………………………………..
23 .
Therefore, -3.23 = -3 100
………………………………………………………………………………..

Therefore, 1.5 = 1 12 .
……………………………………………………………………………….. ………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………….. ………………………………………………………………………………..
• • •
3) 2.3 4) -6.463
• • • • • •
2.3 = 2 + 0.3
……………………………………………………………………………….. -6.463 = -(6 + 0.463)
………………………………………………………………………………..

= 2 + 39
……………………………………………………………………………….. = - 6 + 463 (
………………………………………………………………………………..
999 )
= 2 + 13
………………………………………………………………………………..
463
= -6 999
………………………………………………………………………………..

= 2 13 Therefore, -6.463 = -6 463

• •
……………………………………………………………………………….. 999.
………………………………………………………………………………..

Therefore, 2.3 = 2 13 .
•
K
……………………………………………………………………………….. ……………………………………………………………………………….. E
• • • •
Y
5) 18.1025 6) 25.64317
•• •• • • • •
18.1025 = 18 + 0.1025
……………………………………………………………………………….. 25.64317 = 25 + 0.64317
………………………………………………………………………………..

(
= 18 + 1,025 - 10
9,900
……………………………………………………………………………….. ) = 25 + 64,317
99,990
-6
……………………………………………………………………………….. ( )
= 18 + 1,015
9,900
……………………………………………………………………………….. = 25 + 64,311
99,990
………………………………………………………………………………..
203
= 18 1,980
………………………………………………………………………………..
21,437
= 25 33,330
………………………………………………………………………………..
••
203 .
Therefore, 18.1025 = 18 1,980 Therefore, 25.64317 = 25 21,437
• •
……………………………………………………………………………….. 33,330.
………………………………………………………………………………..

Intermediate Level
4. Express the following fractions in decimal form.
1) 359 2) 346
990
35 = 3 8 346 = 349 - 3
9 9•
……………………………………………………………………………….. 990 990
………………………………………………………………………………..
••
= 3.8
……………………………………………………………………………….. = 0.349
………………………………………………………………………………..
Therefore, 359 = 3.8. Therefore, 346
• ••
……………………………………………………………………………….. 990 = 0.349.
………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………….. ………………………………………………………………………………..

59
 Advanced Level
5. Find the value of 483
990 + 1.756.
• •

•• ••
Since 1.756 = 1 + 0.756
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
= 1 + 756( 990
-7 )
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
= 1 + 749990
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
Then, 990 + 1.756 = 990 + 1 + 749
483 ••
483 ( 990 )
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
= 1 + 990(483 + 749 )
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
= 1 + 1,232
990
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
= 1 + 45 56
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
= 1 + 1 11 45
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
11
= 2 45
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
Therefore, 483 11
••

990 + 1.756 = 2 45 .
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
K
E
Y …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
• • •
6. Find the value of 5.49 - 2.312.
• •
Since 5.49 = 5 + 0.49
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

( )
= 5 + 4990- 4
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

= 5 + 45
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
90 • •
••
and 2.312 = 2 + 0.312
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(
= 2 + 312 -3)
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
990
= 2 + 309
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
990
Then, 5.49 - 2.312 = 5 + 45
• ••
( ) (
90 - 2 + 990
309 )
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(
= 3 + 45 309
90 - 990 )
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(
= 3 + 495990 - 309 )
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

= 3 + 186
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
990
31
= 3 165
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
• ••
31 .
Therefore, 5.49 - 2.312 = 3 165
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

60
 2.2 Square Roots and Cube Roots
of Rational Numbers
1. Square Roots of Rational Numbers
Consider the following multiplication tables.
× 1 2 3 4 5 × -1 -2 -3 -4 -5
1 1 2 3 4 5 -1 1 2 3 4 5
2 2 4 6 8 10 -2 2 4 6 8 10
3 3 6 9 12 15 -3 3 6 9 12 15
4 4 8 12 16 20 -4 4 8 12 16 20
5 5 10 15 20 25 -5 5 10 15 20 25

From the multiplication tables above, the numbers in blue squares result from the K
multiplication of two integers that are the same numbers as follows: E
Y
1 × 1 = 12 = 1 and (-1) × (-1) = (-1)2 = 1
2 × 2 = 22 = 4 (-2) × (-2) = (-2)2 = 4
3 × 3 = 32 = 9 (-3) × (-3) = (-3)2 = 9
4 × 4 = 42 = 16 (-4) × (-4) = (-4)2 = 16
5 × 5 = 52 = 25 (-5) × (-5) = (-5)2 = 25
According to what mentioned above:
1 = 12 = (-1)2 1 and -1 are called square roots of 1.
2 2
4 = 2 = (-2) 2 and -2 are called square roots of 4.
2 2
9 = 3 = (-3) 3 and -3 are called square roots of 9.
2 2
16 = 4 = (-4) 4 and -4 are called square roots of 16.
2
25 = 5 = (-5) 2 5 and -5 are called square roots of 25.
Therefore, 1, 4, 9, 16 and 25 are squared numbers of integers, which are called
perfect squares.

61
 According to the example, it can be summarized into the following definition:
Definition Let a be a rational number or zero where a square root of a is a squared
number equal to a.

From the above definition, we get:

Squaring ATTENTION

is a root symbol or a radical

a, - a a symbol, for example, 4 is read as
“square root of four.”
Square root
1. The symbol a represents a positive square root of a.
The symbol - a represents a negative square root of a.
From the definition, a square root of a is a squared number equal to a:
( a)2 = a and (- a)2 = a
K 2. If a = 0, then a square root of a equals 0 because 02 = 0.
E
Y 3. If a is any negative value, then you cannot find a square root of a because
there is no squared rational number equal to a negative value.

Thinking Time
1. Can 14 and 0.04 be written in the form of multiplication of two equal numbers?
Explain.
Yes, 14 = 12 12 = - 12 × ( ) (- 12 ) and 0.04 = 0.2
× × 0.2 = (-0.2) (-0.2) ×
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2. Are there any squared numbers equal to 14 and 0.04? Explain.

() ( )
Yes, 14 = 12 2 = - 12 2 and 0.04 = (0.2)2 = (-0.2)2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3. Are there any square roots of 14 and 0.04? Explain.

()
Yes, square roots of 14 are 12 2 and - 12 2, i.e. 12 ; and - 12 and square roots of 0.04 are ()
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(0.2)2 and - (0.2)2, i.e. 0.2 and -0.2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

62
 Worked Example 6
Find square roots of the following numbers.
1) 36 2) 19 3) 0.25
4) 3 5) 15 6) 0.4
Solution
1) From the fact that a square root of 36 is a squared number equal to 36,
a positive square root of 36 is 36
and a negative square root of 36 is - 36.
Since 62 = 36,
then 36 = 62 = 6
and - 36 = - 62 = -6.
Therefore, square roots of 36 are 6 and -6.
2) From the fact that a square root of 19 is a squared number equal to 19, K
a positive square root of 19 is 19 E
Y
and a negative square root of 19 is - 19.
Since (13)2 = 19,
then 1 = (1)2 = 1
9 3 3
and - 19 = - (13)2 = - 13.
Therefore, square roots of 19 are 13 and - 13.
3) From the fact that a square root of 0.25 is a squared number equal to 0.25,
a positive square root of 0.25 is 0.25
and a negative square root of 0.25 is - 0.25.
Since 0.52 = 0.25,
then 0.25 = (0.5)2 = 0.5
and - 0.25 = - (0.5)2 = -0.5.
Therefore, square roots of 0.25 are 0.5 and -0.5.

63
 4) From the fact that a square root of 3 is a squared number equal to 3,
a positive square root of 3 is 3
and a negative square root of 3 is - 3.
Since there is no squared rational number equal to 3,
then square roots of 3 are 3 and - 3.
5) From the fact that a square root of 15 is a squared number equal to 15,
a positive square root of 15 is 15
and a negative square root of 15 is - 15.
Since there is no squared rational number equal to 15,
then square roots of 15 are 15 and - 15.
6) From the fact that a square root of 0.4 is a squared number equal to 0.4,
a positive square root of 0.4 is 0.4 ATTENTION
K and a negative square root of 0.4 is - 0.4.
E Do you think 3, 15 and 0.4
Y Since there is no squared rational number equal to 0.4, are rational numbers or irrational
then square roots of 0.4 are 0.4 and - 0.4. numbers?

Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 2B Question 1
Find square roots of the following numbers.
1) 49 2) 254
A positive square root of 49 is 49.
............................................................................................................. A positive square root of 254 is 254 .
.............................................................................................................

A negative square root of 49 is - 49.

............................................................................................................. A negative square root of 254 is - 254 .
.............................................................................................................

Since 72 = 49,
............................................................................................................. Since (25)2 = 254 ,
.............................................................................................................

then 49 = 72 = 7 then 4 = (2)2 = 25

............................................................................................................. 25 5 2
.............................................................................................................

and - 49 = - 72 = -7.
............................................................................................................. and - 254 = - (25) = - 25.
.............................................................................................................

Therefore, square roots of 49 are

............................................................................................................. Therefore, square roots of 254 are 25 and
.............................................................................................................

72 and - 72.
............................................................................................................. - 25.
.............................................................................................................

64
3) 1.21 4) 7
A.............................................................................................................
positive square root of 1.21 is 1.21. A.............................................................................................................
positive square root of 7 is 7.
A.............................................................................................................
negative square root of 1.21 is - 1.21. A.............................................................................................................
negative square root of 7 is - 7.
Since 1.12 = 1.21,
............................................................................................................. Since there is no squared rational number
.............................................................................................................

then 1.21 = 1.12 = 1.1

............................................................................................................. equal to 7, then square roots of 7 are 7
.............................................................................................................

and - 1.21 = - 1.12 = -1.1.

............................................................................................................. and - 7.
.............................................................................................................

Therefore, square roots of 1.21 are 1.1

............................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................

and -1.1.
............................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................

5) 79 6) 3.8
positive square root of 79 is 79 .
A............................................................................................................. A.............................................................................................................
positive square root of 3.8 is 3.8.
negative square root of 79 is - 79 .
A............................................................................................................. A.............................................................................................................
negative square root of 3.8 is - 3.8.
Since there is no squared rational number
............................................................................................................. Since there is no squared rational number
.............................................................................................................

equal to 79 ,
............................................................................................................. equal to 3.8,
.............................................................................................................
K
then square roots of 79 are 79 and - 79 . then square roots of 3.8 are 3.8 and - 3.8. E
............................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................. Y
............................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................

............................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................

Thinking Time
According to Worked Example 6 and Practice Now, consider the given numbers with
square roots and complete the table below.
Type of given number Can squared rational numbers equal Type of squared number of
to the given numbers be obtained? the given number
Integer Yes Integer
Integer No Irrational number
Rational number Yes Rational number
Rational number No Irrational number

65
 2. Cube Roots of Rational Numbers
Similarly, a cube root of any rational number is a cubed rational number equal to
that number. For example:
1 × 1 × 1 = 13 = 1 1 is called a cube root of 1.
2×2×2=2 =8 3 2 is called a cube root of 8.
3
3 × 3 × 3 = 3 = 27 3 is called a cube root of 27.
4 × 4 × 4 = 43 = 64 4 is called a cube root of 64.
5 × 5 × 5 = 53 = 125 5 is called a cube root of 125.
Therefore, 1, 8, 27, 64 and 125 are cubed numbers of integers, which are called
perfect cubes. It can be summarized into the following definition:
Definition Let a be a rational number or zero where a cube root of a is a cubed
number equal to a.

K A cube root of a can be written in the form of 3 a and read as “a cube root of a.”
E
Y From the above definition, we get:
(3 a)3 = a
Cubing
3a a INFORMATION

Cube root Is 0 a perfect cube number?

Thinking Time
How can the relationship between each side length and the volume of a cube be
explained by the relationship between cube roots and the cubing of rational numbers?
Volume of cube = side length side length side length × ×
............................................................................................................................................................................................
= side length3
............................................................................................................................................................................................
Or 3 Volume of cube = side length
............................................................................................................................................................................................

66
3. Finding Square Roots and Cube Roots of Rational Numbers
1) Finding square roots and cube roots with the factorization method
In order to find square roots and cube roots of the numbers that are perfect
squares, factorization of whole numbers can be used to make these numbers in the
multiplication form of prime numbers so that square roots and cube roots can be
obtained. You can review factorization from the following activity.

Class Discussion
Work in pairs. Fill in the blanks.
Factorize 196.

2. Find the smallest prime 2 196 1. Write the number that you
K
factor of 196, i.e. 2. 2 98 want to factorize. E
Y
7 49 3. Divide 196 by 2, which
4. Find the smallest prime
factor of 98, i.e. 2 7 7 gives 98.
1 5. Repeat steps 2 and 3 until
the quotient equals 1.
6. The factors of 196 are the products of the multiplication.
Therefore, the factors of 196 = 2× 2 × 7 × 7
= 2 2× 7 2

From Class Discussion, the factorizing of whole numbers is used to find square
roots and cube roots, as in the following examples.

67
 Worked Example 7
Find a square root of 324 with the factorization method.
Solution
2 324 Factorize 324.
2 162 We get 324 = 2 × 2 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3
3 81 = (2 × 3 × 3) × (2 × 3 × 3)
3 27 = (2 × 3 × 3)2
3 9 = 182
3 3 or 324 = 2 × 2 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3
1 = 22 × 34.
Then, a positive square root of 324 is 182 = 18 ATTENTION
or 22 × 34 = 2 × 32 = 18, Why must each exponent of the
and a negative square root of 324 is - 182 = -18 prime numbers that are perfect
squares be an even number?
K or - 22 × 34 = -(2 × 32) = -18.
E
Y Therefore, square roots of 324 are 18 and -18.

Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 2B Question 2
Find a square root of 784 with the factorization method.
2 784 Factorize 784.
............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 392 We get 784 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 7 × 7
............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 196 = (2 × 2 × 7) × (2 × 2 × 7)
............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 98 = (2 × 2 × 7)2 = 282
............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 49 or 784 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 7 × 7 = 24 × 72.
............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 7 Then, a positive square root of 784 is 282 = 28
............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 or 24 × 72 = 22 × 7 = 28,
............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
and a negative square root of 784 is - 282 = -28
............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
or - 24 × 72 = -(22 × 7) = -28.
............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, square roots of 784 are 28 and -28.
............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

68
 Worked Example 8
Find a square root of 48 with the factorization method.
Solution
2 48 Factorize 48.
2 24 We get 48 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 3
2 12 = (2 × 2) × (2 × 2) × 3
2 6 = (2 × 2)2 × ( 3)2
3 3 = (4 3)2
1 or 48 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 3
= 24 × ( 3)2.
Then, a positive square root of 48 is (4 3)2 = 4 3
or 24 × ( 3)2 = (22) 3 = 4 3,
and a negative square root of 48 is - (4 3)2 = -4 3
or - 24 × ( 3)2 = -[(22) 3] = -4 3. K
E
Therefore, square roots of 48 are 4 3 and -4 3. Y

Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 2B Question 3
Find a square root of 275 with the factorization method.
5 275 Factorize 275.
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 55 We get 275 = 5 × 5 × 11
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
11 11 = 52 × ( 11)2
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 = (5 11)2.
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Then, a positive square root of 275 is 52 11 = 5 11 ×
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
and a negative square root of 275 is - 52 × 11 = -5 11.
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, square roots of 275 are 5 11 and -5 11.
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

69
 Worked Example 9
Find a cube root of 216 with the factorization method.
Solution
2 216 Factorize 216.
2 108 We get 216 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 × 3 × 3
2 54 = (2 × 3) × (2 × 3) × (2 × 3)
3 27 = (2 × 3)3
3 9 = 63
3 3 or 216 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 × 3 × 3
1 = 23 × 33.
Then, a cube root of 216 is 3 63 = 6
3 23 × 33 = 2 × 3 = 6.
or
Therefore, a cube root of 216 is 6.
K
E
Y
Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 2B Question 4
Find a cube root of 729 with the factorization method.
3 729 Factorize 729.
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 243 We get 729 = 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 81 = (3 × 3) × (3 × 3) × (3 × 3)
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 27 = (3 × 3)3
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 9 = 93
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 3 or 729 = 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 = 32 × 32 × 32.
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Then, a cube root of 729 is 3 93 = 9

...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

or 3 32 × 32 × 32 = 32 = 9.
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Therefore, a cube root of 729 is 9.

...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

70
 Worked Example 10
Find a cube root of 320 with the factorization method.
Solution
2 320 Factorize 320.
2 160 We get 320 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 5
2 80 = (2 × 2) × (2 × 2) × (2 × 2) × 5
2 40 = (2 × 2)3 × (3 5)3
2 20 = 43 × (3 5)3
2 10 = (4 3 5)3.
5 5 Then, a cube root of 320 is 3 (4 3 5)3 = 4 3 5.
1
Therefore, a cube root of 320 is 4 3 5.

Similar Questions K
Practice Now Exercise 2B Question 5 E
Y
Find a cube root of 875 with the factorization method.
5 875 Factorize 875.
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 175 We get 875 = 5 × 5 × 5 × 7
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 35 = 53 × (3 7)3
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 7 = (5 3 7)3.
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Then, a cube root of 875 is 3 (5 3 7)3 = 5 3 7.
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, a cube root of 875 is 5 3 7.
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

71
 2) Finding square roots and cube roots with the estimation method
What are the values of 10 and 3 63?
Since 10 = 2 × 5, the exponents of 2 and 5 are not even numbers. Then, 10
is not a perfect square, which makes 10 not an integer here. Therefore, the factorization
method cannot be used to find the value of 10.
Similarly, since 63 = 32 × 7, the exponents of 3 and 7 are not multiples of 3.
Then, 63 is not a perfect cube, which makes 3 63 not an integer here. Therefore, the
factorization method cannot be used to find the value of 3 63 . However, you can use
the estimation method to find the values of 10 and 3 63 as in the following examples.

Worked Example 11
Estimate the values of 10 and 3 63.
Solution
K 1. The value of 10 is close to 9, i.e. 9 = 3 × 3, which is a perfect square.
E
Y Therefore, 10 ≈ 9 = 32 = 3.
2. The value of 63 is close to 64, i.e. 64 = 4 × 4 × 4, which is a perfect cube.
Therefore, 3 63 ≈ 3 64 = 3 43 = 4.

Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 2B Question 6
Estimate the values of 123 and 3 123.
1. 123
Since the value of 123 is close to 121 and that 121 = 11 11, which is a perfect square, ×
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
then 123 ≈ 121 = 112 = 11.
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2. 3 123
Since the value of 123 is close to 125 and that 125 = 5 5 5, which is a perfect cube, × ×
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
then 3 123 ≈ 3 125 = 3 53 = 5.
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

72
 According to Worked Example 11, estimated values are integers, which are close
to the actual values to some degree. The following examples are the estimation of
square roots and cube roots to make the estimated values closer to the actual ones.

Worked Example 12
Estimate the value of 21. (Correct to 4 decimal places)
Solution
Step 1 Since 21 is a number between 16 and 25
and that 16 and 25 are perfect squares,
then 16 < 21 < 25
16 < 21 < 25 4 5
4 < 21 < 5. 21 is between these
Therefore, the value of 21 is between 4 and 5. two numbers.

Step 2 Find the average of the numbers in Step 1. K

E
The average of 4 and 5 equals 4 +2 5 = 4.5. 4 Y
4.5 5
Since 4.52 = 20.25, which is less than 21, 21 is between these
then 20.25 < 21 < 25. two numbers.
Therefore, 4.5 < 21 < 5.
Step 3 Find the average of the numbers in Step 2.
The average of 4.5 and 5 equals 4.52+ 5 = 4.75. 4 4.5 4.75 5
Since 4.752 ≈ 22.56 , which is more than 21, 21 is between these
then 20.25 < 21 < 22.56. two numbers.
Therefore, 4.5 < 21 < 4.75.
Step 4 Find the average of the numbers in Step 3.
The average of 4.5 and 4.75 equals 4.5 +2 4.75 = 4.625.
Since 4.6252 ≈ 21.39, which is more than 21,
then 20.25 < 21 < 21.39. 4 4.5 4.625 4.75 5
Therefore, 4.5 < 21 < 4.625. 21 is between these
two numbers.
73
 Step 5 Find the average of the numbers in Step 4.
The average of 4.5 and 4.625 equals 4.5 + 24.625 = 4.5625.
Since 4.56252 ≈ 20.82, which is less than 21,
then 20.82 < 21 < 21.39. 4.5 4.5625 4.625 4.75
Therefore, 4.5625 < 21 < 4.625. 21 is between these
two numbers.
Step 6 Find the average of the numbers in Step 5.
The average of 4.5625 and 4.625 equals 4.5625 2+ 4.625 = 4.59375.
Since 4.593752 ≈ 21.1, which is more than 21,
then 20.82 < 21 < 21.1. 4.5 4.5625 4.59375 4.625
Therefore, 4.5625 < 21 < 4.59375. 21 is between these
two numbers.
Step 7 Find the average of the numbers in Step 6.
K The average of 4.5625 and 4.59375 equals 4.5625 +2 4.59375 = 4.578125.
E
Y Since 4.5781252 ≈ 20.96, which is less than 21,
then 20.96 < 21 < 21.1. 4.5625 4.578125 4.59375
Therefore, 4.578125 < 21 < 4.59375. 21 is between these
two numbers.
Step 8 Find the average of the numbers in Step 7.
The average of 4.578125 and 4.59375 equals 4.578125 2+ 4.59375 = 4.5859375.
Since 4.58593752 ≈ 21.03, which is more than 21,
then 20.96 < 21 < 21.03. 4.578125 4.5859375 4.59375
Therefore,4.578125 < 21 < 4.5859375. 21 is between these
two numbers.
Step 9 Find the average of the numbers in Step 8.
The average of 4.578125 and 4.5859375 equals 4.578125 +2 4.5859375 = 4.58203125.
Since 4.582031252 ≈ 21,
then the estimated value of 21 is 4.5820.

74
 Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 2B Question 8
Estimate the value of 31. (Correct to 4 decimal places)
Step 1 Since 31 is a number between 25 and Step 2 Find the average of the numbers in Step 1.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
36, which are perfect squares, The average of 5 and 6 equals 5 +2 6 = 5.5.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
then 25 < 31 < 36 Since 5.52 = 30.25, which is less than 31,
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
25 < 31 < 36 then 30.25 < 31 < 36.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 < 31 < 6. Therefore, 5.5 < 31 < 6.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the value of 31 is between 5 and 6.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Step 3 Find the average of the numbers in Step 2. Step 4 Find the average of the numbers in Step 3.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The average of 5.5 and 6 equals 5.52+ 6 = 5.75. The average of 5.5 and 5.75 equals
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Since 5.752 ≈ 33.06, which is more than 31, 5.5 +25.75 = 5.625.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
then 30.25 < 31 < 33.06. Since 5.6252 ≈ 31.64, which is more than 31,
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, 5.5 < 31 < 5.75. then 30.25 < 31 < 31.64.
.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. K
E
Therefore, 5.5 < 31 < 5.625.
.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Y
Step 5 Find the average of the numbers in Step 4. Step 6 Find the average of the numbers in Step 5.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The average of 5.5 and 5.625 equals The average of 5.5625 and 5.625 equals
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5.5 + 5.625 = 5.5625. 5.5625 + 5.625 = 5.59375.
2 2
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Since 5.5625 ≈ 30.94, which is less than 31, Since 5.593752 ≈ 31.29, which is more than 31,
2
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
then 30.94 < 31 < 31.64. then 30.94 < 31 < 31.29.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, 5.5625 < 31 < 5.625. Therefore, 5.5625 < 31 < 5.59375.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Step 7 Find the average of the numbers in Step 6. Step 8 Find the average of the numbers in Step 7.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The average of 5.5625 and 5.59375 equals The average of 5.5625 and 5.578125 equals
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5.5625 + 5.59375 = 5.578125. 5.5625 + 5.578125 = 5.5703125.
2 2
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Since 5.578125 ≈ 31.12, which is more than 31, Since 5.57031252 ≈ 31.03 ≈ 31,
2
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
then 30.94 < 31 < 31.12. then the estimated value of 31 is 5.5703.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, 5.5625 < 31 < 5.578125.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

75
 Similar Questions
Thinking Time Exercise 2B Question 9

Is the method in Worked Example 12 be able to estimate the value of 3 47? Explain.
Yes, the method in Worked Example 12 together with the relationship between cube roots and
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
the cubing of rational numbers can be used to estimate the value of 3 47 as follows:
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Step 1 Since 47 is a number between 27 and Step 2 Find the average of the numbers in Step 1.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
64, which are perfect cubes, The average of 3 and 4 equals 3 +2 4 = 3.5.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
then 27 < 47 < 64 Since 3.53 ≈ 42.88, which is less than 47,
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 27 < 3 47 < 3 64 then 42.88 < 47 < 64.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 < 3 47 < 4. Therefore, 3.5 < 3 47 < 4.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the value of 3 47 is between 3 and 4.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Step 3 Find the average of the numbers in Step 2. Step 4 Find the average of the numbers in Step 3.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The average of 3.5 and 4 equals 3.52+ 4 = 3.75. The average of 3.5 and 3.75 equals
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

K Since 3.753 ≈ 52.73, which is more than 47, 3.5 +23.75 = 3.625.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E then 42.88 < 47 < 52.73. Since 3.6253 ≈ 47.63, which is more than 47,
Y ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, 3.5 < 3 47 < 3.75. then 42.88 < 47 < 47.63.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, 3.5 < 3 47 < 3.625.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Step 5 Find the average of the numbers in Step 4. Step 6 Find the average of the numbers in Step 5.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The average of 3.5 and 3.625 equals The average of 3.5625 and 3.625 equals
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3.5 + 3.625 = 3.5625. 3.5625 + 3.625 = 3.59375.
2 2
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Since 3.5625 3 ≈ 45.21, which is less than 47 Since 3.59375 3 ≈ 46.41, which is less than 47,
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
then 45.21 < 47 < 47.63. then 46.41 < 47 < 47.63.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, 3.5625 < 3 47 < 3.625 Therefore, 3.59375 < 3 47 < 3.625.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Step 7 Find the average of the numbers in Step 6.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The average of 3.59375 and 3.625 equals
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3.59375 + 3.625 = 3.609375.
2
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Since 3.609375 3 ≈ 47.02 ≈ 47,
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
then the estimated value of 3 47 is 3.609375.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

76
 3) Finding Square Roots and Cube Roots with a Calculator
Square roots and cube roots nowadays can be easily obtained by using a calculator.
There are function buttons on a calculator to find square roots and cube roots as follows:

SHIFT +
Cube root buttons

ATTENTION
Square root button
The SHIFT button performs
functions in yellow above each
button.
ATTENTION

Buttons on different models of

calculators can vary, so follow the
instructions of your calculator. K
E
Y
Worked Example 13
Find the value of 3 50 with a calculator. (Correct to 4 decimal places)
63
Solution
The value of 3 50 can be found by pressing the following buttons:
63
( 5 0 ) ÷ ( SHIFT 6 3 ) =
Therefore, 3 50 ≈ 1.7771.
63
Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 2B Questions 7, 10, 11
Find the value of 3 47 × 219 with a calculator. (Correct to 4 decimal places)
The value of 3 47 219 can be found by pressing the following buttons:
×
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
( SHIFT 4 7 ) × ( 2 1 9 ) =
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, 3 47 × 219 53.4057.≈
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

77
 Exercise 2B
Basic Level
1. Find square roots of the following numbers.
1) 441
A square root of 441 is a squared rational Since 212 = 441
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
number equal to 441. 441 = 212 = 21
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Then, a positive square root of 441 is 441 - 441 = - 212 = -21,
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
and a negative square root of 441 is - 441. then square roots of 441 are 21 and -21.
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) 289
676
A square root of 289 676 is a squared rational Since ()17 2 = 289
26 676 2
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
number equal to 676 . 289 289
676 = 26 2 = 26 () 17 17
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

K Then, a positive square root of 289 676 is 676

289 - 289676 = - 26 = - 26, () 17 17
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E and a negative square root of 289 289 289 17 17
Y 676 is - 676 . then square roots of 676 are 26 and - 26.
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3) 9.75
A square root of 9.75 is a squared rational Since there is no squared rational number equal
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
number equal to 9.75. to 9.75, then square roots of 9.75 are
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Then, a positive square root of 9.75 is 9.75 9.75 and - 9.75.
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
and a negative square root of 9.75 is - 9.75 .
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2. Find a square root of 1,089 with the factorization method.

Factorize 1,089.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 1,089 We get 1,089 = 3 × 3 × 11 × 11
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 363 = (3 × 11) × (3 × 11)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
11 121 = (3 × 11)2 = 332.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
11 11 Then, a positive square root of 1,089 is 332 = 33
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 and a negative square root of 1,089 is - 332 = -33.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, square roots of 1,089 are 33 and -33.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

78
3. Find a square root of 578 with the factorization method.
Factorize 578.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 578 We get 578 = 2 × 17 × 17
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
17 289 = 172 × ( 2)2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
17 17 = (17 2)2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Then, a positive square root of 578 is (17 2)2 = 17 2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

and a negative square root of 578 is - (17 2)2 = -17 2.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Therefore, square roots of 578 are 17 2 and -17 2.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4. Find a cube root of 1,331 with the factorization method.

Factorize 1,331.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
11 1,331 We get 1,331 = 11 × 11 × 11
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
11 121 = 113.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
11 11 K
Then, a cube root of 1,331 is 3 113 = 11. E
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Y
Therefore, a cube root of 1,331 is 11.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

5. Find a cube root of 2,000 with the factorization method.

Factorize 2,000.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 2,000 We get 2,000 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 5 × 5 × 5
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 1,000 = (2 × 5) × (2 × 5) × (2 × 5) × 2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 500 = 103 × (3 2)3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 250 = (10 3 2)3.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 125 Then, a cube root of 2,000 is 3 (10 3 2)3 = 10 3 2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 25 Therefore, a cube root of 2,000 is 10 3 2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 5
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
79
 6. Find square roots of the following numbers with the estimation method.
1) 220
Since the value of 220 is close to 225 and that 225 = 15 15, which is a perfect square, ×
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

then 220 ≈ 225 = 152 = 15.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) 3 220
Since the value of 220 is close to 216 and that 216 = 6 6 6, which are perfect cubes, × ×
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
then 3 220 ≈ 3 216 = 3 63 = 6.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

7. Find the value of the following with a calculator. (Correct to 4 decimal places)
1) (2 + 149) × 3 256
3 256
The value of (2 + 149) × can be found by pressing the following buttons:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E
Y ( 2 + 1 4 9 ) × SHIFT 2 5 6 =
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 256
Therefore, (2 + 149) × ≈ 90.2060.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) 312 × 3 87 ÷ 645
The value of 312 ×
3 87 ÷ 645 can be found by pressing the following buttons:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 1 2 × SHIFT 8 7 ÷ 6 4 5 =
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Therefore, 312 ×
3 87 ÷ 645 3.0818. ≈
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

80
 Intermediate Level
8. Estimate the value of 59.
59 (Correct to 4 decimal places)
Step 1 Since 59 is a number between 49 and Step 2 Find the average of the numbers in Step 1.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

64, which are perfect squares, The average of 7 and 8 equals 7 +2 8 = 7.5.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

then 49 < 59 < 64 Since 7.52 = 56.25, which is less than 59,
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

49 < 59 < 64 then 56.25 < 59 < 64.

..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

7 < 59 < 8. Therefore, 7.5 < 59 < 8.

..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Therefore, the value of 59 is between 7 and 8.

..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Step 3 Find the average of the numbers in Step 2. Step 4 Find the average of the numbers in Step 3.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

The average of 7.5 and 8 equals 7.52+ 8 = 7.75. The average of 7.5 and 7.75 equals
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Since 7.752 ≈ 60.06, which is more than 59, 7.5 +27.75 = 7.625.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

then 56.25 < 59 < 60.06. Since 7.6252 ≈ 58.14, which is less than 59,
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Therefore, 7.5 < 59 < 7.75. then 58.14 < 59 < 60.06.
.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. K
E
Therefore, 7.625 < 59 < 7.75.
.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Y
Step 5 Find the average of the numbers in Step 4. Step 6 Find the average of the numbers in Step 5.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

The average of 7.625 and 7.75 equals The average of 7.625 and 7.6875 equals
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7.625 + 7.75 = 7.6875. 7.625 + 7.6875 = 7.65625.
2 2
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Since 7.6875 ≈ 59.1, which is more than 59, Since 7.656252 ≈ 58.62, which is less than 59,
2
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

then 58.14 < 59 < 59.1. then 58.62 < 59 < 59.1.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Therefore, 7.625 < 59 < 7.6875. Therefore, 7.65625 < 59 < 7.6875.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Step 7 Find the average of the numbers in Step 6. Step 8 Find the average of the numbers in Step 7.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

The average of 7.65625 and 7.6875 equals The average of 7.671875 and 7.6875 equals
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7.65625 + 7.6875 = 7.671875. 7.671875 + 7.6875 = 7.6796875.
2 2
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Since 7.671875 ≈ 58.86, which is less than 59, Since 7.67968752 ≈ 58.98 ≈ 59,
2
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

then 58.86 < 59 < 59.1. then the estimated value of 59 is 7.6797.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Therefore, 7.671875 < 59 < 7.6875.

..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

81
 9. Estimate the value of 3 516. (Correct to 4 decimal places)
Step 1 Since 516 is a number between 512 Step 2 Find the average of the numbers in Step 1.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
and 729, which are perfect cubes, The average of 8 and 9 equals 8 +2 9 = 8.5.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
then 512 < 516 < 729 Since 8.53 ≈ 614.13, which is more than 516,
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
512 < 3 516 < 3 729 then 8 < 3 516 < 8.5.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 < 3 516 < 9.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the value of 3 516 is between 8 and 9.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Step 3 Find the average of the numbers in Step 2. Step 4 Find the average of the numbers in Step 3.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The average of 8 and 8.5 equals 8 +28.5 = 8.25. The average of 8 and 8.25 equals 8 + 28.25 = 8.125.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Since 8.253 ≈ 561.52, which is more than 516, Since 8.1253 ≈ 536.38, which is more than 516,
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
then 8 < 3 516 < 8.25. then 8 < 3 516 < 8.125.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Step 5 Find the average of the numbers in Step 4. Step 6 Find the average of the numbers in Step 5.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The average of 8 and 8.125 equals The average of 8 and 8.0625 equals
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K
E 8 + 8.125 = 8.0625. 8 + 8.0625 = 8.03125.
Y 2 2
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Since 8.0625 ≈ 524.09, which is more than 516, Since 8.031253 ≈ 518.02, which is more than 516,
3
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
then 8 < 3 516 < 8.0625. then 8 < 3 516 < 8.03125.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Step 7 Find the average of the numbers in Step 6. Step 8 Find the average of the numbers in Step 7.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The average of 8 and 8.03125 equals The average of 8.015625 and 8.03125 equals
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 + 8.03125 = 8.015625. 8.015625 + 8.03125 = 8.0234375.
2 2
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Since 8.015625 ≈ 515.01, which is less than 516, Since 8.02343753 ≈ 516.51, which is more than 516,
3
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
then 8.015625 < 3 516 < 8.03125. then 8.015625 < 3 516 < 8.0234375.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Step 9 Find the average of the numbers in Step 8. Step 10 Find the average of the numbers in Step 9.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The average of 8.015625 and 8.0234375 equals The average of 8.01953125 and 8.0234375 equals
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8.015625 + 8.0234375 = 8.01953125. 8.01953125 + 8.0234375 = 8.021484375.
2 2
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Since 8.01953125 ≈ 515.76, which is less Since 8.0214843753 ≈ 516.14 ≈ 516,
3
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
than 516, then the estimated value of 3 516 is 8.0215.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
then 8.01953125 < 3 516 < 8.0234375.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

82
10. Find the value of the following with a calculator. (Correct to 4 decimal places)
2
1) 3555 3+ 5
2 × 222
2
The value of 555 + 5 can be found by pressing the following buttons:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 3
2 × 222
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
( 5 5 5 + 5 x2 ÷ ) ( 2 SHIFT x3 × SHIFT 2 2 2 ) =
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
Therefore, 555 + 5 ≈ 1.0024.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 3
2 × 222
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) (3 200)2 - 3 300
100
The value of (3 200)2 - 300 can be found by pressing the following buttons:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
100
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
( SHIFT 2 0 0 ) x2 - ( 3 0 0 ÷ SHIFT 1 0 0 ) =
K
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... E
Y
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, (3 200)2 - 300 ≈ 30.4679.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
100
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Advanced Level
3 3
11. Find the value of 12 × 272 .
3
3 3
43 + 3 4,913
3 × 272 3 3
12
Since 3 3 = 312 3× 27 = 3(12 3× 3) = 3 363 , then
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
4 + 4,913 4 + 4,913 4 + 4,913 4 + 4,913
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
the value of 36 can be found by pressing the following buttons on a calculator:
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
3 3 4 + 4,913
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
3 6÷ ( 4
SHIFT x3 +SHIFT 4 9 1 3 ) =
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
Therefore, 3 363 = 4.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
4 + 4,913
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

83
 2.3 Real Numbers
You have learned about rational numbers and irrational numbers that:
A rational number is a number that can be written in the form of ab where
a and b are integers and b ≠ 0.

An irrational number is a number that cannot be written in the form of ab

where a and b are integers and b ≠ 0.
Real numbers include both rational numbers and irrational numbers.

Investigation
K With a calculator, evaluate the following and complete the table below.
E
Y
Type of number Result obtained from a calculator
Number Rational Irrational Terminating Recurring Non-terminating
number number decimal decimal decimal
9 = 2.25  
4
-3 18 = …………………………………….
-3.125  

63 = …………………………………….
64 0.984375  

1 = …………………………………….
3 0.333…  

- 123 -1.242424…
99 = …………………………………….  

22 = …………………………………….
7 3.142857142857…  

1 = …………………………………….
0.707106…  
2
3 5 = …………………………………….
1.709975…  
3.141592…
π = …………………………………….  

84
1. Is a terminating decimal a rational number or an RECALL

irrational number? A terminating decimal is a decimal

A terminating decimal is a rational number.
.......................................................................................................................................... with a finite number of repeating
digits after a decimal point.
2. Is a recurring decimal a rational number or an
A non-terminating decimal is a
irrational number? decimal with an infinite number of
A recurring decimal is a rational number.
.......................................................................................................................................... non-repeating digit after a decimal
3. Is a non-terminating decimal a rational number point.
or an irrational number?
A non-terminating decimal is an irrational number.
..........................................................................................................................................

According to Investigation, terminating decimals and repeating decimals are rational

numbers, but non-terminating decimals are irrational numbers. The relationships between
these numbers can be shown as follows:
K
Real Numbers E
Y

Rational Numbers Irrational Numbers

Terminating Decimals Recurring Decimals Non-terminating Decimals

e.g. 2, - 4, 94 , -3 18 e.g. 13 , - 123 22
99 , 7 e.g. 12, -3 2, π

Properties of Real Numbers

The properties of real numbers are in accordance with those of rational and irrational
numbers as follows:
1. Property of one
Property Let a be any real number.
The one property of multiplication : a × 1 = 1 × a = a
The one property of division : a ÷ 1 = a

85
 2. Property of zero
Property Let a be any real number.
The zero property of addition: a + 0 = 0 + a = a
The zero property of multiplication: a × 0 = 0 × a = 0
The zero property of division and any real number: 0 ÷ a = 0 where a ≠ 0

3. Commutative property
Property Let a and b be any real numbers.
The communicative property of addition: a + b = b + a
The communicative property of multiplication: a × b = b × a

K 4. Associative property
E
Y
Property Let a, b and c be any real numbers.
The associative property of addition: (a + b) + c = a + (b + c)
The associative property of multiplication: (a × b) × c = a × (b × c)

5. Distributive property
Property Let a, b and c be any real numbers.
a × (b + c) = (a × b) + (a × c)
and (b + c) × a = (b × a) + (c × a)

86
 Worked Example 14
Evaluate the following.
[(
1) - 112 - 1.9 + 24 11 )] 2) 3 × 2 3 + 1
3 ( )
Solution
[(
1) - 112 - 1.9 + 24 2 24 )] [(
11 = - 11 + 11 - 1.9 (Associative property of addition) )]
= 22
11 - 1.9
= 2 - 1.9
= 0.1
(
2) 3 × 2 3 + 1 = ( 3 × 2 3) + 3 × 1
3 2 3 ) (Distributive property) ( )
= 2( 3) + 1
= (2 × 3) + 1
= 6+1
= 7 K
E
Y
Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 2C Question 1
Evaluate the following.
(
1. 103 - 56 + 7.7 )
(
= 103 + 7.7 - 56 )
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= (0.3 + 7.7) - 56
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 8 - 56
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 7 16
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

(
2. 2 - 2 2
3 ) × 1
2
(
= 2 1 - 22 1 × ) ( × )
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 2 2
= 1 - 2
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
= 1 -2 3
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

87
 2.4 Real-life Applications of
Real Numbers
You can apply the knowledge of real numbers to solve real-world problems as in
the following examples.
Worked Example 15
The area of a circle is approximately 3,850 cm2. How long is the radius of this circle
in cm? (Take π ≈ 227 .)
Solution
Let the radius of the given circle be a cm.
The area of this circle is approximately 3,850 cm2.
From the formula, the area of a circle that is π × (radius length)2.
3,850 ≈ π × a × a a2 ≈ 352
K
E a × a ≈ 3,850π a ≈ (35)2 , - (35)2
Y a2 ≈ 3,850 × 227 a ≈ 35, -35
Since a is the length of the radius, then only a positive integer is used.
Therefore, the radius of this circle is approximately 35 cm.
Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 2C Question 5
The area of a circle is approximately 13.86 cm2. How long is the radius of this circle
in cm? (Take π ≈ 227 .)
Let the radius of the given circle be a cm.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The area of this circle is approximately 13.86 cm2.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
From the formula, the area of a circle that is π × (radius length)2.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
13.86 ≈ π × a × a a2 ≈ 2.12
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
a × a ≈ 13.86 π
a ≈ (2.1)2 , - (2.1)2
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
a2 ≈ 13.86 × 227 a ≈ 2.1, -2.1
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Since a is the length of the radius, only a positive integer is used.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the radius of this circle is approximately 2.1 cm.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

88
 Worked Example 16
A cylindrical vase is 20 cm high with its capacity of 1,108.8 cm3 approximately. To find the
volume of a cylinder, we use the formula is πr2h where r is the length of the radius and h
is the height of a cylinder, how long is the radius of this vase in cm? (Take π ≈ 227 .)
Solution
From the formula, the volume of a cylinder is πr2h.
Since the capacity of this vase is approximately 1,108.8 cm3,
then 1,108.8 ≈ π × r2 × 20 r2 ≈ 17.64 = (4.2)2
r2 ≈ 1,108.8
20π r ≈ (4.2)2 , - (4.2)2
r2 ≈ 1,108.8
20 × 22
7 r ≈ 4.2, -4.2.
Since r is the length of the radius, then only a positive integer is used.
Therefore, the radius of this vase is approximately 4.2 cm.
Similar Questions K
Practice Now E
Exercise 2C Questions 3, 6 Y
A cylindrical is 12 cm high with its capacity of 462 cm3 approximately. How long is
the radius of this glass in cm? (Take π ≈ 227 .)
From the formula, the volume of a cylinder is r2h. π
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Since the capacity of this glass is approximately 462 cm3,
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
then 462 ≈ π × r2 × 12 r2 ≈ 12.25 = (3.5)2
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
r2 ≈ 12 462 r ≈ (3.5)2 , - (3.5)2
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
π
r2 ≈ 462 12 × 22
7 r ≈ 3.5, -3.5.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Since r is the length of the radius, then only a positive integer is used.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the radius of this glass is approximately 3.5 cm.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

89
 Worked Example 17
The capacity of a cube-shaped carton is approximately 21,952 cm3. How long is
each side of this carton in cm?
Solution
Let each side of the carton be a cm long.
The capacity of this carton is approximately 21,952 cm3.
From the formula, the volume of a cube is (side length)3.
21,952 ≈ a3
a3 ≈ 283
a ≈ 3 283
a ≈ 28
Therefore, each side of this carton is approximately 28 cm long.

K Similar Questions
E Practice Now Exercise 2C Questions 4, 7, 8
Y
The capacity of a cube-shaped water tank is approximately 15.625 m3. How long is
each side of this water tank in m?
Let each side of the water tank be a m long.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

The capacity of this water tank is approximately 15.625 m3.

..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

From the formula, the volume of a cube is (side length)3.

..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

15.625 ≈ a3
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

a3 ≈ 2.53
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

a ≈ 3 2.53
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

a ≈ 2.5
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Therefore, each side of this water tank is approximately 2.5 m long.

..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

90
Exercise 2C
Basic Level
1. Evaluate each of the following.
(= ( 32 × 29) × 1.5 = 13 × 1.5 = 0.5
)
1) 32 × 1.5 × 29 ..............................................................................................................................................................................

( 2 3 5 × 6 ) + ( 2 3 5 × 9 3 ) = 4 + 3 3 = 8 - 15 3
2) 3 535 435 3 53 5 ( )
23 5 × 6 + 9 3 ....................................................................................................................................................................
= 3 43 5 5 2 10
2. A cylindrical paint bucket is 21 cm high with its capacity of 6,600 cm3 approximately.
How long is the radius of this paint bucket in cm? (Take π ≈ 227 .)
From the formula, the volume of a volume is r2h. π
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Since the capacity of this paint bucket is approximately 6,600 cm3,

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

then 6,600 ≈ π × r2 × 21 r2 ≈ 100 = (10)2

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

r2 ≈ 6,600 21π r ≈ (10)2 , - (10)2

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K
r2 ≈ 6,600 7 r ≈ 10, -10. E
21 × 22
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Y
Since r is the length of the radius, then only a positive integer is used.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Therefore, the radius of this paint bucket is approximately 10 cm.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3. The volume of a dice is approximately 2,744 mm3. How long is each side of this
dice in cm?
Let each side of the dice be a mm long.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

The volume of this dice is approximately 2,744 mm3.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

From the formula, the volume of a cube is (side length)3.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2,744 ≈ a3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

a3 ≈ 143
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

a ≈ 3 143
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

a ≈ 14
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Therefore, each side of this dice is approximately 14 mm long.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

91
 Intermediate Level
4. The area of the dial of a wall clock is 616 cm2. What should the limited length of
the minute hand of this clock be?
Let the radius of the wall clock be a cm long.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

The area of the dial of this wall clock is approximately 616 cm2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

From the formula, the area of a circle is π × (radius)2.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

616 ≈ π × a × a a2 ≈ 142
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

a × a ≈ 616 π a ≈ (14)2 , - (14)2

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

a2 ≈ 616 × 227 a ≈ 14, -14

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Since a is the radius, then only a positive integer is used.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Then, the radius of this clock is approximately 14 cm.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

In general, the minute hand of a clock cannot be longer than the radius.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Therefore, the minute hand of this clock should not be longer than 14 cm.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K
E
Y 5. The volume of a cylindrical iron rod is approximately 17,248 cm3. If the height of
this rod is twice the radius of its circular base, then how long is the radius of this
rod in cm?
(Take π ≈ 227 and the volume of a cylinder is π × (radius)2 × height.)
Let the radius of the iron rod be a cm long.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

The length of this iron rod is 2a cm, and its volume is approximately 17,248 cm3.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

From the formula, the volume of a cylinder t is π × (radius)2 × height.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

17,248 ≈ π × a × a × 2a a3 ≈ 2,744
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

a3 ≈ 17,248 2π a ≈ 3 143
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

a3 ≈ 8,624 π a ≈ 14
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

a3 ≈ 8,624 × 227
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Therefore, the radius of this iron rod is approximately 14 cm long.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

92
6. The volume of a cube-shaped carton is 4,096 cm3. Can this carton be put inside
the other one that is 14 cm wide and 16 cm long? Explain.
The volume of this cube-shaped carton is 4,096 cm3.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Then, each side of this is

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 4,096 = 16 cm long.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Therefore, the first carton cannot be put inside the other one because the width of the first
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

carton is greater than the other one.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Advanced Level
7. A football can perfectly fit in a cube-shaped carton, in which the capacity of this
carton is 10,648 cm3. If the surface of the football touches every inner side of the
carton, what is the volume of the football? (Take π ≈ 227 .) K
E
Let each side of the carton be a cm long.
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Y
Since the capacity of this carton is 10,648 cm3,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
and the formula for the volume of a cube is (side length)3, we get:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
10,648 = a3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
a3 = 223
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
a = 3 223
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
a = 22
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Then, each side of this carton is 22 cm long.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Since the given football can perfectly fit in this carton, the radius of the football is half the
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
side length of the carton.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the radius of the football is 22 = 11 cm long.
2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
From the formula, the volume of a circle is 3 × π × (radius)3. 4
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Then, the volume of the football is 4 × 22 × (11)3
3 7
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
≈ 5,577.52 cm .
3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the volume of the football is approximately 5,5577.52 cm3.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

93
 Summary
1. Writing fractions as recurring decimals and recurring decimals as fractions
1) Writing fractions in recurring decimal form can be done by dividing the numerator
by the denominator.
E.g. in order to write 34 in decimal form, divide 3 by 4, which gives 0.75.
• If the quotient is a recurring decimal with one repeating digit, write the symbol
•
•above the repeating digit, e.g. 2.333… can be written as 2.3 and read as “two
point three repeating”.
• If there are two or more repeating digits, write the symbol above the first
•
• •
and last repeating digits, e.g. 8.070707… can be written as 8.07 and read
as “eight point zero seven with zero seven repeating”.
2) Writing recurring decimals in fraction form
(1) Terminating decimals
In order to write terminating decimals in fraction form, the relationship
K between fractions and decimals can be used as follows:
E Write 0.4 in fraction form:
Y
0.4 = 104 ÷ 2

= 25 4 2
10 = 5
Therefore, 0.4 = 25 . ÷ 2

(2) Recurring and non-terminating decimals

The recurring decimals starting in the tenths place are considered as follows:
0.5 = 59
•

If one digit is repeated from the tenths place,

one 9 is added in the denominator. Numerators are
0.12 = 12
• •

99 equal to repeating
If two digits are repeated from the tenths place, digits.
two 9s are added in the denominator.
0.231 = 231
• •

999
If three digits are repeated from the tenths place,
three 9s are added in the denominator.

94
Recurring decimals starting in the hundredths place or more are considered as follows:
0.37 •
= 34 = 379 -0 3 3 is used to subtract; it is a non-repeating digit of 0.37
•

90
With one repeating digit, add With one non-repeating digit,
one 9 in the denominator. add one 0 in the denominator.
•

0.317 = • 286 = 317 - 31 31 is used to subtract; it is a non-repeating digit of 0.317

900 9 00
With one repeating digit, add With two non-repeating digits,
one 9 in the denominator. add two 0s in the denominator.

1 540 545 - 5 • •
• •
1.545 = 5 is used to subtract; it is a non-repeating digit of 1.545
990 = 1 99 0
With two repeating digit, add With one non-repeating digit,
two 9s in the denominator. add one 0 in the denominator.

6.43807 = 6 43,764
• • 43,807 - 43
99,900 = 6 99,9 00 43 is used to subtract; it is a non-repeating digit of 6.43807
• •
K
E
Y
With three repeating digit, add With two non-repeating digits,
three 9s in the denominator. add two 0s in the denominator.

2. Square roots and cube roots of rational numbers

Square root Cube root
Relationships Squaring Cubing
between powered 2, -2 4 2 8
numbers and square
or cube roots Square root Cube root
Definition Let a be a rational number or zero where Let a be a rational number or
a square root of a is a squared number zero where a cube root of a
equal to a. is a cubed number equal to a.
Symbol a represents a positive square root of a. 3a
- a represents a negative square root of a.
Finding roots with the Factorize a number and make them in Factorize a number and make
factorization method the form of a number multiplied by itself them in the form of a number
2 times. multiplied by itself 3 times.

95
 Square root Cube root
Step 1 Find two positive
Finding roots with the Step 1 Find two positive integers in sequence
estimation method where squared numbers of both integers must integers in sequence where
be of less value and of more value than cubed numbers of both integers
the number that you want to find a squaremust be of less value and of
more value than the number
root, and the value of both integers must be
closest to that number as well. that you want to find a cube
root, and the value of both
Step 2 Find the average of integers in Step
integers must be closest to
1. Then, square the result and see if it is
that number as well.
more than or less than the number that you
want to find a square root: Step 2 Find the average of
integers in Step 1. Then, cube
If it is more than, find the average of the
number of less value and the average the result and see if it is more
number, and then square the result. than or less than the number
that you want to find a cube
If it is less than, find the average of the
number of more value and the average root.
number, and then square the result. If it is more than, find the
K average of the number of less
Step 3 Repeat step 2 until we get the result
E that is closest to the selected number. value and the average number,
Y and then cube the result.
If it is less than, find the
average of the number of more
value and the average number,
and then cube the result.
Step 3 Repeat step 2 until we
get the result that is closest
to the selected number.
Finding roots with Press and add the number selected Press SHIFT and the
a calculator =
to find a square root. Then, press . number selected to find a
cube root. Then, press = .

96
3. Real numbers
Rational numbers are the numbers that can be written in the form of recurring
decimals or fractions, i.e. ab where a and b are integers and b ≠ 0.
Irrational numbers are the numbers that cannot be written in the form of recurring
decimals or fractions, i.e. ab where a and b are integers and b ≠ 0.
Diagram showing the relationships between real numbers
Real numbers
Rational numbers Irrational numbers
Terminating decimals Recurring decimals Non-terminating decimals
e.g. 2, - 4, 94 , -3 18 e.g. 13 , - 123 22
99 , 7 e.g. 12, -3 2, π

4. Properties of real numbers

1) Properties of one and zero K
E
Let a and b be any real numbers. Y
(1) Property of zero (2) Property of one
a+0=0+a=a a×1=1×a=a
a×0=0×a=0 a÷1=a
0 ÷ a = 0 where a ≠ 0
2) Properties of addition and multiplication of real numbers
Let a and b be any real numbers.
(1) Commutative property (2) Associative property
a+b=b+a (a + b) + c = a + (b + c)
a×b=b×a (a × b) × c = a × (b × c)
(3) Distributive property
a × (b + c) = (a × b) + (a × c)
(b + c) × a = (b × a) + (c × a)

97
 Review Exercise 2
1. Express the following fractions in decimal form.
1) 137
20 6.85 2) 1160 0.1833…
20 137.00
……………………………………………………………………………….. 60 11.0000
………………………………………………………………………………..
120
……………………………………………………………………………….. 60
………………………………………………………………………………..
17 0
……………………………………………………………………………….. 5 00
………………………………………………………………………………..
16 0
……………………………………………………………………………….. 4 80
………………………………………………………………………………..
1 00
……………………………………………………………………………….. 200
………………………………………………………………………………..
1 00
……………………………………………………………………………….. 180
………………………………………………………………………………..
0
……………………………………………………………………………….. 200
………………………………………………………………………………..
Therefore, 137
20 = 6.85.
……………………………………………………………………………….. 180
………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………….. 20
………………………………………………………………………………..
K Therefore, 11
60 = 1.1833…
E ……………………………………………………………………………….. ………………………………………………………………………………..
Y
2. Convert the following decimals into fractions.
• •
1) 3.69 2) 8.705
69 8.705 = 8 + 705
• •
3.69 = 3 + 100
……………………………………………………………………………….. 999
………………………………………………………………………………..
69
= 3 100
……………………………………………………………………………….. = 8 + 235
333
………………………………………………………………………………..
69 .
Therefore, 3.69 = 3 100
………………………………………………………………………………..
235
= 8 333
………………………………………………………………………………..
Therefore, 8.705 = 8 235
• •
……………………………………………………………………………….. 333.
………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………….. ………………………………………………………………………………..
• • •
3) -19.83 4) 37.9011
• • • • • •
-19.83 = -(19 + 0.83)
……………………………………………………………………………….. 37.9011 = 37 + 0.9011
………………………………………………………………………………..

(
= - 19 + 8390- 8)
……………………………………………………………………………….. = 37 + 9,011 -9
9,990
………………………………………………………………………………..

(
= - 19 + 75)
………………………………………………………………………………..
90 = 37 + 9,002
9,990
………………………………………………………………………………..
= -19 65
………………………………………………………………………………..
4,501
= 37 4,995
………………………………………………………………………………..
Therefore, -19.83 = -19 56 . Therefore, 37.9011 = 37 4,501
• • •
……………………………………………………………………………….. 4,995.
………………………………………………………………………………..

98
3. Find the value of 3 2.16 × 108 with the factorization method.
2 216 3
2.16 108 = 3 216 106
× ×
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
2 108 Factorize 216.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
2 54 We get 216 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 × 3 × 3
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
3 27 = (2 × 3) × (2 × 3) × (2 × 3)
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
3 9 = 63.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
3 3 Since 216 × 106 = 63 × (102)3
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
1 = (6 × 102)3,
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
then
× ×
3 2.16× 108 = 3 (6 102)3 = 6 102 = 600.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

4. Evaluate the following.

(
1) 120 × 325 192
600 + 240 ) (
2) 35 64
11 - 9 + 11 ) ÷ 24
(
= 120 325
× ) (192
600 + 120 240
×
……………………………………………………………………………….. ) (
= 35 )64
11 + 11 - 9 24
÷
………………………………………………………………………………..
K
= 325
5 + 2
192
……………………………………………………………………………….. ( )
= 99
11 - 9 ÷ 24
……………………………………………………………………………….. E
Y
= 65 + 96
……………………………………………………………………………….. = (9 - 9) ÷ 24
………………………………………………………………………………..

= 161
……………………………………………………………………………….. = 0 ÷ 24
………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………….. = 0
………………………………………………………………………………..

5. Find the value of 64

(- 47)2 - (- 25)3
- 625 ÷
3 8 with a calculator.
- 125
(- 47 ) - (- 25 )
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
2 3
The value of can be found by pressing the following buttons:
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
64 ÷ - 8
- 625 3
125
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
( ( - 4 ÷ 7 ) x2 - ( - 2 ÷ 5 ) SHIFT x3 ) ÷ ( -
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
( 6 4 ÷ 6 2 5 ) ÷ SHIFT ( - 8 ÷ 1 2 5 ) ) =
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

(- 47 ) - (- 25 )
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
2 3
Therefore, = 0.4882.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
64 ÷ - 8
- 625 3
125
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

99
 6. Find the numbers that have the same value of square roots and cube roots and explain.
Let a be the numbers that have the same value of square roots and cube roots.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
From the definition, a square root of a is a squared number equal to a.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
From the definition, a cube root of a is a cubed number equal to a.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
Then, a = ( a)2 = (3 a)3
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

0 = ( 0)2 = (3 0)3 and 1 = ( 1)2 = (3 1)3.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

Therefore, the numbers that have the same value of square roots and cube roots are 0 and
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

1.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

7. If you want to store 9 circular candies in a cylindrical plastic container as

shown. If the volume of each candy is 310.464 mm3, what size should this
container be? (Take π ≈ 227 .)
K Let the radius of the circular candy be a mm long.
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
…
E The volume of each candy is approximately 310.464 mm3.
Y ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
From the formula, the volume of a circle is 43 × π × (radius)3.
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
310.464 ≈ 43 × π × r3
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
r3 ≈ 310.464 × 21
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
88
r3 ≈ 74.088
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
r ≈ 4.2
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
Then, the radius of each candy is approximately 4.2 mm long.
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
From the figure, the radius of the given container must be longer than that of a candy, and
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
the height of the container must be more than that of 9 candies piled up together so that it
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
can store all the candies.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
Then, the length of all the candies piled up together is equal to the diameter of one candy × 9:
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
= (2 × 4.2) × 9
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
= 8.4 × 9
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
= 75.6
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
Therefore, the radius of this container should be more than 4.2 mm, and the height should
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
be more than 75.6 mm so that it can store all the 9 candies.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

100
 Challenge Yourself
1. Given that X- 3 + (y + 2)2 = 0. Find the values of X and y.
Since - 3 and (y + 2)2 cannot be negative integers,
x
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
then x - 3 = 0 and (y + 2)2 = 0
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
x - 3 = 0 and y+2 = 0
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
and x = 3 and y = -2
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
Therefore, x = 3 and y = -2.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
K
E
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… Y
2. Given that 0.00 = 101 . What should the digit in the blank be?
•

•
According to 0.00 , there is one repeating digit from the thousandths place.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
0.00 = 101
•
Since
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
•
0.00 = 100 1
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
1
900 = 100
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
9
900 = 900,
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
then the digit in is 9.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

101
K
E
Y

102
Chapter 3
Polynomials
An illusionist performed a trick by displaying 12 one-
baht coins and dividing them into two groups. The first
group showed the heads of 5 coins, and the other group
showed the tails of 7 coins. Then he combined these two
groups together, with the face of each coin remaining the
same as in the previous step. Next, he blindfolded himself
and divided the coins into two groups again. There were
5 coins in the first groups and 7 coins in the other group.
This time he could not see which face of each coin the K
E
two groups showed. Afterwards, he turned over the 5 Y
coins in the first group and told the audience: “Right now,
both groups have the same number of coins that shows
the head sides.” Then the audience experienced it exactly
as he said and were stunned by the show. However, have
you ever known that the knowledge of polynomials can
explain this trick?

Indicator
• Understand the operation of polynomials and apply the
knowledge of polynomials to solve mathematical problems.
(MA 1.2 G. 8/1)
Compulsory Details
• Polynomials
• Addition, subtraction and multiplication of polynomials
• Division of polynomials by monomials with polynomials as
quotients
103
 3.1 Algebraic Expression
Algebra is a division of mathematics using signs or letters to express values in the
form of signs or letters called variables. These variables are English letters, and they
are commonly typed in lowercase.
1. Algebraic Signs
See the table below to study examples of algebraic signs.
Equation Algebraic equation
2+3=3+2=5 The sum of 2 and 3 a + b = b + a = c The sum of a and b
(or 3 and 2) is 5. (or b and a) is c.
The difference between a - b = c The difference between
6-5=1 6 and 5 is 1. a and b is c where a
is more than b.
K a×b=b×a=c
E
Y 3 × 5 = 5 × 3 = 15 The product of 3 and 5 is commonly written The product of a and b
(or 5 and 3) is 15. in the form of (or b and a) is c.
ab = c or ba = c.
3 × 3 = 32 = 9 3 squared equals 9. a × a = a2 a squared equals a2.
3 × 3 × 3 = 33 = 27 3 cubed equals 27. a × a × a = a3 a cubed equals a3.
a divided by b is c
24 ÷ 3 = 24 × 13 = 8 24 divided by 3 is 8. a ÷ b = a × 1b = c where b 0

2. Algebraic Expression
According to 3a as an algebraic expression, number 3 in front of variable a is the
coefficient of a. Similarly, the coefficient of ab in 18ab is 18 and that of abc in 45abc
is 45. Then, what is the coefficient of a3 in -25a3?
An algebraic expression is built up from several algebraic terms using mathematical
symbols (i.e. +, -, × and ÷) to connect them together, and no symbol = in algebraic
expressions is required. Algebraic terms to be connected to one another can be variables
or constants. For example:

104
 ATTENTION
This expression is built up from 1 term, i.e. 5x,
1 variable, i.e. x The terms that contain the
5x and 0 constant. same variables raised to
Here, variable x has 1 as the exponent and 5 as the the same power are called
coefficient. like terms. For example,
This expression is built up from 2 terms, i.e. 2x and 3, 2x and 5x; 7y2 and -3y2;
1 variable, i.e. x and x3y and 4x3y.
2x + 3 and 1 constant, i.e. 3.
Here, variable x has 1 as the exponent and 2 as the
coefficient.
This expression is built up from 3 terms, i.e. x2, -3y and 1,
2 variables, i.e. x and y
x2 - 3y + 1 and 1 constant, i.e. 1.
Here, variable x has 2 as the exponent and 1 as the
coefficient, and variable y has 1 as the exponent and
-3 as the coefficient.
This expression is built up from 2 terms, i.e. 6xy3 and 1,
2 variables, i.e. x and y
6xy3 + 1 Here, variable x has 1 as the and 1 constant, i.e. 1. K
exponent where x is E
Y
multiplied by y with 3 as the exponent, and the coefficient
is 6.

For the expressions that can be written in the form of multiplication of at least
one constant and one variable or more, in which the exponent of each variable
is zero or a positive integer, they are called monomials.

For the expressions that are in monomial form or are written in the form of
addition of at least two monomials or more, they are called polynomials.
According to the table:
5x is a monomial.
2x + 3 is a polynomial built up from adding two monomials together.
3
6xy + 1 is a polynomial built up from adding two monomials together.
x2 - 3y + 1 can be written in the form of addition of three monomials, i.e. x2 + (-3y) + 1;
therefore, x2 - 3y + 1 is a polynomial built up from adding three monomials
together.
105
 Thinking Time
1. Is 0 a monomial? And why?
0 is a monomial because it can be written in the form of multiplication of at least one constant
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
and one variable or more, in which the exponent of each variable is zero or a positive integer,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
e.g. 0x and 0x2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2. Can monomials 5x and 3xy2 be written in the form of addition of at least two
monomials or more? Then are 5x and 3xy2 polynomials? And how?
5x and 3xy2 can be written in the form of addition of at least two monomials or more, e.g.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5x + 0 and 3xy2 + 0. Therefore, 5x and 3xy2 are polynomials.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3. According to questions 1 and 2, how should this be summarized?

A monomial can be written in the form of addition of at least two monomials or more; therefore,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
every monomial is a polynomial.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

K Worked Example 1
E Are the following expressions polynomials? And why?
Y
1) 2a3 2) -6x2y5 3) 7b ATTENTION

4) 4p - 2q4 5) x2 - 3y + z 6) 3m-1 + 23 + 4 The polynomials that contain un-

n like terms are called polynomials
Solution: in simplest form. For example,
1) 2a3 has 2 as the constant and a as the variable 4p - 2q have unlike terms, so
with 3 as the exponent. they are polynomials in simplest
Therefore, 2a3 is a polynomial. form. While 4p - 2p have like
terms, i.e. 4p and 2p, they are
2) -6x2y5 has -6 as the constant; x as the variable not polynomials in simplest form.
with 2 as the exponent, and y as the variable
ATTENTION
with 5 as the exponent.
The sum of exponents in each
Therefore, -6x2y5 is a polynomial. variable of the monomials is called
3) 7b can be written in multiplication form as 7b-1 the degree of a monomial. For
where the exponent of variable b is -1, which is example, the sum of exponents
not zero or a positive integer. in each variable of -6x2y5 is equal
to 2 + 5 = 7, i.e. -6x2y5 has a
Therefore, 7b is not a polynomial. degree equal to 7.

106
 ATTENTION
4) 4p - 2q4 can be written in the form of addition of
The greatest degree of the polyno-
two monomials as 4p + (-2q4). mial in simplest form that contains
Therefore, 4p - 2q4 is a polynomial. unlike terms is called the degree
2
5) x - 3y + z can be written in the form of addition of a polynomial.
4
For example,
of three monomials as x2 + (-3y) + z. 4p - 2q where the degree of 4p
2 equals 1 and that of 2q4 equals 4;
Therefore, x - 3y + z is a polynomial. therefore, the degree of 4p - 2q4
6) 23 can be written in multiplication form as 2n-3 equals 4.
n
where the exponent of variable n is -3, which is not zero or a positive integer, and
3m-1 has the exponent of variable m as -1, which is not zero or a positive integer.
Therefore, 3m-1 + 23 + 4 is not a polynomial.
n
Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 3A Questions 1-3
Are the following expressions polynomials? And why?
1) 5x-4
5x-4 has 5 as the constant and the exponent of variable x is -4, which is not zero or a positive K
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... E
integer.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Y
Therefore, 5x-4 is not a polynomial.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) 3a-2
b
3a can be written in multiplication form as 3ab2 where 3 is the constant; a is the variable
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
-2
b
that has 1 as the exponent, and b is the variable that has 2 as the exponent.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, 3a-2 is a polynomial.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
b
3) 25 m3 - 1-2
n
2 m3 has 2 as the constant and m is the variable that has 3 as the exponent.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 5
- 1-2 can be written in multiplication form as -n2 where -1 is the constant and the exponent
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
n
of variable n is 2. Therefore, 25 m3 - 1-2 is a polynomial.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
n
4) 3 5 + q - 6r
4p
3 can be written in multiplication form as 3 p-5 where 3 is the constant and the exponent
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4p 5 4 4
of variable p is -5, which is not zero or a positive integer.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, 3 5 + q - 6r is not a polynomial.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4p

107
 In Secondary 1, you have learned how to use algebra discs of integers in order to
add or subtract integers. Also, you have known that each disc has two sides, i.e. if one
side shows 1, then the other side will show -1, which is the opposite value.
1 -1
Front Back
Similarly, an algebra disc of variable has two sides, i.e. if one side shows x, then
the other side will show -x.
x -x
Front Back
In order to obtain the negative value of x, flip the disc that shows x as follows:
x flip -x Then, -(x) = -x
In order to obtain the negative value of -x, flip the disc that shows -x as follows:
-x flip x Then, -(-x) = x
K
E If disc x is paired with disc -x, then there will be one pair equaling 0.
Y
x -x Then, x + (-x) = 0
Algebra discs can be used to represent algebraic terms, as in the following examples:
Use three discs x to express 3x:
x x x 3x = x + x + x
Use three discs -x to express -3x:
-x -x -x -3x = (-x) + (-x) + (-x)
In order to obtain the negative value of 3x, flip the three discs that show x as
follows:
x x x flip -x -x -x Then, -(3x) = -3x
In order to obtain the negative value of -3x, flip the three discs that show -x as
follows:
-x -x -x flip x x x Then, -(-3x) = 3x

108
 If three discs x and three discs -x are added together, then there will be three
pairs equaling 0.
x -x
x -x zero pairs Then, 3x + (-3x) = 0
x -x
Similarly, other variables in the form of algebra discs can be used. For example, algebra
disc x2 is shown as follows:

x2 -x2
Front Back
flip
x2 (the symbol changed) -x2 -(x2) = -x2
flip
-x 2 (the symbol changed) x2 -(-x2) = x2
K
x2 -x2 x2 + (-x2) = 0 E
Y
x2 x2 x2 3x2 = x2 + x2 + x2
-x2 -x2 -x2 -3x2 = (-x2) + (-x2) + (-x2)
flip
x2 x2 x2 (the symbol changed) -x2 -x2 -x2 -(3x2) = -3x2
flip
-x2 -x2 -x2 (the symbol changed) x2 x2 x2 -(-3x2) = 3x2

x2 -x2
x2 -x2 zero pairs 3x2 + (-3x2) = 0
x2 -x2

109
 Algebra discs can be used to represent algebraic expressions, as in the following examples:
4x + 2
x x x x 1 1 4x + 2 = x + x + x + x + 1 + 1
x + 2y
x y y x + 2y = x + y + y
2x2 + x - 3
x2 x2 x -1 -1 -1 2x2 + x - 3 = x2 + x2 + x + (-1) + (-1) + (-1)
-2x2 - x + 1
-x2 -x2 -x 1 -2x2 - x + 1 = (-x2) + (-x2) + (-x) + 1
3x3 + 3
x3 x3 x3 1 1 1 3x3 + 3 = x3 + x3 + x3 + 1 + 1 + 1

K
E
Y
Thinking Time
How can algebra discs be used to represent polynomials -2x3 - x2 + 5x - 1 and
4x2 + 4y2 + 3?
-2x3 - x2 + 5x - 1
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
-x -x3 3 -x2 x x x x x -1
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
-2x3 - x2 + 5x - 1 = (-x3) + (-x3) + (-x2) + x + x + x + x + x + (-1)
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4x2 + 4y2 + 3
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
x x x x y y y y 1 1 1
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 2 2
4x + 4y + 3 = x + x + x + x + y + y + y + y + 1 + 1 + 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

110
Exercise 3A
Basic Level
1. Are the following expressions polynomials? And why?
3 2
1) x2 2) -a4cb
x3 has 1 as the constant and x as the
………………………………………………………………………………..
-a2b can be written in multiplication form as
………………………………………………………………………………..
2 2 4c2 -1
variable where the exponent is 3.
………………………………………………………………………………..
-a bc where - 1 is the constant; the exponent
………………………………………………………………………………..
3 4 4
Therefore, x2 is a polynomial.
……………………………………………………………………………….. of variable a is 2; the exponent of variable b is 1,
………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………….. and the exponent of variable c is -1.

………………………………………………………………………………..
2
……………………………………………………………………………….. Therefore, -a4cb is not a polynomial.
………………………………………………………………………………..
2
3) - 32 + 25 n4 4) 5pq - 2q - 4p
2 p-3 3q2
m
- 3 can be written in multiplication form
………………………………………………………………………………..
2 - 4p can be written in multiplication form as
………………………………………………………………………………..
2
m -2 3q
as -3m where -3 is the constant and the
………………………………………………………………………………..
4 pq-2 where - 4 is the constant; the K
-………………………………………………………………………………..
3 3 E
exponent of variable m is -2.
……………………………………………………………………………….. exponent of variable p is 1, and the exponent Y
………………………………………………………………………………..

Therefore, - 32 + 25 n4 is not a polynomial.

……………………………………………………………………………….. of variable q is -2.
………………………………………………………………………………..
m 2 2q 4p
……………………………………………………………………………….. Therefore, 5pq
2 - p-3 - 3q2 is not a polynomial.
………………………………………………………………………………..

Intermediate Level
2. Write two monomial expressions built up from 3 variables, 67 as the coefficient and
4 as the degree.
Suggested answer: 67 a2bc, 67 ab2c
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3. Write two polynomial expressions built up from 2 variables, 3 terms and 6 as the
degree.
Suggested answer: x2y4 + 2x - 1, x2 - 3xy - y6
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

111
 3.2 Addition and Subtraction
of Polynomials
1. Addition of Monomials
The knowledge of like terms as well as algebra discs can be used for adding
monomials together, as in the following examples.
Example: 2x + 3x ATTENTION
x
The sum of unlike monomials, e.g.
x x 5x2 and 3xy cannot be written in
x x x monomial form. However, it can be
x x x written in polynomial form, i.e.
x 5x2 + 3xy.
Therefore, 2x + 3x = 5x.
Example: 2x + (-3x)
K -x -x -x
E
Y x -x x -x
zero pairs
x -x x -x
Therefore, 2x + (-3x) = -x.
Example: -2x2 + 3x2
x2 x2 x2
-x2 x2 -x2 x2
-x2 x2 zero pairs
-x2 x2
Therefore, -2x2 + 3x2 = x2.
Example: -2x3 + (-3x3)
-x3
-x3 -x3
-x3 -x3 -x3
-x3 -x3 -x3
-x3
Therefore, -2x3 + (-3x3) = -5x3.
112
 According to the examples, it can be summarized as follows:
The sum of like monomials = The sum of coefficients × The sets of variables of monomials

Practice Now
Find the sum of the following monomials with the algebra disc method.
1) 3x + 4x 2) 3x + (-4x)
x -x -x -x
............................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................
x x
............................................................................................................. x -x x -x
.............................................................................................................
x x x
............................................................................................................. x -x x -x
.............................................................................................................
x x x x
............................................................................................................. x -x x -x
.............................................................................................................
x x x x
............................................................................................................. zero pairs
.............................................................................................................
Therefore, 3x + 4x = 7x.
............................................................................................................. Therefore, 3x + (-4x) = -x.
.............................................................................................................

3) -3x2 + 4x2 4) -3x3 + (-4x3)

-x3 K
x2 x2 x2
............................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................. E
-x3 -x3 Y
-x2 x2 -x2 x2
............................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................
2 2 2 2 -x3 -x3 -x3
.............................................................................................................
-x x -x x
.............................................................................................................
2 2 2 2 -x3 -x3 -x3 -x3
.............................................................................................................
-x x -x x
.............................................................................................................
zero pairs -x3 -x3 -x3 -x3
.............................................................................................................
Therefore, -3x2 + 4x2 = x2.
............................................................................................................. Therefore, -3x3 + (-4x3) = -7x3.
.............................................................................................................

Worked Example 2
Find the sum of the following monomials.
1) 7x + 11x 2) -8m3 + 4m3
3) 5ab2 + (-3ab2) 4) -2x3y2z + (-6x3y2z)
Solution:
1) 7x + 11x = (7 + 11)x
= 18x

113
 2) -8m3 + 4m3 = (-8 + 4)m3
= -4m3
3) 5ab2 + (-3ab2) = [5 + (-3)]ab2
= 2ab2
3 2 3 2
4) -2x y z + (-6x y z) = [-2 + (-6)]x3y2z
= -8x3y2z

Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 3B Question 1
Find the sum of the following monomials.
1) 6m + 4m
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(6 + 4)m
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
10m
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K 2) p3 + (-p3)
E
Y [1 + (-1)]p3
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
0
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3) (-3x2y) + 5x2y
= (-3 + 5)x2y
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

= 2x2y
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4) -5ab2c3 + (-ab2c3)
[-5 + (-1)]ab2c3
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
-6ab2c3
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

114
2. Subtraction of Monomials
The knowledge of like terms as well as algebra discs can be used for subtracting
monomials, as in the following examples.
Example: 3x - 2x
x x
x subtracting 2x
x
3x -2x x
Therefore, 3x - 2x = x.
Since 3x + (-2x) = x, 3x - 2x = 3x + (-2x), which can be represented by algebra
discs as follows:
x x x
x -x x -x
x -x
zero pairs
x -x K
E
Example: -3x - 2x Y
-x
-x -x
-x -x -x
-x -x -x
-x
Therefore, -3x - 2x = -3x + (-2x) = -5x.
Example: 3x2 - (-2x2)
Since -(-2x2) = 2x2, 3x2 - (-2x2) = 3x2 + 2x2:
x2
x2 x2
x2 x2 x2
x2 x2 x2
x2
Therefore, 3x2 - (-2x2) = 3x2 + 2x2 = 5x2.

115
 Example: -3x3 - (-2x3)
Since -(-2x3) = 2x3, -3x3 - (-2x3) = -3x3 + 2x3:
-x3 -x3 -x3
-x3 x3 -x3 x3 zero pairs
-x3 x3 -x3 x3

Therefore, -3x3 - (-2x3) = -3x3 + 2x3

= -x3.
According to the examples, it can be summarized as follows:

Difference between like monomials = Difference between coefficients × The sets of variables of monomials

Practice Now
K
E Find the difference between the following monomials with the algebra disc method.
Y
1) 4x - 3x 2) 4x - (-3x)
x x x
............................................................................................................. Since 4x - (-3x) = 4x + 3x:
.............................................................................................................
x -x x -x
.............................................................................................................
x
.............................................................................................................
x x
x -x x -x
............................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................
x x x
x -x x -x
............................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................
zero pairs x x x x
.............................................................................................................
Therefore, 4x - 3x = x.
............................................................................................................. x x x x
.............................................................................................................
............................................................................................................. Therefore, 4x - (-3x) = 7x.
.............................................................................................................

3) -4x2 - 3x2 4) -4x3 - (-3x3)

Since -4x2 - 3x2 = -4x2 + (-3x2):
............................................................................................................. Since -4x3 - (-3x3) = -4x3 + 3x3:
.............................................................................................................
-x2
............................................................................................................. -x3 -x3 -x3
.............................................................................................................
-x2 -x2
............................................................................................................. -x3 x3 -x3 x3
.............................................................................................................
-x2 -x2 -x2
............................................................................................................. -x3 x3 -x3 x3
.............................................................................................................

-x2 -x2 -x2 -x2

............................................................................................................. -x3 x3 -x3 x3
.............................................................................................................

-x2 -x2
............................................................................................................. zero pairs
.............................................................................................................
-x2 -x2
............................................................................................................. Therefore, -4x3 - (-3x3) = -x3.
.............................................................................................................
Therefore, -4x2 - 3x2 = -7x2.
116
 Worked Example 3
Find the difference between the following monomials.
1) 6x - 5x 2) -2m3 - 3m3
3) 4ab2 - (-7ab2) 4) -12x3y2z - (-9x3y2z)
Solution:
1) 6x - 5x = (6 - 5)x
ATTENTION
= x
3 3 a - b = a + (-b) where a and
2) -2m - 3m = (-2 - 3)m3 b are any integers and -b is
= -5m3 opposite to b.
3) 4ab2 - (-7ab2) = [4 - (-7)]ab2
= 11ab2
4) -12x3y2z - (-9x3y2z) = [-12 - (-9)]x3y2z
= -3x3y2z
K
Similar Questions E
Y
Practice Now Exercise 3B Question 2
Find the difference between the following monomials.
1) 4m - 9m
= (4 - 9)m
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= -5m
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) 8n4 - (-2n4)
= [8 - (-2)]n4
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 10n4
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3) -13xy3 - 7xy3
= (-13 - 7)xy3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= -20xy3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4) -ab2c3 - (-ab2c3)
= [-1 - (-1)]ab2c3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 0
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

117
 3. Addition of Polynomials
In order to find the sum of at least two polynomials or more, the like terms of
polynomials are added together, as in the following examples.
Example: (x - 1) + (2x - 3)
Since (x - 1) + (2x - 3) = x - 1 + 2x - 3:
-1 -1
x -1 grouping the like terms x -1
x -1 x -1 x x -1 -1

x - 1 + 2x - 3 x + 2x - 1 - 3 = 3x - 4

Therefore, (x - 1) + (2x - 3) = x + 2x - 1 - 3 PROBLEM SOLVING TIP

= 3x - 4.
x - 1+
2x - 3
K 3x - 4
E
Y Example: (-3x + y) + (-x - 4y)
Since (-3x + y) + (-x - 4y) = -3x + y - x - 4y:

-y -y -x
-x -y grouping the like terms -x -y -x -y
-x -y -x -y -x -y
-x y -x -y -x -x y -y -x -y
zero pair
-3x + y - x - 4y -3x - x + y - 4y -4x - 3y
Therefore, (-3x + y) + (-x - 4y) = -3x - x + y - 4y
= -4x - 3y. PROBLEM SOLVING TIP

-3x + y +
-x - 4y
-4x - 3y

118
 Example: (x2 - 3x - 1) + (2x2 + x + 2)
Since (x2 - 3x - 1) + (2x2 + x + 2) = x2 - 3x - 1 + 2x2 + x + 2:

-x -x x2
grouping
-x x2 1 the like terms x2 -x 1 x2 -x
x2 -x -1 x2 x 1 x2 x2 -x x -1 1 x2 -x 1
zero pairs

x2 - 3x - 1 + 2x2 + x + 2 x2 + 2x2 - 3x + x - 1 + 2 3x2 - 2x + 1

Therefore, (x2 - 3x - 1) + (2x2 + x + 2)

PROBLEM SOLVING TIP
= x2 + 2x2 - 3x + x - 1 + 2
= 3x2 - 2x + 1. x 2 - 3x - 1 +
2x2 + x + 2
3x2 - 2x + 1

Example: (2x3 - x) + (-3x3 - 2x2) + (x3 + 3) K

E
Since (2x3 - x) + (-3x3 - 2x2) + (x3 + 3) = 2x3 - x - 3x3 - 2x2 + x3 + 3: Y

-x3 1 grouping x3 -x3 1 1

x3 -x3 -x2 1
the like terms x3 -x3 -x2 1 -x2 1
x3 -x -x3 -x2 x3 1 x3 -x3 -x2 -x 1 -x2 -x 1
zero pairs

2x3 - x - 3x3 - 2x2 + x3 + 3 2x3 + x3 - 3x3 - 2x2 - x + 3 -2x2 - x + 3

Therefore, (2x3 - x) + (-3x3 - 2x2) + (x3 + 3)
= 2x3 - 3x3 + x3 - 2x2 - x + 3 PROBLEM SOLVING TIP
= -2x2 - x + 3.
2x3 + 0x2 - x + 0
-3x3 - 2x2 + 0x + 0+
x3 + 0x2 + 0x + 3
-2x2 - x + 3

119
 Practice Now
Find the sum of the following polynomials with the algebra disc method.
1) (x + 2) + (5x - 4)
Since (x + 2) + (5x - 4) = x + 2 + 5x - 4:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
x x x
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
x -1 x -1 x
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
x -1 grouping x -1 x
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
the like terms
1 x -1 x 1 -1 x -1
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
x 1 x -1 x x 1 -1 zero pairs x x -1
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
x + 2 + 5x - 4 x + 5x + 2 - 4 6x - 2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, (x + 2) + (5x - 4) = x + 5x + 2 - 4 = 6x - 2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) (2x - 3) + (-3x + 2)
Since (2x - 3) + (-3x + 2) = 2x - 3 - 3x + 2:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

-1 -x grouping -x -1
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K the like terms -x -1
E ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
x -1 -x 1 x -x -1 1
Y ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
x -1 -x 1 x -x -1 1
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
zero pairs
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2x - 3 - 3x + 2 2x - 3x - 3 + 2 -x - 1
Therefore, (2x - 3) + (-3x + 2) = 2x - 3x - 3 + 2 = -x - 1.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3) (-x2 - y2 - 1) + (-2x2 + 4y2 + 2)

Since (-x2 - y2 - 1) + (-2x2 + 4y2 + 2) = -x2 - y2 - 1 - 2x2 + 4y2 + 2:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
y2 y2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
y2 grouping -x
2 y2 -x2 y2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
the like terms 2
-x2 y2 1 -x y2 1 -x2 y2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
-x2 -y2 -1 -x2 y2 1 -x2 -y2 y2 -1 1 -x2 y2 1
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
zero pairs
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 2
-x - y - 1 - 2x + 4y + 2 2 2
-x2 - 2x2 - y2 + 4y2 - 1 + 2 2
-3x + 3y + 1 2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, (-x2 - y2 - 1) + (-2x2 + 4y2 + 2) = -x2 - 2x2 - y2 + 4y2 - 1 + 2 = -3x2 + 3y2 + 1.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

120
4) (-3x3 - y) + (-2y - 4) + (2x3 + 5)
Since (-3x3 - y) + (-2y - 4) + (2x3 + 5) = -3x3 - y - 2y - 4 + 2x3 + 5:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
-1 1 -1 1
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
-x -1 1 grouping -x 3 -y -1 1 -y
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
-x3 -y -1 x3 1 the like terms -x3 x3 -y -1 1 -y
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
-x3 -y -y -1 x3 1 -x3 x3 -y -1 1 -x3 -y 1
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
zero pairs zero pairs
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 3 3 3
-3x + 2x - y - 2y - 4 + 5 3
-3x - y - 2y - 4 + 2x + 5 -x - 3y + 1
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, (-3x3 - y) + (-2y - 4) + (2x3 + 5) = -3x3 + 2x3 - y - 2y - 4 + 5 = -x3 - 3y + 1.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Worked Example 4
Find the sum of the following polynomials.
1) (2x - 4y) + (4x + 2y) 2) (x3 + 2y3 - 3) + (-5x3 + 2)
3) (2x3 + 1) + (-3x2 - x) + (2x2 - 7) 4) (- 23x5y2 - 56) + (2x5y2 - 2x2y5) + 23 K
E
Y
Solution:
the like terms ATTENTION

Polynomials in simplest form are

1) (2x - 4y) + (4x + 2y) = 2x - 4y + 4x + 2y commonly written in the form that
the like terms terms are ordered from greatest
to smallest according to degrees,
= 2x + 4x - 4y + 2y with variables put in alphabetical
= 6x - 2y order. For example,
3b2ac3 - 2c5a3 + zxy can be
the like terms re-written as -2a3c5 + 3ab2c3 + xyz.
2) (x3 + 2y3 - 3) + (-5x3 + 2) = x3 + 2y3 - 3 - 5x3 + 2
the like terms
= - + 2y3 - 3 + 2
x3 5x3
= -4x3 + 2y3 - 1

121
 the like terms
3) (2x3 + 1) + (-3x2 - x) + (2x2 - 7) = 2x3 + 1 - 3x2 - x + 2x2 - 7
the like terms
= 2x3 - 3x2 + 2x2 - x + 1 - 7
= 2x3 - x2 - x - 6
the like terms
4) (- 23 x5y2 - 56) + (2x5y2 - 2x2y5) + 23 = - 23x5y2 - 56 + 2x5y2 - 2x2y5 + 23
the like terms
= - 23 x5y2 + 2x5y2 - 2x2y5 - 56 + 23
= 43 x5y2 - 2x2y5 - 16

K
E
Y Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 3B Question 3
Find the sum of the following polynomials.
1) (2x - 5y) + (3x + 8y) 2) (-3x2 - 6) + (-4x2 - y2 + 3)
2x - 5y + 3x + 8y
=.............................................................................................................. -3x2 - 6 - 4x2 - y2 + 3
=..............................................................................................................
2x + 3x - 5y + 8y
=.............................................................................................................. -3x2 - 4x2 - y2 - 6 + 3
=..............................................................................................................
5x + 3y
=.............................................................................................................. -7x2 - y2 - 3
=..............................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................. ..............................................................................................................

3) (5x3 + 2x) + (-6x - 2) + (-3x3 - 5) 4) ( 12 x2y3 - 5 ) + (-x2y3 + 3 ) - 2x3y2

25 2 3 3 4 3 2
5x3 + 2x - 6x - 2 - 3x3 - 5 1 23
=.............................................................................................................. 2 x y - 2 - x y + 4 - 2x y
=..............................................................................................................
5x3 - 3x3 + 2x - 6x - 2 - 5
=.............................................................................................................. 1 x2y3 - x2y3 - 5 + 3 - 2x3y2
=..............................................................................................................
2 2 4
2x3 - 4x - 7
=.............................................................................................................. 1
- 2 x y - 4 - 2x3y2
2 3 7
=..............................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................. -2x3y2 - 12 x2y3 - 74
=..............................................................................................................

122
4. Subtraction of Polynomials
The opposites of polynomials
You have learned how to find the opposites of values with algebra discs, that is:
1 flip -1 -(1) = -1 x2 flip -x2 -(x2) = -x2
(the symbol changed) (the symbol changed)

-1 flip 1 -(-1) = 1 -x2 flip x2 -(-x2) = x2

(the symbol changed) (the symbol changed)

flip 2 2
x -x -(x) = -x x2 x2 x2 flip -x2 -x2 -x2 -(3x ) = -3x
(the symbol changed) (the symbol changed)

-x flip x -(-x) = x -x2 -x2 -x2 flip x2 x2 x2 -(-3x2) = 3x2

(the symbol changed) (the symbol changed)
K
Algebra discs can be used to represent the opposites of polynomials, as in the following YE
examples:
Example: -(x + 2)
- x 1 1 flip -x -1 -1
-(x + 2) -x - 2
Therefore, -(x + 2) = -x - 2.
Example: -(x - 2)
- x -1 -1 flip -x 1 1
-(x - 2) -x + 2
Therefore, -(x - 2) = -x + 2.
Example: -(-x + 3y - 1)
- -x y y y -1 flip x -y -y -y 1
-(-x + 3y - 1) x - 3y + 1
Therefore, -(-x + 3y - 1) = x - 3y + 1.
123
 Subtraction of polynomials
In order to find the difference between two polynomials, it is similar to the method
of finding the difference between two real numbers that use the opposites of values,
that is:
Polynomial minuend - Polynomial subtrahend = Polynomial minuend + The opposite of polynomial subtrahend

Example: (x - 1) - (2x - 3)
Since (x - 1) - (2x - 3) = (x - 1) + [-(2x - 3)]:
x -1 1 grouping the 1 1
like terms
- x x -1 -1 -1 -x 1 -x 1 -x 1
x -1 -x 1 x -x -1 1
zero pairs
(x - 1) + [-(2x - 3)] x - 1 - 2x + 3 x - 2x - 1 + 3 -x + 2

K Therefore, (x - 1) - (2x - 3) = (x - 1) + (-2x + 3) PROBLEM SOLVING TIP

E = x - 2x - 1 + 3
Y x - 1+
= -x + 2. -2x + 3
-x + 2

Example: (2x2 - x + 1) - (x2 - 2x - 1)

Since (2x2 - x + 1) - (x2 - 2x - 1) = (2x2 - x + 1) + [-(x2 - 2x - 1)]:

grouping
x2 -x 1
x2 x2 x the like x2 x 1 1
terms 2 2
- x2 -x -x -1 x2 -x 1 -x2 x 1 x -x -x x 1 x2 x 1
zero pairs
(2x2 - x + 1) - (x2 - 2x - 1) 2x2 - x + 1 - x2 + 2x + 1 2x2 - x2 - x + 2x + 1 + 1 x2 + x + 2
Therefore, (2x2 - x + 1) - (x2 - 2x - 1) PROBLEM SOLVING TIP
= (2x2 - x + 1) + (-x2 + 2x + 1) 2x2 - x + 1 +
= 2x2 - x2 - x + 2x + 1 + 1 -x2 + 2x + 1
= x2 + x + 2. x2 + x + 2

124
 Practice Now
Find the difference between the following polynomials with the algebra disc method.
1) (x + 1) - (3x + 1)
Since (x + 1) - (3x + 1) = (x + 1) + [-(3x + 1)]:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

-x -x
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
grouping the
x 1 -x like terms -x -x
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
- x x x 1 x 1 -x -1 x -x 1 -1 -x
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
zero pairs
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(x + 1) + [-(3x + 1)] x + 1 - 3x - 1 x - 3x + 1 - 1 -2x
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, (x + 1) - (3x + 1) = (x + 1) + (-3x - 1)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= x - 3x + 1 - 1 = -2x.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) (x2 - 2x - 1) - (3x2 - x + 1)
Since (x2 - 2x - 1) - (3x2 - x + 1) = (x2 - 2x - 1) + [-(3x2 - x + 1)]:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
-x2 grouping -x2 K
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
the like E
x -x -x -1
2 -x -x 2 terms -x -x 2
-1 -x 2
-1
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Y
- x2 x2 x2 -x 1 x2 -x -1 -x2 x -1 x2 -x2 -x x -1 -x2 -x -1
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
zero pairs
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(x2 -...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2x - 1) + [-(3x2 - x + 1)] x2 - 2x - 1 - 3x2 + x - 1 x2 - 3x2 - 2x + x - 2 -2x2 - x - 2
Therefore, (x2 - 2x - 1) - (3x2 - x + 1) = (x2 - 2x - 1) + (-3x2 + x - 1)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= x2 - 3x2 - 2x + x - 1 - 1 = -2x2 - x - 2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3) (2x2 - 3y) - (-4x2 + 1) - (2y + 2)

Since (2x2 - 3y) - (-4x2 + 1) - (2y + 2) = (2x2 - 3y) + [-(-4x2 + 1)] + [-(2y + 2)]:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

x2 x2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
grouping
x2 x2 -y -y -y -y x2 the like x2 -y
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
terms
- -x2 -x2 -x2 -x2 1 x2 -y x2 -y -1 x2 x2 -y -y
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... -1
- y y 1 1 x2 -y x2 -1 -y -1 x2 x2 -y -y -1 -1
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(2x2 - 3y) + [-(-4x2 + 1)] + [-(2y + 2)] 2x2 - 3y + 4x2 - 1 - 2y - 2 6x2 - 5y - 3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, (2x2 - 3y) - (-4x2 + 1) - (2y + 2) = (2x2 - 3y) + (4x2 - 1) + (-2y - 2)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 2x2 + 4x2 - 3y - 2y - 1 - 2 = 6x2 - 5y - 3.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
125
 Worked Example 5
Find the difference between the following polynomials.
1) (-4x + 2y) - (-x - 5y + 3)
2) (- 14 xy2 + 79) - (- 12 x2y - xy2) - 13
Solution:
1) (-4x + 2y) - (-x - 5y + 3) 2) (- 14 xy2 + 79) - (- 12 x2y - xy2) - 13
= (-4x + 2y) + [-(-x - 5y + 3)] = (- 14 xy2 + 79) + [-(- 12 x2y - xy2)] - 13
= (-4x + 2y) + (x + 5y - 3) = - 14 xy2 + 79 + (12 x2y + xy2) - 13
the like terms the like terms
= -4x + 2y + x + 5y - 3 = - 14 xy2 + 79 + 12 x2y + xy2 - 13
the like terms
the like terms
K
E
= -4x + x + 2y + 5y - 3 = 4 + - 1 xy2 xy2 + 12 x2y + 79 - 13
Y = -3x + 7y - 3 = 34 xy2 + 12 x2y + 49

Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 3B Questions 4-6
Find the difference between the following polynomials.
1) (-5x - 3y + 8) - (-2x + y - 2z)
(-5x - 3y + 8) + [-(-2x + y - 2z)]
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(-5x - 3y + 8) + (2x - y + 2z)
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
-5x - 3y + 8 + 2x - y + 2z
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
-5x + 2x - 3y - y + 2z + 8
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
-3x - 4y + 2z + 8
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

126
2) (- 35 x7y5 + 53) - (3x5y7 - 35 x7y5) - 73
(- 35 x y + 53 ) + [-(3x y - 35 x y )] - 73
7 5 5 7 7 5
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(- 35 x y + 53 ) + (-3x y + 35 x y ) - 73
7 5 5 7 7 5
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
- 35 x7y5 + 53 - 3x5y7 + 35 x7y5 - 73
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
- 35 x7y5 + 35 x7y5 - 3x5y7 + 53 - 73
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
-3x5y7 - 23
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Exercise 3B
Basic Level
1. Find the sum of the following monomials.
1) 15x + 7x 2) 7a6b2 + (-8a6b2)
(15 + 7)x
=............................................................................................................. [7 + (-8)]a6b2
=............................................................................................................. K
E
22x
=............................................................................................................. (7 - 8)a6b2
=............................................................................................................. Y
............................................................................................................. -a6b2
=.............................................................................................................
2. Find the difference between the following monomials.
1) (-9p3) - 5p3 2) -24xy2z3 - (-12xy2z3)
(-9 - 5)p3
=............................................................................................................. [-24 - (-12)]xy2z3
=.............................................................................................................
-14p3
=............................................................................................................. (-24 + 12)xy2z3
=.............................................................................................................
............................................................................................................. -12xy2z3
=.............................................................................................................
3. Find the sum of the following polynomials.
1) (5m - 11n) + (11m + 5n) 2) (4x4y3 - 57 ) + (- 85 x4y3 - x3y4) + (3x3y4 + 11
14)
=.............................................................................................................
5m - 11n + 11m + 5n 4x4y3 - 57 - 85 x4y3 - x3y4 + 3x3y4 + 11
=.............................................................................................................
14
=.............................................................................................................
5m + 11m - 11n + 5n 4x y - 5 x y - x y + 3x y - 7 + 11
4 3 8 4 3 3 4 3 4 5
=.............................................................................................................
14
12 4 3 3 4 1
=.............................................................................................................
16m - 6n 5 x y + 2x y + 14
=.............................................................................................................
............................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................

127
 4. Find the difference between the following polynomials.
1) (-4x + 2y) - (-x - 5y + 3) 2) -(38 x5y2 + 79) - (- 32 x2y5 - 2x5y2) - 14 x2y5
(-4x + 2y) + [-(-x - 5y + 3)]
=............................................................................................................. -( 38 x5y2 + 79 ) + [-(- 32 x2y5 - 2x5y2)] - 14 x2y5
=.............................................................................................................
(-4x + 2y) + (x + 5y - 3)
=............................................................................................................. -( 38 x5y2 + 79 ) + ( 32 x2y5 + 2x5y2) - 14 x2y5
=.............................................................................................................
-4x + 2y + x + 5y - 3
=............................................................................................................. - 38 x5y2 - 79 + 32 x2y5 + 2x5y2 - 14 x2y5
=.............................................................................................................
-4x + x + 2y + 5y - 3
=............................................................................................................. - 38 x5y2 + 2x5y2 + 32 x2y5 - 14 x2y5 - 79
=.............................................................................................................
-3x + 7y - 3
=............................................................................................................. 13 x5y2 + 5 x2y5 - 7
=.............................................................................................................
8 4 9
Intermediate Level
2 2 - 3x + 11 and 7x2 - 3x - 4 subtracted by 14x2 - 12x - 6.
5. Find the sum of 2x
x2 - 3x + 11) + (7x2 - 3x - 4) - (14x2 - 12x - 6)
(2..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2x2 - 3x + 11 + 7x2 - 3x - 4 + [-(14x2 - 12x - 6)]
=..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2x2 - 3x + 11 + 7x2 - 3x - 4 - 14x2 + 12x + 6
=..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K
E 2x2 + 7x2 - 14x2 - 3x - 3x + 12x + 11 - 4 + 6
=..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Y
-5x2 + 6x + 13
=..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Advanced Level
6. Find two polynomials with 2 as the degree where the difference between these two
polynomials is -4x2 - 3x - 1. Explain your solution.
According to relations between polynomial Let the polynomial subtrahend with 2 as the
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
minuends, polynomial subtrahends and degree be x2 + 2x + 1.
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
difference: According to polynomial difference +
Polynomial minuend - polynomial subtrahend polynomial subtrahend = polynomial minuend:
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(-4x2 - 3x - 1) + (x2 + 2x + 1)
=..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
polynomial difference; and
Polynomial minuend = polynomial difference = -4x2 - 3x - 1 + x2 + 2x + 1
= -3x2 - x.
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
+ polynomial subtrahend.
Next, let a polynomial with 2 as the degree Therefore, the two polynomials that have 2
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
be a polynomial subtrahend and add it to as the degree with the difference between
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
polynomial difference. This gives a result of them equaling
the other polynomial with 2 as the degree, -4x2 - 3x - 1 are -3x2 - x and x2 + 2x + 1,
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
which is a polynomial minuend. which are the minuend and the subtrahend,
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

128 respectively.
 3.3 Multiplication and Division of
Polynomials
1. Multiplication of Polynomials
Multiplication of monomials and monomials and multiplication of monomials and
polynomials
In order to multiply monomials by monomials and multiply monomials by polynomials,
algebra discs and multiplication tables can be used, as in the following examples.
Example: 2(3x)
Multiply each of the algebra discs equaling 3x by 2.
× x x x
1 x x x
1 x x x 1×x=x
Therefore, 2(3x) = 6x.
Example: 2(3x - 2) K
Multiply each of the algebra discs equaling 3x - 2 by 2. E
Y
× x x x -1 -1
1 x x x -1 -1
1 x x x -1 -1 1 × (-1) = -1
1×x=x
Therefore, 2(3x - 2) = 2(3x) + 2(-2)
= 6x - 4.
Example: -2(3x - 2)
Multiply each of the algebra discs equaling 3x - 2 by -2.
× x x x -1 -1
-1 -x -x -x 1 1
-1 -x -x -x 1 1 -1 × (-1) = 1
-1 × x = -x
Therefore, -2(3x - 2) = (-2)(3x) + (-2)(-2)
= -6x + 4.

129
 Example: 2x(3x - 2)
Multiply each of the algebra discs equaling 3x - 2 by 2x.
× x x x -1 -1 ATTENTION

x x2 x2 x2 -x -x For the multiplication of a monomial

x x2 x2 x2 -x -x x × (-1) = -x and a monomial, multiply the
coefficients of every term by each
x × x = x2 other, and multiply the variables
of each term using the property
of multiplication of exponential
Therefore, 2x(3x - 2) = 2x(3x) + 2x(-2) numbers. For example,
= 6x2 - 4x. 2x × 3x = (2 × 3) × (x × x)
Example: -2x2(3x - 2) = 6x2.
Multiply each of the algebra discs equaling 3x - 2 by -2x2.
× x x x -1 -1
-x2 -x3 -x3 -x3 x2 x2
-x2 -x3 -x3 -x3 x2 x2 -x2 × (-1) = x2
K -x2 × x = -x3
E
Y
Therefore, -2x2(3x - 2) = (-2x2)(3x) + (-2x2)(-2)
= -6x3 + 4x2.
Practice Now
Find the products of the following problems with the algebra disc method.
1) -3x(-3x2) 2) -3x(-x2 + 3x)
Multiply each of the algebra discs equaling
................................................................................................................ Multiply each of the algebra discs equaling
................................................................................................................
-3 2
x by -3x.
................................................................................................................ x2 + 3x by -3x.
-................................................................................................................
2 2 2 × -x
2 x x x
× -x -x -x
................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................
-x x3 x3 x3
................................................................................................................ -x x3 -x2 -x2 -x2
................................................................................................................
-x x3 x3 x3
................................................................................................................ -x x3 -x2 -x2 -x2
................................................................................................................
-x x3 x3 x3 -x × (-x2) = x3
................................................................................................................ -x x3 -x2 -x2 -x2 -x × x = -x2
................................................................................................................
Therefore, -3x(-3x2) = 9x3.
................................................................................................................ -x × (-x2) = x3
................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................ Therefore, -3x(-x2 + 3x) = (-3x)(-x2) + (-3x)(3x)

................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................ = 3x3 - 9x2.

................................................................................................................

130
 According to the examples, the multiplication method used in each of them is the
distributive property of real numbers where a, b and c are any real numbers, as in the
following:
a(b + c) = ab + ac

Worked Example 6
Find the products of the following problems.
1) 2(x - 2) 2) -2(3 + 4x)
3) 2x(x2 + 5) 4) -3x3(4x - 3y)
Solution:
1) 2(x - 2) = 2x - 2(2) 2) -2(3 + 4x) = (-2)(3) + (-2)(4x)
= 2x - 4 = -6 - 8x
3) 2x(x2 + 5) = 2x(x2) + 2x(5) 4) -3x3(4x - 3y) = (-3x3)(4x) + (-3x3)(-3y) K
= 2x3 + 10x = -12x4 + 9x3y E
Y

Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 3C Questions 1 and 7
Find the products of the following problems.
1) 3(4x + 1) 2) 7(5x - 2)
= 3(4x) + 3(1)
................................................................................................................ = 7(5x) - 7(2)
................................................................................................................

= 12x + 3
................................................................................................................ = 35x - 14
................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................

3) 5x(2x2 - 3) 4) -2x2(8x - 2y2)

= 5x(2x2) + 5x(-3)
................................................................................................................ = (-2x2)(8x) + (-2x2)(-2y2)
................................................................................................................

= 10x3 - 15x
................................................................................................................ = -16x3 + 4x2y2
................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................

131
 Multiplication of polynomials and polynomials
In order to multiply polynomials by polynomials, algebra discs and multiplication tables
can be used, as in the following examples.
Example: (x + 2)(x + 3)
x+3
× x 1 1 1 × x 3
x x2 x x x x x2 3x
x-2 1 x 1 1 1
2 2x 6
1 x 1 1 1

Therefore, (x + 2)(x + 3) = x(x + 3) + 2(x + 3)

= x2 + 3x + 2x + 6
= x2 + 5x + 6.
Example: (x + 2)(x - 3)
x-3
K × x -1 -1 -1 × x -3
E x x2 -3x
Y x x2 -x -x -x
x+2 1 x -1 -1 -1
2 2x -6
1 x -1 -1 -1

Therefore, (x + 2)(x - 3) = x(x - 3) + 2(x - 3)

= x2 - 3x + 2x - 6
= x2 - x - 6.
Example: (x - 2)(x + 3)
x+3
x 1
× 1 1 × x 3
x x2 x x x x x2 3x
x - 2 -1 -x -1 -1 -1
-2 -2x -6
-1 -x -1 -1 -1

Therefore, (x - 2)(x + 3) = x(x + 3) - 2(x + 3)

= x2 + 3x - 2x - 6
= x2 + x - 6.
132
 Example: (x - 2)(x - 3)
x-3
× x -1 -1 -1 × x -3
x x2 -x -x -x x x2 -3x
x - 2 -1 -x 1 1 1
-2 -2x 6
-1 -x 1 1 1

Therefore, (x - 2)(x - 3) = x(x - 3) - 2(x - 3)

= x2 - 3x - 2x + 6
= x2 - 5x + 6.
Example: (2x - 3)(3x + 2)
3x + 2
× x x x 1 1 × 3x 2
x x2 x2 x2 x x 2x 6x2 4x
2x - 3 x x2 x2 x2 x x
-1 -x -x -x -1 -1 K
-1 -x -x -x -1 -1 -3 -9x -6 E
Y
-1 -x -x -x -1 -1

Therefore, (2x - 3)(3x + 2) = 2x(3x + 2) - 3(3x + 2)

= 6x2 + 4x - 9x - 6
= 6x2 - 5x - 6.
According to the examples, the multiplication method used in each of them is the
distributive property of real numbers where a, b and c are any real numbers, as in the
following:

(a + b)(c + d) = a(c + d) + b(c + d)

= ac + ad + bc + bd

133
 Worked Example 7
Find the products of the following problems.
1) (x + 4)(x + 5) 2) (4 - 3x)(5 - 2x)
3) (x - 2y)(x + 5y) 4) (2x2 - 1)(5x - 3)
Solution:
1) (x + 4)(x + 5) = x(x + 5) + 4(x + 5)
= x2 + 5x + 4x + 20
= x2 + 9x + 20
2) (4 - 3x)(5 - 2x) = 4(5 - 2x) - 3x(5 - 2x)
= 20 - 8x - 15x + 6x2
= 20 - 23x + 6x2
3) (x - 2y)(x + 5y) = x(x + 5y) - 2y(x + 5y)
K
= x2 + 5xy - 2xy - 10y2
E = x2 + 3xy - 10y2
Y
4) (2x2 - 1)(5x - 3) = 2x2(5x - 3) - (5x - 3)
= 10x3 - 6x2 - 5x + 3

Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 3C Questions 2 and 8
Find the products of the following problems.
1) (x - 6)(x + 7) 2) (3 - 2x)(6 + 4x)
x(x + 7) - 6(x + 7)
=................................................................................................................ 3(6 + 4x) - 2x(6 + 4x)
=................................................................................................................
x2 + 7x - 6x - 42
=................................................................................................................ 18 + 12x - 12x - 8x2
=................................................................................................................
x2 + x - 42
=................................................................................................................ - 8x2 + 18
=................................................................................................................
3) (2x + y)(x - 3y) 4) (3x2 + 2)(4x - 5)
2x(x - 3y) + y(x - 3y)
=................................................................................................................ 3x2(4x - 5) + 2(4x - 5)
=................................................................................................................
2x2 - 6xy + xy - 3y2
=................................................................................................................ 12x3 - 15x2 + 8x - 10
=................................................................................................................
2x2 - 5xy - 3y2
=................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................

134
 Journal Writing
Nate showed his solution to (a + b)(c + d + e) as follows:
(a + b)(c + d + e) = ac + bd + e
Do you think this multiplication method is correct or not? Explain.

2. Division of Polynomials
Division of monomials and monomials
In order to divide monomials by monomials, the multiplication of monomials and
monomials with at least one variable can be used, but the value of constants and that
of variables are separately calculated. Also, the property of exponential numbers is used
as follows:
Property Let a be any real number where a is not zero and m and n be integers: K
m E
am ÷ an = a n = am - n Y
a

Note that any monomial used as a divisor here must not be zero.
Worked Example 8
Find the quotients of the following problems.
7 5
1) x3 2) -3m3
x m
Solution:
7
1) x3 = x7 - 3
x
= x4
5
2) -3m3 = -3m5 - 3
m
= -3m2

135
 Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 3C Question 3
Find the quotients of the following problems.
5 9
1) x4 2) -2a6
x a
x5 - 4
=................................................................................................................ -2a9 - 6
=.................................................................................................................
x
=................................................................................................................ -2a3
=.................................................................................................................

According to Worked Example 8, dividing a monomial by a monomial gives the

result of a monomial, i.e. it is divisible. You can check a quotient resulting from monomials
with the same method of a quotient resulting from divisible real numbers by using
relations between dividends, divisors and quotients as follows:

Divisor × Quotient = Dividend

K Worked Example 9
E Find the quotients of the following problems and check the correctness of your answers.
Y
7 3 3 5
2) -15x2y 2z
INTERNET RESOURCES
1) 6a 2b
3a b 12x y Please visit http://
www.wolframalpha.
Solution: com for a software to
7 3 check the correctness
1) 6a 2b = ( 63 ) a7 - 2b3 - 1 of quotients resulting from
3a b
= 2a5b2 polynomials.

Check the correctness: (3a2b)(2a5b2) = (3 × 2)(a2 + 5b1 + 2)

= 6a7b3
3 5
2) -15x2y 2z = (-1512 ) x 3 - 2y5 - 2z
12x y
= -54 xy3z
Check the correctness: (12x2y2)(-54 xy3z) = [12 × (-54)](x2 + 1y2 + 3z)
= -15x3y5z

136
 Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 3C Question 4
Find the quotients of the following problems and check the correctness of your answers.
4 7
1) 4a 4b 3
16a b
4 4-4 7-3
(16) a b
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
b4
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 4
Check the correctness: (16a4b3)(b4 ) = (16 × 14 )(a4b3 + 4)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

= 4a4b7
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

5y7z4
2) -14x
18x3y6z2
-14 5 - 3 7 - 6 4 - 2
( 18 ) x y z
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
-7 x2 yz2
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
9
Check the correctness: (18x3y6z2)(-79 x2yz2) = [18 × (-79)](x3 + 2 y6 + 1 z2 + 2)
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... K
E
= -14x5y7z4
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Y
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Division of polynomials and monomials

2
The division of (3x2 + 6) ÷ 3 can be written in fraction form as 3x 3+ 6 where the
numerator is a polynomial and the denominator is a monomial. The addition of fractions
where denominators are equal is also used as follows:
3x2 + 6 = 3x2 + 6
3 3 3
Clearly, dividing polynomials by monomials can be written in the form of the sum
resulting from dividing monomials by two monomial terms, in which the knowledge of
the previous topic can be used to find the quotients of monomials divided by monomials.

137
 Worked Example 10
Find the quotient of (5x2 + 20) ÷ 10.
Solution:
2
(5x2 + 20) ÷ 10 = 5x 10+ 20
2
= 510x + 20
10
2
= x2 + 2
Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 3C Question 5
Find the quotient of (3x2 - 8) ÷ 12.
2
x2 - 8) ÷ 12 = 3x12- 8
(3..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
= 312x - 128
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
= x4 - 23
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K According to Worked Example 10 in terms of a quotient in polynomial form, relations
E
Y between dividends, divisors and the quotients of polynomials are used to check the
correctness of the result as follows:
2 2
10( x2 + 2) = 10( x2 ) + 10(2) = 5x2 + 20
Worked Example 11
Find the quotients of the following problems and check the correctness of your answers.
1) (a2 + 4ab2) ÷ 2a 2) (15x3y2 + 3yz4 - 9x5y4z2) ÷ 3y
Solution:
2 2
1) (a2 + 4ab2) ÷ 2a = a +2a4ab
= 2aa2 + 4ab2
2a
= 2a + 2b2
Check the correctness: 2a( 2a + 2b2) = 2a( 2a ) + 2a(2b2)
= a2 + 4ab2
138
 3 2 4
2) (15x3y2 + 3yz4 - 9x5y4z2) ÷ 3y = 15x y + 3yz - 9x5y4z2
3y
3 2 3yz4
xy +
= 153y - 9x5y4z2
3y 3y
= 5x3y + z4 - 3x5y3z2
Check the correctness: 3y(5x3y + z4 - 3x5y3z2) = 3y(5x3y) + 3y(z4) - 3y(3x5y3z2)
= 15x3y2 + 3yz4 - 9x5y4z2
Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 3C Questions 6 and 9-10
Find the quotients of the following problems and check the correctness of your answers.
1) (15a3 + 20a2b3) ÷ 5a
(15a 3 + 20a2b3) ÷ 5a = 15a3 + 20a2b3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5a
3 20a2b3
= 5a + 5a15a
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K
= 3a2 + 4ab3
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... E
Y
Check the correctness: 5a(3a2 + 4ab3) = 5a(3a2) + 5a(4ab3)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

= 15a3 + 20a2b3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) (-8x4y5z - 16x2y3 + 4xy2z4) ÷ 12xy

4 5 2 3 2 4
(-8 x4y5z - 16x2y3 + 4xy2z4) ÷ 12xy = -8x y z - 16x y + 4xy z
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4y5z 12 xy2 3 2 4
= -8 x - x y + 4xy z
16
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
123xy4 12x2 y 412xy
= -2 x y z - xy + yz
4
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3y4z 4xy32 4
3 3
Check the correctness: 12xy ( -2 x - + ) yz
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 34 3 3 2
= 12xy ( -2 x y z 4xy + 12xy yz4
3 ) (3) (3)
- 12 x y
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

= -8x4y5z - 16x2y3 + 4xy2z4

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
139
 Exercise 3C
Basic Level
1. Find the products of the following problems.
1) -6(-7x - 3) 2) -5x(2 - 3x)
-6(-7x) + (-6)(-3)
=............................................................................................................. -5x(2) - (-5x)(3x)
=.............................................................................................................
42x + 18
=............................................................................................................. -10x + 15x2
=.............................................................................................................
............................................................................................................. 15x2 - 10x
=.............................................................................................................
3) -3a(2a + 3b) 4) 4c(2c - 5d)
=.............................................................................................................
-3a(2a) + (-3a)(3b) =.............................................................................................................
4c(2c) - 4c(5d)
-6a2 - 9ab
=............................................................................................................. 8c2 - 20cd
=.............................................................................................................
............................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................

K 2. Find the products of the following problems.

E
Y 1) (x + 3)(x + 7) 2) (4x - 1)(3x + 5)
x(x + 7) + 3(x + 7)
=............................................................................................................. 4x(3x + 5) - (3x + 5)
=.............................................................................................................
x2 + 7x + 3x + 21
=............................................................................................................. 12x2 + 20x - 3x - 5
=.............................................................................................................
x2 + 10x + 21
=............................................................................................................. 12x2 + 17x - 5
=.............................................................................................................
3) (x + y)(x + 6y) 4) (x2 - 2)(2x - 5)
x(x + 6y) + y(x + 6y)
=............................................................................................................. x2(2x - 5) - 2(2x - 5)
=.............................................................................................................
x2 + 6xy + xy + 6y2
=............................................................................................................. 2x3 - 5x2 - 4x + 10
=.............................................................................................................
x2 + 7xy + 6y2
=............................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................

3. Find the quotients of the following problems.

12 11
1) x 9 2) -5m10
x m
x12 - 9
=............................................................................................................. -5m11 - 10
=.............................................................................................................
x3
=............................................................................................................. =.............................................................................................................
-5m
............................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................

140
4. Find the quotients of the following problems and check the correctness of your
answers.
5 4
1) 16a3b2
24a b
16 5 - 3 4 - 2
( 24 ) a b
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2a2b2
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 2 2
Check the correctness: (24a3b2)( 2a3b ) = (24 × 23 )(a3 + 2 b2 + 2)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

= 16a5b4
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 2 6
2) -18m n 3p
3mnp
-18 3 - 1 2 - 1 6 - 3
( 3 )m n p
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
-6m2np3
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Check the correctness: (3mnp3)(-6m2np3) = [3 × (-6)](m1 + 2 n1 + 1 p3 + 3)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

= -18m3n2p6
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... K
E
5. Find the quotient of (6x2 + 10) ÷ 15. Y
2
x2 + 10) ÷ 15 = 6x 15+ 10
(6..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
= 615x + 10
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 15
= 5 + 23 2 x
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

6. Find the quotients of the following problems and check the correctness of your
answers.
1) (a2 + 2ab) ÷ 6a
2 + 2ab) ÷ 6a = a2 + 2ab
(a...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 6a 2ab
= 6a + 6a a
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

= 6a + 3b
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Check the correctness: 6a( 6a + 3b ) = 6a( 6a ) + 6a( 3b )

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

= a2 + 2ab
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

141
 2) (-x3y6z2 + 21xy3z5 + 14y4z3) ÷ 7yz2
3 6 2 3 5 4 3
x3y6z2 + 21xy3z5 + 14y4z3) ÷ 7yz2 = -x y z + 21xy2z + 14y z
(-...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7yz 3 5
- x 3 6 2
y z 21xy z + 14y4z3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= +
7yz5 2 7yz2 7yz2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3
= -x7y + 3xy2z3 + 2y3z
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 5
Check the correctness: 7yz2 ( -x7y + 3xy2z3 + 2y3z)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 5
= 7yz2 ( -x7y ) + 7yz2(3xy2z3) + 7yz2(2y3z)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= -x3y6z2 + 21xy3z5 + 14y4z3
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Intermediate Level
7. Find the solutions to the following problems.
1) 7(2a + 1) - 4(8a - 3) 2) 3b(5 + b) - 2b(3b - 7)
K =.............................................................................................................
[7(2a) + 7(1)] - [4(8a) - 4(3)] =.............................................................................................................
[3b(5) + 3b(b)] - [2b(3b) - 2b(7)]
E =.............................................................................................................
(14a + 7) - (32a -12) (15b + 3b2) - (6b2 - 14b)
=.............................................................................................................
Y
=.............................................................................................................
14a - 32a + 7 + 12 3b2 - 6b2 + 15b + 14b
=.............................................................................................................
=.............................................................................................................
-18a + 19 -3b2 + 29b
=.............................................................................................................
8. Find the solutions to the following problems.
1) 5x(x - 6y) + (x + 3y)(3x - 4y)
5x2 - 30xy + x(3x - 4y) + 3y(3x - 4y)
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5x2 - 30xy + 3x2 - 4xy + 9xy - 12y2
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5x2 + 3x2 - 30xy - 4xy + 9xy - 12y2
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8x2 - 25xy - 12y2
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2) (7x - 3y)(x - 4y) + (5x - 9y)(y - 2x)
7x(x - 4y) - 3y(x - 4y) + 5x(y - 2x) - 9y(y - 2x)
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7x2 - 28xy - 3xy + 12y2 + 5xy - 10x2 - 9y2 + 18xy
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7x2 - 10x2 - 28xy - 3xy + 5xy + 18xy + 12y2 - 9y2
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
-3x2 - 8xy + 3y2
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

142
9. Find the solutions to the following problems.
5 4 4n3 21m4n3 - 21m3n2
1) ( -20m n +3 30m ) ( 7m2n2 )
-
-5m n3
-20m5n4 + 30m4n3 - 21m4n3 - 21m3n2
( -5m3n3 -5m3n3 ) ( 7m2n2 7m2n2 )
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(4m2n - 6m) - (3m2n - 3m)
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4m2n - 3m2n - 6m + 3m
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
m2n - 3m
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

6 2 4 4 3 3 5 2
2) ( 16p q 4- 28p q ) × (6p q +3 9p2 q )
4p q -3p q
16p6q2 - 8p4q4 × 6p3q3 + 9p5q2
( 4p4q2 4p4q2 ) (-3p3q2 -3p3q2)
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(4p2 - 2q2) × (-2q - 3p2)
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4p2(-2q - 3p2) + (-2q2)(-2q - 3p2)
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
-8p2q - 12p4 + 4q3 + 6p2q2
=................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... K
E
Y
-12p4 + 6p2q2 - 8p2q + 4q3
=...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Advanced Level
10. The area of a rectangle is 55a2 + 15a square units. If its width is 5a units, then what
is the perimeter?
Since the formula for the area of a rectangle = width × length,
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

5a2 + 15a = 5a(length)

..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
length = 5a + 15a
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5a
= a + 3 units.
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Then, the perimeter of the rectangle = 2(width + length)

..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

= 2[5a + (a + 3)]
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

= 2(6a + 3)
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

= 12a + 6 units.
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Therefore, the perimeter of this rectangle is 12a + 6 units.

..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

143
 Summary
1. Algebraic expression
Algebra is a division of mathematics using signs or letters to express values in the
form of signs or letters called variables. These variables are English letters and they
are commonly typed in lowercase.
1 is a constant.
Algebraic equation x and y are variables.
3 and -2 are constants representing
3x - 2y + 1 = 0 coefficients in front of x and y,
respectively.
Algebraic expression
It is built up from several algebraic terms using mathematical symbols (i.e. +, -, ×
and ÷) to connect them together, and no equal symbol is required in algebraic
expressions.
K For terms containing the same variables raised to the same power, in which
E coefficients in front of these variables can be equal or unequal, they are called like
Y
terms. For example, 2x and 5x; 7y2 and -3y2; and x3y and 4x3y
2. Monomials and polynomials
Monomial
It is the expression that can be written as the multiplication of at least
one constant and one variable or more, in which the exponent of each
variable is zero or a positive integer.
Monomial
Monomial
3x - 2y + 1
Polynomial
It is the expression that is in monomial form or can be written as the addition of at
least two monomials or more.
The sum of exponents in each variable of monomials is called “the degree of a
monomial.” The greatest degree of the polynomial in simplest form that contains unlike
terms is called “the degree of a polynomial.”
144
3. Addition of monomials
1) If like monomials are added together, then:
The sum of like monomials = The sum of coefficients × The sets of variables of monomials
Example:
7x + 11x = (7 + 11)x
= 18x
2) If unlike monomials are added together, e.g. 5x2 and 3xy, then it cannot be
written as the addition of monomials. However, it can be written in the form of
a polynomial, i.e. 5x2 + 3xy.
4. Subtraction of monomials
1) If one like monomial is subtracted by another like monomial, then:
The difference between like monomials = The difference between coefficients × The sets of variables of monomials

Example: K
E
6x - 5x = (6 - 5)x Y
= x
2) If one unlike monomial is subtracted by another unlike monomial, e.g. 5x2 and
3xy, then it cannot be written as the subtraction of monomials. However, it can
be written in the form of a polynomial, i.e. 5x2 - 3xy.
5. Addition of polynomials
In order to find the sum of at least two polynomials or more, the like terms of each
polynomial are added together exactly as the addition of monomials.
Example: the like terms
PROBLEM SOLVING TIP
(2x - 4y) + (4x + 2y) = 2x - 4y + 4x + 2y
2x - 4y +
the like terms 4x + 2y
= 2x + 4x - 4y + 2y 6x - 2y
= 6x - 2y

145
 6. Subtraction of polynomials
In order to find the difference between two polynomials, the same method of finding
the difference between two real numbers can be used, including the knowledge of the
opposites of values as follows:
Polynomial minuend - Polynomial subtrahend = Polynomial minuend + The opposite of polynomial subtrahend

Then, the like terms of each polynomial are added together, or one term is subtracted
by another, which is exactly as the addition or subtraction of monomials.
Example:
(-4x + 2y) - (-x - 5y + 3) = (-4x + 2y) + [-(-x - 5y + 3)]
= (-4x + 2y) + (x + 5y - 3)
the like terms
= -4x + 2y + x + 5y - 3
the like terms
K = -4x + x + 2y + 5y - 3
E = -3x + 7y - 3
Y
7. Multiplication of polynomials
1) The multiplication of a monomial and a monomial is performed as follows:
(1) multiply the coefficients of monomial terms by each other;
(2) multiply the variables of monomials terms by each other using the property
of multiplication of exponential numbers.
Example:
2x(3x) = (2 × 3)x1 + 1
= 6x2
2) The multiplication of a monomial and a polynomial is performed by using the
distributive property as follows:
Example:
2x(3x - 2) = 2x(3x) + 2x(-2)
= 6x2 - 4x

146
 3) The multiplication of a polynomial and a polynomial is performed as follows:
(1) multiply all the terms of one polynomial by each term of the other polynomial;
(2) add all the products together.
Example:
(x + 2)(x + 3) = x(x + 3) + 2(x + 3) × x 3
= x2 + 3x + 2x + 6 x x2 3x
2
= x + 5x + 6
2 2x 6
8. Division of polynomials
1) The division of a monomial and a monomial is performed as follows:
(1) divide the coefficients of monomial terms by each other;
(2) divide the variables of monomial terms by each other using the property of
division of exponential numbers.
Example:
6a7b3 = ( 6 ) a7 - 2b3 - 1
3a2b 3
= 2a5b2 K
E
2) The division of a polynomial and a monomial is performed as follows: Y
(1) divide each term of a polynomial representing the dividend by a monomial
term representing the divisor;
(2) add the quotients together or subtract one quotient by the other; if the
quotient is a polynomial, then it is divisible.
Example:
2 2
(a2 + 4ab2) ÷ 2a = a +2a4ab
= 2a a2 + 4ab2
2a
= 2a + 2b2

147
 Review Exercise 3
1. Are the following expressions polynomials? And why?
2 2 4q 5n
1) -56zxy 2) 3mn
2 + q2 - m-1
2 4q can be written in multiplication form as
-5xy can be written in multiplication form
……………………………………………………………………………….. ………………………………………………………………………………..
6z 2 -1 2
q
as -5xy z where -56 is a constant; x is a
……………………………………………………………………………….. 4q-1 where 4 is a constant and q is a
………………………………………………………………………………..
6
variable with 1 as the exponent; y is a
……………………………………………………………………………….. variable with -1 as the exponent.
………………………………………………………………………………..
2 4q 5n
variable with 2 as the exponent, and z is
……………………………………………………………………………….. Therefore, 3mn 2 + q2 - m-1 is not a
………………………………………………………………………………..

a variable with -1 as the exponent.

……………………………………………………………………………….. polynomial.
………………………………………………………………………………..
2
Therefore, -5xy is not a polynomial.
……………………………………………………………………………….. ………………………………………………………………………………..
6z
2. Write two monomial expressions built up from 3 variables, -2 as the coefficient and
3 as the degree.
K Suggested answer: -2xyz, -2abc
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
E
Y …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

3. Write two polynomial expressions built up from 3 variables, 2 terms and 5 as the
degree.
Suggested answer: 2xy + z5, a2b3 - c
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

4. Find the sum of the following monomials.

1) 17x + 16x 2) 9a4b6 + (-12a4b6)
= (17 + 16)x
……………………………………………………………………………….. = [9 + (-12)]a4b6
………………………………………………………………………………..

= 33x
……………………………………………………………………………….. = -3a4b6
………………………………………………………………………………..

5. Find the difference between the following monomials.

1) (-11h2) - 8h2 2) -14p3qr5 - (-32p3qr5)
= (-11 - 8)h2
……………………………………………………………………………….. = [-14 - (-32)]p3qr5
………………………………………………………………………………..

= -19h2
……………………………………………………………………………….. = 18p3qr5
………………………………………………………………………………..
148
6. Find the sum of the following polynomials.
1) (8x - 17y) + (17x - 8y)
8x - 17y + 17x - 8y
=..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8x + 17x - 17y - 8y
=..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
25x - 25y
=..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2) (9x5y7 - 78) + (- 85 x5y7 + 2x7y5) + (4x7y5 - 13
16)
9x5y7 - 78 - 85 x5y7 + 2x7y5 + 4x7y5 - 13
=..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
16
9x y - 5 x y + 2x y + 4x y - 8 - 13
5 7 8 5 7 7 5 7 5 7
=..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
16
6x7y5 + 375 x5y7 - 27
=..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
16
7. Find the difference between the following polynomials.
1) (-6a + 4b) - (-3a - 2b - 5) 2) -(56 x6y + 79) - (- 52 xy5 - 3x6y) - 54 xy5
= -6a + 4b + 3a + 2b + 5
……………………………………………………………………………….. = -56 x6y - 79 + 52 xy5 + 3x6y - 54 xy5
……………………………………………………………………………….. K
E
= -6a + 3a + 4b + 2b + 5
……………………………………………………………………………….. = -56 x6y + 3x6y + 52 xy5 - 54 xy5 - 79
……………………………………………………………………………….. Y
= -3a + 6b + 5
……………………………………………………………………………….. = 136 x6y + 54 xy5 - 79
………………………………………………………………………………..

8. Find two polynomials with 2 as the degree where one polynomial subtracted by the
other equals 6x2 - 5x - 2. Explain your solution. (Suggested answer)
Since polynomial minuend = polynomial difference + polynomial subtrahend,
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

if we let the polynomial subtrahend be a polynomial with 2 as the degree and add this
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

subtrahend to the polynomial difference, then it will give the result of the other polynomial
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

with 2 as the degree that represents the polynomial minuend.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

Next, let a polynomial with 2 as the degree representing the polynomial subtrahend be
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

x2 + x + 1.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

Then, the polynomial minuend = (6x2 - 5x - 2) + (x2 + x + 1)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

= 6x2 + x2 - 5x + x - 2 + 1 = 7x2 - 4x - 1.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

Therefore, the two polynomials with 2 as the degree where one polynomial subtracted by the
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

other equals 6x2 - 5x - 2 are 7x2 - 4x - 1 as the minuend and x2 + x + 1 as the subtrahend.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

149
 9. Find the sum of 33x2 + 2x - 10 and -2x2 - 2x - 5 subtracted by 16x2 - 7x - 5.
(3x2 + 2x - 10) + (-2x2 - 2x - 5) - (16x2 - 7x - 5)
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

= 3x2 + 2x - 10 - 2x2 - 2x - 5 - 16x2 + 7x + 5

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

= 3x2 - 2x2 - 16x2 + 2x - 2x + 7x - 10 - 5 + 5

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

= -15x2 + 7x - 10
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

10. Find the products of the following problems.

1) 5(-11x - 8) 2) -6x(9x + 5y)
= 5(-11x) - 5(8)
……………………………………………………………………………….. = -6x(9x) + (-6x)(5y)
………………………………………………………………………………..

= -55x - 40
……………………………………………………………………………….. = -54x2 - 30xy
………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………….. ………………………………………………………………………………..

11. Find the products of the following problems.

K 1) (x - 5)(x + 10) 2) (2x2 - 3)(4x - 7)
E
Y = x(x + 10) + (-5)(x + 10)
……………………………………………………………………………….. = 2x2(4x - 7) + (-3)(4x - 7)
………………………………………………………………………………..

= x2 + 10x - 5x - 50
……………………………………………………………………………….. = 8x3 - 14x2 - 12x + 21
………………………………………………………………………………..

= x2 + 5x - 50
……………………………………………………………………………….. ………………………………………………………………………………..

12. Find the quotients of the following problems.

10 14
1) c 8 2) -4n11
-c n
= -c10 - 8
……………………………………………………………………………….. = -4n14 - 11
………………………………………………………………………………..

= -c2
……………………………………………………………………………….. = -4n3
………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………….. ………………………………………………………………………………..
4 5 6
13. Find the quotient of -12a3 b3 c3 and check the correctness of your answer.
4 5 6 20a b c
-12a b c = -12 a4 - 3 b5 - 3 c6 - 3
3 3 3
20a b c ( 20 )
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

= -35 ab2c3
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

Check the correctness: (20a3b3c3)(-35 ab2c3) = [20 × (-35)](a3 + 1 b3 + 2 c3 + 3)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

= -12a4b5c6
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

150
 (-22a4b5c3 - a5b3c2 + 33a4b3) ÷ 11a4b3.
14. Find the quotient of (-22
-22a4b5c3 - a5b3c2 + 33a4b3 = -22a4b5c3 - a5b3c2 + 33a4b3
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
4 3
11a b 4 3 4 3 4 3
11a2 3b ac211a b 11a b
= -2b c - 11 + 3
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

15. Find the solution to 44k(6 + 2k) - 3k(2k - 5).

4k(6 + 2k) - 3k(2k - 5) = [4k(6) + 4k(2k)] - [3k(2k) + 3k(-5)]
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

= (24k + 8k2) - (6k2 - 15k)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

= 8k2 - 6k2 + 24k + 15k

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

= 2k2 + 39k
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

16. Find the solution to (5

(5m - 2n)(3m + n) + (4n - m)(7m - n).
(5m - 2n)(3m + n) + (4n - m)(7m - n)
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

= [5m(3m + n) + (-2n)(3m + n)] + [4n(7m - n) + (-m)(7m - n)] K

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. E
= (15m2 + 5mn - 6mn - 2n2) + (28mn - 4n2 - 7m2 + mn) Y
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

= 15m2 - 7m2 + 5mn - 6mn + 28mn + mn - 2n2 - 4n2

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

= 8m2 + 28mn - 6n2

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

5 5 3 4 9a4b3 + 3a5b6 .
17. Find the solution to ( -15a b 3- 10a
4
b
) × ( 3a4b3 )
5a b
-15a5b5 - 10a3b4 9a4b3 + 3a5b6
( 5a b ) ×
( 3a b )
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
3 4 4 3
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
5 5 3 4
= (-15a b - 10a b ) 9a4b3 + 3a5b6
3 4 3 4 ×
5a b 5a b 4 3( 3a b 3a b )
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
4 3
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

= (-3a2b - 2)(3 + ab3)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

= -3a2b(3 + ab3) + (-2)(3 + ab3)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

= -9a2b - 3a3b4 - 6 - 2ab3

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

= -3a3b4 - 2ab3 - 9a2b - 6

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

151
 18. The perimeter of a rectangle is 66y2 - 2y units. If its width is 2y units, then what is
the area of this rectangle?
Since the formula for the perimeter of a rectangle = (2 width) + (2 length),
× ×
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
6y2 - 2y = 2(2y) + (2 × length)
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
length = 6y2 - 2y - 4y
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
2
2
= 3y - 3y units.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
Then, the area of the rectangle = width × length,
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
= 2y(3y2 - 3y)
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
= 6y3 - 6y2 square units.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
Therefore, the area of this rectangle is 6y3 - 6y2 square units.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

19. Answer the following questions.

1) What is the time difference between 3y minutes and 25y seconds in seconds?
K Since 3y minutes equals 3y 60 seconds ×
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E
Y = 180y seconds,
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
180y - 25y = 155y seconds.
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the time difference between 3y minutes and 25y seconds is 155y seconds.
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) What is the sum of 50(3z - 2) minutes and 4(z + 1) hours in seconds?

Since 50(3z - 2) minutes equals 50(3z - 2) 60 seconds ×
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 3,000(3z - 2) seconds
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 9,000z - 6,000 seconds
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
and 4(z + 1) hours equals 4(z + 1) × 60 minutes
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 4(z + 1) × 60 × 60 seconds
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 14,400(z + 1) seconds
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 14,400z + 14,400 seconds,
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(9,000z - 6,000) + (14,400z + 14,400) = 23,400z + 8,400 seconds.
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the sum of 50(3z - 2) minutes and 4(z + 1) hours is 23,400z + 8,400 seconds.
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

152
 Challenge Yourself
Take a look at the multiplication of a two-digit number and a two-digit number.
If the digits in the tens place of both numbers are the same and the sum of the digits
in the ones place equals 10, then the shortcut method for multiplying these numbers
can be used as follows:
Multiply the digit in the tens 7 4 × Multiply the digits in the ones place
place by the next digit, i.e. 7 6 of both numbers by each other, i.e.
7 × 8 = 56. 5 6 2 4 4 × 6 = 24.

Now, use the shortcut method above to find the product of 58 × 52. Then use a
calculator to check if your answer is correct or not, and explain your solution resulting
from this shortcut method according to the addition, subtraction, multiplication and division
of polynomials.
The product of 58 52 can be solved by using the shortcut method as follows:
×
............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. K
5 8 E
.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
×
Y
5 2
.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 0 1 6
.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
After checking the correctness with a calculator, the result is the same as that from the shortcut
.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
method. The concept of this shortcut method can be explained by the addition, subtraction,
.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
multiplication and division of polynomials as in the following:
.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Let the 2 two-digit numbers be xy and xz where y + z = 10.
.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Then, xy = 10x + y
.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xz = 10x + z.
.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, xy × xz = (10x + y)(10x + z)
.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 10x(10x + z) + y(10x + z)
.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 100x2 + 10xz + 10xy + yz
.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 100x2 + 10x(y + z) + yz
.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 100x2 + 10x(10) + yz
.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 100x2 + 100x + yz
.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 100x(x + 1) + yz.
.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

153
K
E
Y

154
Chapter 4
Geometric
Transformation
Nowadays, unmanned aerial vehicles or drones are
of much interest to people. A drone is mostly designed
with four propellers; each of them is attached to one
motor so that it can spin around. The flight controller of
a drone commands the propellers that are in the same
K
diagonal line to spin around in the same direction, in E
Y
which two propellers spin clockwise and the other two
spin counterclockwise.

Indicator
• Understand and apply the knowledge of geometric
transformations to solve mathematical and real-world
problems. (MA 2.2 G. 8/3)
Compulsory Details
• Translation
• Reflection
• Rotation
• Real-life applications of geometric transformations

155
 4.1 Geometric Transformation
A geometric transformation is the process of alternating positions, shapes and sizes
of either point or object. There are four types of geometric transformations, i.e. translation,
reflection, rotation and enlargement/reduction as in the following table.
Translation Reflection Rotation Enlargement/
Reduction
C1 C C1 C C1
C C
B1
B1 B1 A1
B A1 B C1 B
A B B1 A1 A A1 A
A
According to the four types of geometric transformations, ∆ABC, which is the image
before being transformed, is called a preimage and ∆A1B1C1, which is the image after
K
E being transformed, is called an image.
Y
A geometric transformation is the process related to geometric figures where their
positions are changed from one point to another and their shapes and sizes may also
be adjusted. In this level, we will study only three types of geometric transformations
where shapes and sizes remain the same after the transformation process, i.e. translation,
reflection and rotation. When comparing a pre-image with an image together, you will
see that the points on the pre-image can be paired with those on the image. These
points are called corresponding points. Therefore, one point on the preimage can perfectly
match only one point on the image in order to state that they are congruent.
Class Discussion
Work in pairs. Consider whether or not the moving of applications on the screen of
your mobile phone is related to a geometric transformation. Explain your reason.
The moving of applications on the screen is how the applications change the positions, but their
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
shapes and sizes remain the same. Therefore, it is considered a geometric transformation.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

156
Exercise 4A
Basic Level
1. Do the following images result from the translation, reflection or rotation of the preimages?

Pre-image
1) 2) 3) 4) 5)

Yes
……………………….. No
……………………….. Yes
……………………….. No
……………………….. Yes
………………………..

2. What type of geometric transformation are the following images?

Y K
1) Translation
……………………………………………………………………. E
Y
2 ………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………
-6 -4 -2 0 2 4 6 X ………………………………………………………………………
-2 ………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………
-4
………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………

Y Rotation
2) …………………………………………………………………….

6 ………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………
4
………………………………………………………………………

2 ………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………
-2 0 2 4 6 8 10 X
………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………

157
 Y Reflection
3) …………………………………………………………………….

6 ………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………
4
………………………………………………………………………
2 ………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………
-6 -4 -2 0 2 4 6 X
………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………

Y
4) Enlargement/Reduction
…………………………………………………………………….

6 ………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………
4
………………………………………………………………………

2 ………………………………………………………………………

K ………………………………………………………………………
E -2 0 2 4 6 8 10 X
Y ………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………

Intermediate Level
3. Plot a graph to show points A(4, 2), B(6, 4), C(6, 7), D(4, 5), A1(-4, 2), B1(-6, 4),
C1(-6, 7) and D1(-4, 5) on the same rectangular coordinate plane. What type of
geometric transformation is □A1B1C1D1?
Y Reflection
C1 C …………………………………………………………………….

6 ………………………………………………………………………
D1 D
………………………………………………………………………
B1 4 B ………………………………………………………………………

A1 2 A ………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………
-6 -4 -2 0 2 4 6 X
………………………………………………………………………
-2 ………………………………………………………………………

158
4.2 Translation
Consider the following figure.

A1 C1

3 units 2 units
C 4 units
A B B1
4 units

According to the above figure:

• Point A1 is translated 3 units upward from Point A. Here, Point A1 is called the K
image of Point A, after the translation. And, points A1 and A are corresponding E
Y
points.
• Point B1 is translated 4 units to the right from Point A. Here, Point B1 is called
the image of Point B, after the translation. And, points B1 and B are corresponding
points.
• Point C1 is translated 4 units to the right and 2 units upward from Point C. Here,
Point C1 is called the image of Point C, after the translation. And, points C1 and
C are corresponding points.
Consider the translation of ∆ABC shown below.
Y
A 3 A1

B 2 C B1 C1
A2 1

B2
-5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1C2 2 3 4 5 X

159
 According to the given figure, ∆A1B1C1 results from sliding ∆ABC 5 units to the
right horizontally (parallel to the X-axis), and points A, B and C correspond to points
A1, B1 and C1 respectively. And each of the corresponding points is 5 units apart. Then,
∆ ABC is called a preimage and ∆ A1B1C1 is called an image of ∆ ABC, after
the translation.
Since points A and B are corresponding points of points A1 and B1 respectively,
then AB and A1B1 are corresponding sides. Therefore, AB = A1B1.
Since points B and C are corresponding points of points B1 and C1 respectively,
then BC and B1C1 are corresponding sides. Therefore, BC = B1C1.
Since points A and C are corresponding points of points A1 and C1 respectively,
then AC and A1C1 are corresponding sides. Therefore, AC = A1C1.
And since AB and BC are corresponding sides of A1B1 and B1C1 respectively,
then ∠ABC and ∠A1B1C1 are corresponding angles. Therefore, ∠ABC = ∠A1B1C1.
Since BC and CA are corresponding sides of B1C1 and C1A1 respectively,
K then ∠BCA and ∠B1C1A1 are corresponding angles. Therefore, ∠BCA = ∠B1C1A1.
E Since CA and AB are corresponding sides of C1A1 and A1B1 respectively,
Y
then CAB and C1A1B1 are corresponding angles. Therefore, CAB = C1A1B1.
We can see that ∆A2B2C2 results from translating ∆ABC 2 units downward vertically
(parallel to the Y-axis) and 1 unit to the right horizontally (parallel to the X-axis). Then,
∆ ABC is called the preimage and ∆ A2B2C2 is called the image of ∆ ABC after the
translation.
According to the figure, it can be summarized as follows:
1) A translation is a geometric transformation where a translated image is the same
as a preimage in terms of size and shape.
2) A preimage and a translated image can coincide perfectly with each other
without flipping, turning or enlarging/reducing.
3) A translation is to slide all the points on a preimage in the same direction and
the same distance.
4) The pairs of corresponding points on a preimage and a translated image are
of equal distance.

160
According to the summary, it can be concluded into the following definition:
Definition A translation is a geometric transformation where all the points on a
preimage slide on the plane in a straight line and in the same direction and distance.

Worked Example 1
Let □ABCD be a preimage where points A(1, -2), B(5, -1), C(4, -4) and D(0, -4) are
the vertexes of angles. Create the translated image of □ABCD according to the following
conditions:
1) Slide 8 units to the left 2) Slide 4 units upward
Solution
1) Plot points A1, B1, C1 and D1 resulting from translating points A, B, C and D
8 units to the left horizontally (parallel to the X-axis) respectively.
Notice that the second numbers of the ordered pairs are the same, but the
K
first numbers of the ordered pairs are decreased by 8 units each point. E
Y
Therefore, □A1B1C1D1, which is the image of □ABCD, has points A1(- 7, -2), B1
(-3, -1), C1(-4, -4) and D1(-8, -4) as the vertex angles.
2) Plot points A2, B2, C2 and D2 resulting from translating points A, B, C and D
4 units upward vertically (parallel to the Y-axis), respectively.
Notice that the first values of the ordered pairs are the same, but the second
values of the ordered pairs are increased by 4 units each point. Therefore,
□A2B2C2D2, which is the translated image of □ABCD, has points A2(1, 2),
B2(5, 3), C2(4, 0) and D2(0, 0) as the vertex angles.
Y
B2
2
A2
D2 C
-10 -8 -6 -4 B1 -2 0 2 4 2B 6 8 10
X
A1 -2 A

D1 C1 -4D C

161
 Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 4B Questions 1-2, 4, 8
Let ∆ ABC be a preimage where points A(-8, 3), B(-6, 4) and C(-3, 2) are the vertex
angles. Construct the translated image of ∆ ABC according to the following conditions:
1) Slide 10 units to the right 2) Slide 5 units downward
Y
B 4 B1
A A1
C C1

-8 0 X
B2 -4 4 8
A2
C2

K
E Worked Example 2
Y Y
Construct the translated image of □ABCD,
which is a preimage according to vector PQ. 6
Solution 4 D C
Translating in accordance with vector PQ Q
2 A B
or PQ is to translate in the same direction
as translating Point P to Point Q and 0 2 4 6 8 X
in the same distance as PQ. Therefore, P
the translating of □ABCD according to PQ Y
can be performed as follows: D1 C1
Plot points A1, B 1, C 1 and D1, which 6
A B1
creates an image resulting from sliding 4 D C1
points A, B, C and D in accordance with Q
2 A B
PQ respectively. Then, □A1B1C1D1 is an
image of □ABCD, after a translation, 0 2 4 6 8 X
according to PQ. P
162
 Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 4B Questions 3, 7
Construct the translated image of pentagon ABCDE, which is a preimage according to
vector MN. Y

6 D1
E1
4 D C1
E A1
2 C B1
A X
-6 -4 -2 0 2 4B 6 8 10 12 14
-2 N
M
Worked Example 3
Explain how to translate □ABCD, in order to get □A1B1C1D1 and □A2B2C2D2 as the K
E
translated images. Y
Y
Solution
10 There are two steps of translating □ABCD,
A B8 which is a preimage, in order to get □A1B1C1D1
as the translated image:
6
A1 B1 Step 1: Slide □ABCD 6 units to the right.
D C4 Step 2: Slide □ABCD 3 units downward.
There are two steps of translating □ABCD,
2 D
1 C1 which is a preimage, in order to get □A2B2C2D2
-4 -2 0 2 4 X as the translated image:
Step 1: Slide □ABCD 11 units downward.
-2
A2 B2 Step 2: Slide □ABCD 5 units to the right.
-4

-6 D C2
2

163
 Practice Now Similar Questions
Exercise 4B Questions 5-6
Explain how to translate □ABCD, which is a preimage, in order to get □A1B1C1D1
and □A2B2C2D2 as the translated images.
Y
B
A C 4
2 B1
B2 A1 C1
A2 C2 D X
-10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 2 4 6 8 10
-2
D1
D2
□ 1 1 1 1
In order to get A B C D , slide ABCD 8 units to the right □
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(horizontally or parallel to the X-axis) and then 3 units downward
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

K (vertically or parallel to the Y-axis).

..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E Also, in order to get □A2B2C2D2, slide □ABCD 4 units to the left
Y ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(horizontally or parallel to the X-axis) and then 4 units downward
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(vertically or parallel to the Y-axis).
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Exercise 4B
Basic Level
Y
1. Find the coordinates of a translated
image of points A, B, C and D according B(-6, 4)
4
to the following conditions:
C1(-4, 1) 2 C(2, 1)
1) Slide Point A 4 units to the right.
2) Slide Point B 8 units downward. -6 -4 -2 0 2 4 X
3) Slide Point C 6 units to the left. -2 A1(2, -2)
A(-2, -2)
B1(-6, -4) -4

164
2. According to triangles A, B, C, D and E, which are the translated images of ∆ XYZ
Explain your answer.

A C
B
X
D
Y Z E

Triangles B and D are the translated images of ∆ XYZ because each of them can coincide
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
with ∆ XYZ perfectly without flipping, turning or enlarging/reducing.
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K
Intermediate Level E
Y
3. Construct the translated image of ∆ ABC according to the following conditions:
1) The distance is equal to AB and it slides in the same direction as AB
2) The distance is equal to BC and it slides in the same direction as BC
Y

10

6
C2
4
A2 B2 C1
C
2
A B A1 B1
-2 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 X

165
 4. Let □PQRS be a preimage where points P(0, 1), Q(4, 1), R(6, 3) and S(2, 3) are the
vertex angles. Construct the translated image of □PQRS according to the following:
1) Slide 8 units to the left. 2) Slide 4 units upward.
3) Slide 4 units to the right. 4) Slide 5 units downward.
Y
S2 R2
6
P2 Q2
S1 R1 4 S R S3 R3
2
P1 P Q P3 Q3
Q1 X
-10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 2 4 6 8 10
-2 S4 R4
-4 P Q4
4
K
E
Y
5. Explain how to translate Point P, which is a preimage, in order to get Point P1 as
the translated image according to the following:
1) Points P(6, 1) and P1(9, 3)
Slide points P(6, 1) 3 units to the right horizontally (parallel to the -a is) and then 2 units X x
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
upward vertically (parallel to the Y-axis).
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) Points P(3, 2) and P1(-1, -2)

Slide points P(3, 2) 4 units to the left horizontally (parallel to the -a is) and then 4 units X x
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
downward vertically (parallel to the Y-axis).
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3) Points P(1, 0) and P1(0, 4)

Slide points P(1, 0) 1 unit to the left horizontally (parallel to the -a is) and then 4 units X x
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
upward vertically (parallel to the Y-axis).
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4) Points P(3, -3) and P1(10, -6)

Slide points P(3, -3) 7 units to the right horizontally (parallel to the -a is) and then 3 units X x
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
downward vertically (parallel to the Y-axis).
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

166
6. Explain how to translate heptagon ABCDEFG, which is a preimage, in order to get
heptagons X and Y as the translated images.
Y

14

12
E
10
F D
G 8 C

A B6
4
X
2

-10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 2 4 6 8 10 X K
E
-2 Y

Y -4

-6

In..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
order to get heptagon X as the translated image of heptagon ABCDEFG, slide heptagon
ABCDEFG 4 units downward (vertically or parallel to the Y-axis) and then 6 units to the right
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(horizontally or parallel to the X-axis).
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Also, in order to get heptagon Y as the translated image of heptagon ABCDEFG, slide
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
heptagon ABCDEFG 12 units downward (vertically or parallel to the Y-axis) and then 4 units
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
to..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
the left (horizontally or parallel to the X-axis).
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

167
 Advanced Level
7. Let Octagon A be a preimage where points (3, 2), (4, 2), (5, 3), (5, 4), (4, 5), (3, 5),
(2, 4) and (2, 3) are the vertex angles. Construct the translated image of Octagon
A according to the following:
1) Slide 7 units to the left.
2) Slide 6 units upward.
3) Slide in the same direction and distance as XY.
Y

10
C
8
D
6 Y
4
K B A
E
Y 2
X

-6 -4 -2 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 X

8. An escalator in a department store takes 6 seconds to move up for 5 steps.

How long does it take to move up for 30 steps?
In.........................................................................................................................
order to move up for 5 steps, it takes 6
seconds.
.........................................................................................................................
In.........................................................................................................................
order to move up for 30 steps, it takes
30 × 6 seconds
.........................................................................................................................
5
= 36 seconds.
.........................................................................................................................
Therefore, it takes 36 seconds to move up for
.........................................................................................................................
30 steps.
.........................................................................................................................

.........................................................................................................................

168
 4.3 Reflection
Consider the following figure.

C C1

B B1
A A1
L
According to the above figure, ∆ A1B1C1 is a reflection of ∆ ABC about the straight
line L, which is called the line of reflection. It can be summarized as follows:
1) A reflection is a geometric transformation where a reflected image is the same
as a preimage in terms of size and shape. K
E
2) A preimage and a reflected image cannot coincide with each other perfectly Y
without flipping, turning or enlarging/reducing.
3) The line of reflection is the perpendicular bisector of the line segment where the
pairs of the corresponding points are endpoints.
4) The pairs of corresponding points on a preimage and a rotated image are of
equal distance.
From 3), we can draw a line passing through the centers of AA1 and BB1 in order
to get the line of reflection. Generally, we can draw a line passing through the centers
of the line segments connecting two pairs of the corresponding points to get the line
of reflection.
According to the summary, it can be concluded into the following definition:
Definition A reflection is a geometric transformation where a reflected image results
from flipping a preimage about the line of reflection.

169
 Worked Example 4
Construct the reflected image of □ABCD according to the following lines of reflection:
1) The X-axis 2) The Y-axis
3) The straight line L1 4) The straight line L2
Y

L1
D C

A B
0 X

K
E
Y
L2
Solution Y

A3 B3

P3 D3 S R C3 Q3 L1
C2 D2 3 3
R2 S2 D C
S4 P2
B2 D4 A2 R4 Q2 A B
P1 S1 R1 Q1 X
C4 P4 0 A1 B1
A4 Q4
D1 C1
B4 L2

170
Solution
1) At Point A, draw AA1, the perpendicular bisector of the X-axis, at Point P1 where AP1 = P1A1.
At Point B, draw BB1, the perpendicular bisector of the X-axis, at Point Q1 where BQ1 = Q1B1.
At Point C, draw CC1, the perpendicular bisector of the X-axis, at Point R1 where CR1 = R1C1.
At Point D, draw DD1 , the perpendicular bisector of the X-axis, at Point S1 where DS1 = S1D1.
Then, draw A1B1, B1C1, C1D1 and D1A1.
Therefore, □A1B1C1D1 is the reflected image of □ABCD where the X-axis is the line of
reflection.
2) At Point A, draw AA2, the perpendicular bisector of the Y-axis, at Point P2 where AP2 = P2A2.
At Point B, draw BB2, the perpendicular bisector of the Y-axis, at Point Q2 where BQ2 = Q2B2.
At Point C, draw CC2, the perpendicular bisector of the Y-axis, at Point R2 where CR2 = R2C2.
At Point D, draw DD2, the perpendicular bisector of the Y-axis, at Point S2 where DS2 = S2D2.
Then, draw A2B2, B2C2, C2D2 and D2A2.
Therefore, □A2B2C2D2 is the reflected image of □ABCD where the Y-axis is the line of
reflection. K
E
Y
3) At Point A, draw AA3, the perpendicular bisector of the straight line L1, at Point P3 where AP3
= P3A3. At Point B, draw BB3, the perpendicular bisector of the straight line L1, at Point Q3 where
BQ3 = Q3B3. At Point C, draw CC3, the perpendicular bisector of the straight line L1, at Point R3 where
CR3 = R3C3. At Point D, draw DD3, the perpendicular bisector of the straight line L1, at Point S3 where
DS3 = S3D3.
Then, draw A3B3, B3C3, C3D3 and D3A3.
Therefore, □A3B3C3D3 is the reflected image of □ABCD where the straight line L1 is the line of
reflection.
4) At Point A, draw AA4, the perpendicular bisector of the straight line L2, at Point P4 where AP4 = P4A4.
At Point B, draw BB4, the perpendicular bisector of the straight line L2, at Point Q4 where BQ4 = Q4B4.
At Point C, draw CC4, the perpendicular bisector of the straight line L2, at Point R4 where CR4 =
R4C4. At Point D, draw DD4, the perpendicular bisector of the straight line L2, at Point S4 where DS4 =
S4D4.
Then, draw A4B4, B4C4, C4D4 and D4A4.
Therefore, □A4B4C4D4 is the reflected image of □ABCD where the straight line L2 is the line of
reflection.
171
 Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 4C Quesions 1-3, 6-8
Construct the reflected image of ∆ ABC according to the following lines of reflection:
1) The X-axis 2) The Y-axis
3) The straight line L1 4) The straight line L2
Y
B4 L2
A3 B3
C4
A4 C3 L1
C2 C

B2 A2 A B
0 X
A1 B1
K
E
Y C1

Worked Example 5
Construct the line of reflection between the following preimage and reflected image.

A1

C1
A B1
B
C

172
Solution
There are two methods to construct the line of reflection between a preimage and
a reflected image as follows:
Method 1 Draw a straight line across the centers of the line segments that connect
two pairs of the corresponding points.
A1

X
C1
A
B1
BY
C
Draw AA1 and BB1 and mark the centers of them with points X and Y respectively. K
Then, draw XY passing through points X and Y to obtain XY as the line of E
Y
reflection.
Method 2 According to basic geometric construction, draw a straight line that bisects
and is perpendicular to the line segments, where the corresponding points
are endpoints.
A1

X
C1
A B1
Y
B
C
1) Draw AA1, BB1 and CC1.
2) Draw XY as a perpendicular bisector of AA1, BB1 and CC1.
3) This gives XY as the line of reflection.
173
 Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 4C Questions 4-5, 9-10
Construct the line of reflection between a preimage and a reflected image according to
the following conditions:
1) Draw a straight line across the centers of the line segments that connect two pairs
of the corresponding points.

C A

P
B A1

Q
K C1
E
Y
B1

2) According to basic geometric construction, draw a straight line that bisects and is
perpendicular to line segments, where the corresponding points are endpoints.

C A

P
B A1

Q
C1

B1

174
Exercise 4C
Basic Level
1. Write English letters in uppercase where the reflected images in a mirror are of the
same shape and size.
A, H, , M, O, T, U, V, W, and Y
I X
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2. Construct reflected images of the following preimages.

1) 2)

TRANSFORM
REFLECT T C E L F E R TRANSFORM
K
E
Y

3. Construct reflected images according to the following lines of reflection:

1) The X-axis 2) The Y-axis
Y Y

A 2 B 4 B1

B A A1
C X 2
C1 -2 0
B1
-2 C C1 X
A1 -2 0 2

175
 3) The straight line X = 0.5 4) The straight line y = -0.5
Y Y
X = 0.5 A B
2
G C
4 F D
-2 0E 2 X
D C2 C1 D1 y = -0.5
E1
E1 F1 -2 D1
FE F1
G1 C1
A B0 B1 2 A1 X
A1 B1

4. Construct the lines of reflection between the following preimages and reflected
K images.
E
Y 1)

2)

176
5. Construct the lines of reflection on the following pictures.
1) 2)

Intermediate Level
6. Construct the reflected image of ∆ ABC according to the following lines of reflection:
1) The X-axis
K
2) The Y-axis E
Y
3) The straight line L1
Y
B B2 L1
A A2
2

C C2
-4 -2 0 2 4 X
C1

C3 -2 B3
A1
B1 -4
A3

177
 7. Construct the reflected image of points A(-5, -2), B(-8, 3) and C(-4, 7) according
to the following lines of reflection:
1) The straight line L1 2) The straight line L2 3) The straight line L3
Y
A1(-5, 10) B3(-1, 10)

8 C2(6, 7)
C(-4, 7)
A3(4, 7)
B1(-8, 5) C (-5, 6)
3
L1
4
B(-8, 3)
B2(10, 3)
C1(-4, 1)
-8 -4 0 4 8 X
A2(7, -2)
-2
K A(-5, -2) L2 L3
E
Y
8. Construct the reflected image of the given preimage, where the straight line L1 is
the line of reflection. Y
L1

-2 0 2 4 6 X

-2

178
9. Construct the lines of reflections between the following preimages and reflected images.
1)

K
E
Y
2)

179
 Advanced Level
10. Let hexagon ABCDEF be a preimage where points A(1, 1), B(3, 1), C(3, 2.5), D(2.5,
3), E(1.5, 3) and F(1, 2.5) are the vertex angles.
1) Construct the reflected image of hexagon ABCDEF, where the Y-axis is the line of
reflection. Y

4
D1 E1 E D
C1 F1 F C
2

B1 A1 A B
K X
E -2 0 2 4 6
Y

2) Construct the line of reflection between hexagon ABCDEF and its reflected image,
where points A2(6, 6), B2(6, 4), C2(4.5, 4), D2(4, 4.5), E2(4, 5.5) and F2(4.5, 6) are
the vertex angles.
Y F2 A2
E2
D2
4 B2
C2
E D
F C
2

A B

-2 0 2 4 6 X

180
 4.4 Rotation
The following figure shows a rotation of ∆ ABC through 90 ํ about Point O, which is the
origin, in a counterclockwise direction to obtain ∆ A1B1C1 as the rotated image of ∆ ABC.
Y

B1 C1 B
A

A1 C
O X

K
E
Y
The following figure shows that □A1B1C1D1 results from rotating □ABCD through
180 ํ about Point P(0, 2), in which Point P is called the center of rotation on a preimage.
Y

6
B1 4 B
A2 1 A
C1 C
P(0, 2)
D1 D
-10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 2 4 6 8 10 X
-2

181
 Thinking Time
Is □A1B1C1D1 the reflected image of □ABCD? Explain.
Yes, □A1B1C1D1 is the reflected image of □ABCD, where the Y-axis is the line of reflection.
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

From the previous figure, it can be summarized as follows:

1) A rotation is a geometric transformation where a rotated image is the same as
a preimage in terms of size and shape.
2) A rotation is to turn around a point in a clockwise or counterclockwise direction.
3) A rotation is to turn all the points on a preimage around the center of rotation
at the same angle. There are two conditions according to the center of rotation,
i.e. the center of rotation on a preimage and the center of rotation that is not
on a preimage.
4) The pairs of corresponding points on a preimage and a rotated image are of
K equal distance from the center of rotation.
E
Y
Definition A rotation is a geometric transformation where there is a fixed point
called the center of rotation, and each point on a preimage turns around the center
of rotation at the same angle in a given direction.
Worked Example 6
Let ∆ ABC be a preimage. Construct a rotated image of ∆ ABC through 90 ํ in a clockwise
direction about Point P(-2, 2).
Y
B
4
P(-2, 2)
2
A
C X
-10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 2 4 6 8 10
-2

182
Solution
1) Draw AP, BP and CP and construct APA1, BPB1 and CPC1 through 90 ํ in a
clockwise direction, where AP = A1P, BP = B1P and CP = C1P.
2) Draw A1B1, B1C1 and C1A1 to obtain ∆ A1B1C1 as a rotated image of ∆ ABC through
90 ํ in a clockwise direction about Point P(-2, 2).
Y
B
4
P(-2, 2)
2
90 ํ A
A1 C X
-10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 2 4 6 8 10
-2 B1

C1 -4
K
E
Y

Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 4D Question 1-5, 8
Let □ABCD be a preimage. Construct a rotated image of □ABCD through 90 ํ in a
counterclockwise direction about Point P(2, 0).
Y
C1
D1 B
4 C

2 A
B1 P(2, 0)90 ํ D
-10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 A X
1 2 4 6 8 10
-2

-4

183
 Worked Example 7
Let ∆ ABC be a preimage and ∆ PQR be the rotated image of ∆ ABC. Find the center
of rotation, the direction of rotation and the angle of rotation.
Y
B 4
A
2
Q X
-10 C-8 -6 -4 -2 0 2 4 6 8 10
-2

-4

P R
Solution
K
E 1) Since points A and P and points B and Q are the pairs of corresponding points,
Y
draw AP and BQ Then draw the straight line that bisects and is perpendicular to
AP and BQ at points M and N respectively, where both line segments intersect
each other at Point E.
2) Measure AEP to find the angle of rotation.
Y
B 4
A E(1, 3)
N 2
Q X
-10 C-8 -6 -4 -2 0 2 4 6 8 10
M -2

-4

P R
Therefore, ∆ PQR is the rotated image of ∆ ABC through 90 ํ in a counterclockwise
direction about Point E(1, 3).
184
 Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 4D Questions 6-7, 9-11
Let ∆ ABC be a preimage and ∆ PQR be the rotated image of ∆ ABC. Find the center
of rotation, the direction of rotation and the angle of rotation.
Y
Q
R 4

2
P N4 C X
-10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 2 6 8 10
-2 M
E(0, -2)
-4 A
B
Therefore, ∆ PQR is the rotated image of ∆ ABC through 120 ํ in a counterclockwise direction about
............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... K
Point E(0, -2). E
............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Y

Thinking Time
Explain why the center of rotation in Worked Example 7 is on the intersection of the
perpendicular bisectors or the straight lines that bisect and are perpendicular to AP and
BQ.
According to Worked E ample 7, all the points on the perpendicular bisector of AP are of equal
x
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
distance from points A and P, which are corresponding points. Similarly, all the points on the
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
perpendicular bisector of BQ are of equal distance from points B and Q, which are corresponding
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
points. Since the pairs of corresponding points on a preimage and a rotated image are of equal
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
distance from the center of rotation, the intersection of the perpendicular bisectors of AP and BQ
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
is the center of rotation in Worked Example 7.
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

185
 Exercise 4D
Basic Level
1. Construct a rotated image of the following points through 90 ํ in a clockwise direction.
1) A(-2, 0) 2) B(0, 5)
3) C(-3, -4) 4) D(3, 3)
Y
B(0, 5)
C1(-4, 3) 4
D(3, 3)
2 A1(0, 2)
A(-2, 0) B1(5, 0)
90 ํ X
-10 -8 -6 -4 -2 90 0ํ 2 4 6 8 10
-2 D1(3, -3)
(-3, -4)
C(-3,
K -4
E
Y

2. Construct a rotated image of the following points through 90 ํ in a counterclockwise

direction about the origin.
1) A(4, 0) 2) B(0, -2)
3) C(4, 4) 4) D(-3, 2)
Y
C1(-4, 4) C(4, 4)
4 A1(0, 4)
(-3, 2)
D(-3,
2
90Bํ (2, 0) A(4, 0)
1
-10 -8 -6 -4 -2 90 ํ 0 2 4 6 8 10 X
-2 B(0, -2)
D1(-2, -3)-4

186
3. Construct a rotated image of Point A(1, 4) in a clockwise direction about Point
(4, 2) through following angles:
1) 90 ํ 2) 270 ํ
Y

6 A1(6, 5)
A(1, 4)
4
90 ํ
2 (4, 2) 270 ํ

-10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 2 4 6 8 10 X
-2 A2(2, -1)

-4

-6
K
E
Y
4. Let ∆ABC be a preimage. Construct ∆PQR, a rotated image of ∆ABC, through 90 ํ
in a clockwise direction about Point (2, 1).
Y

5 C

1
(2, 1) 90 ํ
A B
P X
-1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
-1
Q R

187
 5. Let points P(2, 4), Q(4, -1) and R(-1, 0) be in the same rectangular coordinate plane.
1) Construct a rotated image of Point P(2, 4) through 90 ํ in a clockwise direction
about Point R(-1, 0).
Y
P(2, 4)
4

2
90 ํ X
-10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 2 4 6 8 10
R(-1, 0)
-2
P1 (3, -3)
2) Construct a rotated image of Point Q(4, -1) through 90 ํ in a clockwise direction
about Point P(2, 4).
Y
K
E P(2, 4)
Y 4
90 ํ
2
Q1(-3, 2)
-10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 2 4 6 8 10 X
Q(4, -1)
-2

3) Construct a rotated image of Point R(-1, 0) through 180 ํ about Point Q(4, -1).
Y

2
R(-1, 0)
-10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 2 4 6 8 10 X
-2 Q(4, -1)
R1(9, -2)
-4

188
 Intermediate Level
6. Let ∆ ABC be a preimage and ∆ A1B1C1 be the rotated image of ∆ ABC. Find the
center of rotation, the direction of rotation and the angle of rotation.
Y

C 4

3 A1
B
E2 F
1
A D(0, 1) B1 C1
-5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 X
-1

Therefore, A B C is the rotated image of ABC through 150 ํ in a clockwise direction about
∆ 1 1 1 ∆ K
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. E
Point D(0, 1).
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Y

7. Let ∆ ABC be a preimage and ∆ PQR be the rotated image of ∆ ABC. Find the center
of rotation, the direction of rotation and the angle of rotation.
Y

2 P
D(3, 1) R
1
F
-1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 X
-1 A E Q
-2 B
-3 C

Therefore, PQR is the rotated image of ABC through 90 ํ in a counterclockwise direction

∆ ∆
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
about Point D(3, 1).
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
189
 8. Find the direction and the angle of rotation of Blade 1 to the position of Blade 2 about
Point O.

1 2

60 ํ
6 O 3

K
5 4
E
Y
Blade 1 rotates through 60 ํ in a clockwise direction about Point O to the position of Blade
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2, or Blade 1 rotates through 300 ํ in a counterclockwise direction about Point O to the position
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
of Blade 2.
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

9. Let Figure B be the rotated image of Figure A and Figure C be the rotated image of
Figure B. Find the following:
1) The center of rotation, the direction of rotation and the angle of rotation used in
rotating Figure A, which is a preimage, in order to get Figure B as the rotated image
2) The center of rotation, the direction of rotation and the angle of rotation used in
rotating Figure B, which is a preimage, in order to get Figure C as the rotated image
3) The rotated image of Figure A through 90 ํ in a counterclockwise direction about
Point (2, -1)
190
 Y

A 3

2
B
1
(-1, 0)
-5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 X
(2, -1)
-1 (3, -1)
-2

-3
C
-4

-5 K
E
D Y
-6

-7

Therefore, Figure B is the rotated image of Figure A through 90 ํ in a clockwise direction about
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Point (-1, 0); Figure C is the rotated image of Figure B through 240 ํ a clockwise direction
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
around Point (3, -1); and Figure D is the rotated image of Figure A through 90 ํ in a
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
counterclockwise direction around Point (2, 1).
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

191
 Advanced Level
10. Let ∆A1B1C1 be the rotated image of ∆ABC through 25 ํ in a clockwise direction
about Point C, as in the given figure. B1
B

A1
25 ํ C
A C1
Find the size of CAA1.
K Since AC = A1C, then
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E ∆ CAA1 is an isosceles triangle.
Y ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, CAA1 = CA1A.
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
And, since the sum of the interior angles of a triangle is 180 ํ and ACA1 = 25 ํ,
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
we get CAA1 + CA1A + ACA1 = 180 ํ
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
CAA1 + CAA1 + 25 ํ = 180 ํ
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 CAA1 = 155 ํ
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
CAA1 = 77.5 ํ.
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

192
11. A Ferris wheel consists of 24 cabins.

11 12 13 14
10 15
9 16
8 17
7 18
6 19
5 20
4 21
3 22
2 1 24 23

K
1) Find the angle of rotation from Cabin 3 to Cabin 14 when the Ferris wheel rotates E
Y
in a clockwise direction.
Since a full rotation of a circle equals 360 ํ, then
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

the angle between each pair of adjacent cabins = 360 ํ

..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
24
= 15 ํ.
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Therefore, the angle of rotation from Cabin 3 to Cabin 14 equals (14 - 3) × 15 ํ

..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

= 11 × 15 ํ
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

= 165 ํ.
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) Find the position of Cabin 3 when the Ferris wheel rotates in a clockwise direction
at an angle of 180 ํ.
If..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
the Ferris wheel rotates in a clockwise direction at an angle of 180 ,ํ then Cabin 3 will
replace the position of Cabin 15.
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

193
 4.5 Relationship between Translation,
Reflection and Rotation
Investigation
Do the following activity and answer the questions.
Part 1
1. Construct ∆ ABC where points A(5, 3), B(13, 3) and C(13, 11) are the vertex angles.
2. Draw the straight line L1 passing through points (5, 5) and (-5, -5) and the straight
line L2 passing through points (0, 0) and (-5, 5), where the straight line L1 is
perpendicular to the straight line L2.
3. Construct ∆ A1B1C1 that is the reflected image of ∆ ABC where the straight line L1
is the line of reflection.
K 4. Construct ∆A2B2C2 that is the rotated image of ∆A1B1C1 through 180 ํ about the
E origin.
Y Y
L2 B1 C1 L
10 C1
5 A1
A B
-25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 X
A2-5
-10
C2 B2
5. Explain the relationship between ∆ ABC as a preimage and ∆ A2B2C2 as a
transformed image.
A B C is the reflected image of ABC where the straight line L is the line of reflection,
∆ 2 2 2 ∆
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
and then the reflected image is rotated through 180 ํ about the origin. According to this,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
∆ A2B2C2 is also the reflected image of ∆ ABC, where the straight line L2 is the line of reflection
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
and the straight line L1 is perpendicular to the straight line L2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

194
Part 2
1. Repeat steps 1 and 2 in Part 1.
2. Construct ∆A1B1C1 that results from turning ∆ABC through 180 ํ about the origin.
3. Construct ∆ A2B2C2 that results from reflecting ∆ A1B1C1 where the straight line L2 is
the line of reflection. Y
L2 B2 C2 L
10 C1
5 A2
A B
-25 -20 -15 -10 0 X
B1 A-51 5 10 15 20 25
-5

-10
C1
K
4. Explain the relationship between ∆ ABC as a preimage and ∆ A2B2C2 a transformed E
Y
image.
∆ A B C is the rotated image of ABC through 180 ํ about the origin, and then the rotated
∆
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 2 2
image is reflected, where the straight line L2 is the line of reflection. According to this,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
∆ A2B2C2 is the reflected image of ∆ ABC , where the straight line L1 is the line of reflection
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
and it is perpendicular to the straight line L2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

From Investigation, it can be summarized as follows:

1) If a preimage is reflected where the straight line L1 is the line of reflection and
rotated through 180 ํ about the origin. Then, the image obtained from the second
rotation is the rotated image of the preimage, where the line of reflection is
perpendicular to the original line of reflection.
2) If a preimage is rotated through 180 ํ about the origin and reflected where the
straight line L2 is the line of reflection. Then, the image obtained from the second
reflection is the reflected image of the preimage, where the line of reflection is
perpendicular to the original line of reflection.
195
 Investigation
C
Do the following activity and answer the questions.
Part 1 Let ∆ ABC be a preimage
where the straight lines L1 and
L2 are the lines of reflection A B L1
and the straight line L 1 is
parallel to the straight line
L2, as in the given figure. L2

1. Construct ∆ A1B1C1 that is the reflected image of ∆ ABC where the straight line L1
is the line of reflection.
2. Construct ∆ A2B2C2 that is the reflected image of ∆ A1B1C1 where the straight
line L2 is the line of reflection.
K
E
Y C

A B L1
A1 B1

C1 L2
C2

A2 B2
3. Explain the relationship between ∆ABC as a preimage and ∆A2B2C2 as a transformed
image.
A B C is the translated image of ABC after a translation.
∆ 2 2 2 ∆
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

196
 C
Part 2 Let ∆ ABC be a preimage
where the straight lines L1 and
L2 are the lines of reflection
and the straight line L1 is not A B L1
parallel to the straight line L2, L2
as in the given figure.

1. Construct ∆ A1B1C1 that is the reflected image of ∆ ABC where the straight line
L1 is the line of reflection.
2. Construct ∆ A2B2C2 that is the reflected image of ∆ A1B1C1 where the straight line
L2 is the line of reflection.
C K
E
Y
A B L
1
A1 B1 L
2
B2

C1
C2

A2

3. Explain the relationship between ∆ABC as a preimage and ∆A2B2C2 as a transformed

image.
A B C is the rotated image of ABC through in a counterclockwise direction about the
∆ 2 2 2 ∆ θ
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
intersection of straight lines L1 and L2.
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

197
 From Investigation, it can be summarized as follows:
1) An image obtained from reflecting a preimage, where the two lines of reflection
are parallel to each other, is the translated image of the preimage.
2) An image obtained from reflecting a preimage, where the two lines of reflection
are not parallel to each other, is the rotated image of the preimage.

Thinking Time
1. From Part 1 of Investigation, how are the distance of translation between ∆ ABC
and ∆ A2B2C2 and the distance between the parallel straight lines L1 and L2 related?
The distance of translation between ∆ ABC and ∆ A2B2C2 is twice the distance between straight
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
lines L1 and L2 where both lines are parallel to each other.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E
Y 2. From Part 2 of Investigation, how are the angle used in rotating ∆ ABC to get
∆ A2B2C2 and the angle between the straight lines L1 and L2 intersecting each other
related?
The angle used in rotating ∆ ABC to get ∆ A2B2C2 is twice the angle between the straight
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
lines L1 and L2 where both lines intersect each other.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Performance Task
Let’s think about logos you see in everyday life. Can you identify any geometric
transformation used in designing them? Explain and draw a picture.

198
 4.6 Real-life Applications of Translation,
Reflection and Rotation
You can apply the knowledge of translation, reflection and rotation to create different
patterns called tessellations, which you can see in everyday life. Here are some examples:

Tessellations are the patterns of shapes where geometric INFORMATION

K
E
shapes are arranged on a plane with no gaps or overlaps “Tessallate” is of Latin origin, Y
so that all the shapes can be fit together. i.e. “tessella,” which means
small square tiles arranged in
a pattern.

There are several methods of creating tessellations. For example:

Regular tessellation
It is the pattern made by arranging the same polygons that are of equal length and
equal angle on a plane.

Regular tessellation

199
 Semi-regular tessellations
It is the pattern made by arranging at least two polygons or more on a plane. It
can also be called Archimedean tessellations.

Semi-regular tessellations

General tessellations
K It is the pattern made by arranging different images or patterns that are not geometric
E
Y shapes on a plane. It is originated from the idea of Maurits Cornelis Escher or M.C.
Escher, who was a well-known Dutch artist and mathematician.

A tessellation from A tessellation from A tessellation from

translating images reflecting images of rotating images of
of horses birds and fish chameleons

200
Exercise 4E
Basic Level
1. Can the following geometric shapes make up tessellations?

1) …………………………….. No

2) …………………………….. Yes

3) …………………………….. Yes

4) …………………………….. Yes K
E
Y

5) …………………………….. No

6) …………………………….. No

Intermediate Level
2. Let ∆ A1B1C1 be the reflected image of ∆ ABC where the X-axis is the line of reflection,
and let ∆ A2B2C2 be the reflected image of ∆ A1B1C1 where the Y-axis is the line of
reflection. Find the relationship between ∆ A2B2C2 as a reflected image and ∆ ABC,
as a preimage.
∆ A B C is the rotated image of ABC through 180 ํ about the origin. ∆
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 2 2
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
201
 3. Let ∆ ABC consist of points A(4, 3), B(19, 3) and C(9, 10) as the vertex angles;
∆ A1B1C1 be the reflected image of ∆ ABC, where the Y-axis is the line of reflection,
and ∆ A2B2C2 be the reflected image of ∆ A1B1C1, where the straight line X = -15 is
the line of reflection. Find the relationship between ∆ A2B2C2 as a reflected image
and ∆ ABC as a preimage.
Y
X = -15
15
C2 C1 10 C

5
A2 B1 B2 A1 A B
-25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 X
-5

-10
K
E
Y -15

∆ A B C is the translated image of ABC after a translation. ∆

..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 2 2
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Advanced Level
4. According to a reflected image where the two straight lines of reflection are parallel
to each other with a distance of 10 units apart, find the distance of translation
between the reflected image and the preimage.
The distance of translation between a reflected image and a preimage is twice the distance
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
between the two parallel straight lines. Therefore, the distance of translation between the
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
reflected image and the preimage here is 20 units.
..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

202
Summary
1. Geometric transformation
A geometric transformation is the process of alternating geometric figures where
their positions are moved from one point to another, and their sizes and shapes
may also be altered.
2. Translation
A1
A translation is a geometric transformation where all
A the points on a preimage slide on a plane in the
B1 same direction and distance.

B C1

C K
E
Y
3. Reflection
A A1 A reflection is a geometric transformation where a
reflected image results from flipping a preimage
across the line of reflection.
C C1
B B1

4. Rotation
A A rotation is a geometric transformation where one
B1 fixed point is the center of rotation and each point
on a preimage turns around the center of rotation
A1 at an angle of the same degree according to a given
B
CC1 direction.

203
 5. Relationship between translation, reflection and rotation
1) Relationship between reflection and rotation
Y Y
A1 B1 A2 B2
L2 ➀B
L2 B
C1 ➁ C2
C A C A
X X
➁
0 A1 C1 0
C2 ➀
B
L1 L1 1
B2 A2
If a preimage is reflected and rotated If a preimage is rotated through 180 ํ
through 180 ํ about the origin where the about the origin and reflected, where
straight line L1 is the line of reflection, the straight line L2 is the line of
then the obtained image from the second reflection, then the obtained image from
rotation is the reflected image of the the second reflection is the reflected
preimage, where the line of reflection is image of the preimage, where the line
perpendicular to the original line of of reflection is perpendicular to the
K reflection. original line of reflection.
E
Y
2) Relationship between reflection and translation
B
An image obtained by reflecting a preimage,
A C L1
A1 C1 where the two lines of reflection are parallel to
B1 L2 each other, is the translated image of the
B2
A C
preimage.
2 2
C An image obtained by reflecting a preimage,
L1 A B
A1 B1 where the two lines of reflection are not parallel
B2
C1 to each other, is the rotated image of the
L2
C2 preimage.
A2

6. Tessellations
Tessellation is the patterns made by arranging preimages, i.e. geometric shapes
and other images, on a plane with no gaps or overlaps so that all of them can be
fit together.
204
Review Exercise 4
1. What type of geometric transformation are the following images?
1) Rotation
.........................................................................................................................

.........................................................................................................................

.........................................................................................................................

.........................................................................................................................

2) Reflection
.........................................................................................................................

.........................................................................................................................

.........................................................................................................................

.........................................................................................................................

3) Translation
.........................................................................................................................

.........................................................................................................................

......................................................................................................................... K
E
......................................................................................................................... Y
.........................................................................................................................

2. Let ∆ ABC consist of points A(1, 2), B(4, 10) and C(14, 1) as the vertex angles.
Construct the translated image of ∆ ABC according to the following conditions:
1) Slide 15 units to the left (parallel to the X-axis).
2) Slide 10 units downward (parallel to the Y-axis).
Y
B1 10 B

5
C1 A
A1 C
-25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 B2 5 10 15 20 25 X
-5

-10 A2 C2

205
 3. Explain the translation process of the following preimages and images.
1) Point A(2, 3) is a preimage and Point A1(5, 7) is a translated image.
Slide Point A 3 units to the right and then 4 units upward.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

2) Point A(1, 4) is a preimage and Point A1(-2, 0) is a translated image.

Slide Point A 3 units to the left and then 4 units downward.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

3) Point A(-1, 2) is a preimage and Point A1(3, -1) is a translated image.

Slide Point A 4 units to the right and then 3 units downward.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

4) Point A(-2, -4) is a preimage and Point A1(-5, 6) is a translated image.

Slide Point A 3 units to the left and then 10 units upward.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

K …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
E
Y
4. Let □ABCD consist of points A(-15, 15), B(-10, 18), C(-5, 15) and D(-10, 8).
Construct the translated image of □ABCD according to the following conditions:
1) Slide 5 units to the right (parallel to the X-axis).
2) Slide 12 units downward (parallel to the Y-axis).
3) Slide in the same direction and distance as XY.
Y
B1
B
X
A C 15 C1
A1
10 B3 Y
D D1 A C3
B2 3
5
A2 C2
-25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 D3 5 10 15 20 25 X
D2 -5

206
5. Let ∆ ABC consist of points A(3, 3), B(6, 10) and C(14, 5). Construct the reflected
image of ∆ ABC according to the following lines of reflection:
1) The X-axis 2) The Y-axis
3) The straight line L1 4) The straight line L2
Y
L1
15
B2 10 B B3

C2 5 C3 C
A2 A A3
-25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 X
A1 5 10 15 20 25
-5 C1 L2
-10 A B1
4 K
C4 E
-15 Y
B4

6. Draw the lines of reflection between the following preimages and reflected images.
1) Y 2) Y

X X

207
 7. Let hexagon ABCDEF be a preimage where points A(5, 13), B(10, 13), C(13, 9),
D(10, 5), E(5, 5) and F(2, 9) are the vertex angles.
1) Construct hexagon A1B1C1D1E1F1, which is the reflected image of hexagon ABCDEF,
where the X-axis is the line of reflection, and construct hexagon A2B2C2D2E2F2,
which is the reflected image of hexagon A1B1C1D1E1F1, where the straight line L1
is the line of reflection.
Y
L1
15
A B
10 F C
5 E D
-25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 X
D2 E2 E1 D1
-5
K C2 F2 -10 F1 C1
E
Y B2 A2 A1 B1
-15

2) If hexagon A2B2C2D2E2F2 is the reflected image of hexagon ABCDEF, where the

straight line L2 is the line of reflection, then draw the straight line L2.
Y
L2
15 A B
10 F C
5 E D
-25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 X
F2 -5
A2 E2 -10

B2 D2 -15
C2
208
8. Construct rotated images of the following points through 90 ํ in a counterclockwise
direction about the origin.
1) A(2, 3) 2) B(3, -4)
3) C(-1, 5) 4) D(0, -2)
Y
C(-1, 5)
4 A(2, 3) B1(4, 3)
2
A1(-3, 2)
90 ํ D1(2, 0)
-10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 2 4 6 8 10 X
C1(-5, -1) -2 D(0,(0, -2)
-4
B(3, -4)

K
9. Let ∆ABC consist of points A(1, 2), B(2, 6) and C(-3, 5) as the vertex angles. E
Y
Construct the rotated image of ∆ABC through 90 ํ in a clockwise direction about
Point (-2, 0).
Y

6 B
C
4

2 A C1
-10 -8 -6 -4 -290 ํ 0 2 4 6 8 10 X
(-2, 0)
-2
A1
-4 B1
-6

209
 10. Let □ABCD consist of four rectangles of the same size.
Y

10

6
A Q B
4
P O R
2
D S C
-6 -4 -2 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 X
-2

K 1) Explain how to transform □APOQ into □OSCR.

E
Y Translate □APOQ 4 units to the right and then 2 units downward.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

2) Explain how to transform □APOQ into □PDSO.

Translate □APOQ 2 units downward.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

3) Explain how to transform □APOQ into □BROQ.

Reflect □APOQ, in which the straight line X = 6 is the line of reflection.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

4) Explain how to transform □APOQ into □DPOS.

Reflect □APOQ, in which the straight line y = 3 is the line of reflection.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

5) Explain how to transform □APOQ into □CROS.

Rotate □APOQ through 180 ํ about Point O.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

210
 Challenge Yourself
Let square ABCD have an area of 100 square units, and the area of square W XYZ
equals that of square ABCD, where the shaded area is the overlap between both squares
and Point W is the center of square ABCD. Find the area of the overlapped part.
X
B C Y

W
Z
A D
Since the area of square ABCD equals that of square W XYZ, then every side of both squares is
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
of equal length, i.e. the shape and size are the same. If square W XYZ is rotated in a counterclockwise
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
direction about Point W, where W X is perpendicular to BC and WZ is perpendicular to CD, then K
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E
the area of the overlapped part is equal to one fourth of square ABCD.
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Y
X Y
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
X
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
B Y B C
C
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
W W Z
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Z
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
A D A D
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the overlapped area 14 the area of square ABCD ×
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 14 × 100
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 25 square units.
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

211
K
E
Y

212
Chapter 5
Congruence
A tangram puzzle is made up of 7 pieces, i.e. 1
square, 1 parallelogram and 5 right triangles. We can
make a square out of it when all the shapes are fit
together. According to the tangram puzzle on the previous
page, the red and green triangles are congruent, while
the green and orange triangles are not congruent. On
what criteria do you think 2 figures depend in order to K
be congruent? E
Y

Indicator
• Understand and use the properties of congruent triangles to
solve mathematical and real-world problems.
(MA 2.2 G. 8/4)
Compulsory Details
• Congruence of triangles
• Real-life applications of congruence

213
 5.1 Congruent Geometric Figures
Investigation
Work in pairs. Do the following activity and answer the questions.

A2
A1 A3 A4 A5

(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)

1. According to the figures, give some explanation of their shapes, sizes, and positions.
All the pairs of scissors are of equal shape and size, but the positions and orientations of
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K scissors (a) - (d) are different.
E ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Y
2. Use a piece of tracing paper to copy 5 pairs of scissors and cut them. Then put
them on top of each other and take a look at the result.
They all fit e actly. x
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3. If Scissors (b) is the rotated image of Scissors (a) through 90 ํ in a clockwise

direction about Point A1, then how are scissors (c), (d) and (e) the transformed
images of scissors (a)?
Scissors (c) is the reflected image of Scissors (a); Scissors (d) is the rotated image of Scissors
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(a) through 180 ํ in a counterclockwise direction about Point A1; and Scissors (e) is the same
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
as Scissors (a) in terms of the positions and orientations.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

According to Investigation, it can be summarized as follows:

Two figures are congruent only when they are of the same shape and size.
From what mentioned above, the knowledge of geometric transformation can be
used to check the congruence of figures.

214
 Thinking Time

(a) (b)
Are Scissors (a) and Scissors (b) congruent? Explain.
Scissors (a) and Scissors (b) are congruent because they are of the same shape and size.
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Geometric shapes and images are two-dimensional with width and length, in which
K
sizes and shapes can be specified. Therefore, the congruence of geometric shapes is E
Y
in accordance with the properties of congruence as follows:
Property Two geometric shapes are congruent only when they are of the
same shape and size.

Worked Example 1
Which of the following shapes are congruent?

A C D E
B

H
F I J
G

215
 Solution
Since shapes A, B, C and D are of equal shape and size,
and shapes F, H and I are of equal shape and size,
then shapes A, B, C and D are congruent,
and shapes F, H and I are congruent.
Practice Now Similar Questions
Exercise 5A Question 1
Which of the following shapes are congruent?

B C D E
A

F G H I J
K
E
Y
Shapes A and H are of equal shape and size; shapes B and E are of equal shape and size;
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
shapes C and F are of equal shape and size, and shapes D, G and I are of equal shape and
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
size. Therefore, shapes A and H are congruent; shapes B and E are congruent; shapes C and
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
F are congruent, and shapes D, G and I are congruent.
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Consider the given figures.

D D1
A A1

B C B1 C1
Let □ABCD and □A1B1C1D1 be congruent quadrilaterals. According to this, ∠A
is congruent with ∠A1 because their angles are of the same size. Similarly, ∠B, ∠C
and ∠D are congruent with ∠B1, ∠C1 and ∠D1 because their angles are of the same size.
Symbol ≅ is used to represent the state of congruence.

216
 Since □ABCD and □A1B1C1D1 are congruent, it is written with symbol as □ABCD
≅ □A B C D , and is read as “a quadrilateral ABCD is congruent with a quadrilateral
1 1 1 1
A1B1C1D1” or “a quadrilateral ABCD and a quadrilateral A1B1C1D1 are congruent.”
In order to express the congruence of polygons with the symbol, it is common to
write in order of corresponding angles as follows:
□ABCD ≅ □A1B1C1D1

From the above, can the congruence of □ABCD and □A1B1C1D1 be written as
□CDAB ≅ □C1D1A1B1 or □DABC ≅ □D1A1B1C1?
Since □ABCD ≅ □A1B1C1D1, sides AD and A1D1 are congruent, and they are of
equal length. Similarly, sides AB, BC and CD are congruent with sides A1B1, B1C1 and
C1D1 respectively, and each pair of them is of equal length. According to this, it can
be summarized as follows: K
E
Y
Two polygons are congruent only when the pairs of corresponding sides
and corresponding angles are of the same size.
Worked Example 2
Let □ABCD ≅ □W XYZ and fill in the correct answers.
A 2 cm W 1) ∠ABC = ∠W XY = ……………….
D Z 2) ………………. = ∠XYZ = ……………….
4 cm 3) AD = ………………. = ………………. cm.
B 80 ํ C Y 60 ํ X 4) ………………. = W X = ………………. cm.
Solution
Since □ABCD ≅ □WXYZ, then ∠A, ∠B, ∠C and ∠D are congruent to ∠W, ∠X,
∠Y and ∠Z respectively.

Therefore, 1) ABC = W XY = 80 ํ 2) BCD = XYZ = 60 ํ

3) AD = WZ = 2 cm. 4) AB = W X = 4 cm.
217
 Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 5A Questions 2-3
Let □ABCD ≅ □PQRS and fill in the correct answers.
P 1) PQ = AB = 5
………………. cm.
S
2 cm D DC
2) SR = ………………. = 6 cm.
A 6 cm
AD
3) PS = ………………. = 2 cm.
……………….
5 cm C Q BC 5.3 cm.
4) QR = ………………. = ……………….
R
B 5.3 cm ABC
5) ∠PQR= ………………. = 90 ํ
……………….

Worked Example 3
Are the following pairs of triangles congruent? Explain.
1) 2) D S
A Q
K 60 ํ
3.68 cm 3 cm 70 ํ 3.39 cm
E 3 cm
Y 5 cm 5 cm
70 ํ 50 ํ 60 ํ 50 ํ
B 3.39 cm C P 3.68 cm R 80 ํ U
E F T
Solution
Here are the reasons why both triangles are congruent:
1) BAC = QPR = 60 ํ (The corresponding angles are equal.)
ABC = PQR = 70 ํ (The corresponding angles are equal.)
ACB = PRQ = 50 ํ (The corresponding angles are equal.)
AB = PQ = 3 cm. ((The corresponding sides are equal.)
BC = QR = 3.39 cm. (The corresponding sides are equal.)
AC = PR = 3.68 cm. (The corresponding sides are equal.)
According to this, the pairs of corresponding sides and corresponding angles
of these two triangles are of the same size.
Therefore, ∆ ABC ≅ ∆ PQR.

218
 2) Consider ∆ STU.
T = U = 80 ํ (The base angles of an isosceles
triangle are equal.)
S = 180 ํ - 80 ํ - 80 ํ = 20 ํ (The sum of interior angles of
∆ STU equals 180 ํ.)
According to this, ∆ STU has no interior angles that are congruent with those
of ∆ DEF.
Therefore, ∆ STU and ∆ DEF are not congruent.
Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 5A Question 4
Are the following pairs of triangles congruent? Explain.
1) E
4 cm 60 ํ S 6.13 cm U
40 ํ
D 80 ํ K
6.13 cm 4 cm 5.39 cm E
80 ํ Y
5.39 cm T
F
EDF = STU = 80 ํ (The corresponding angles are equal.)
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
DEF = TSU = 60 ํ (The corresponding angles are equal.)
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
DFE = TUS = 40 ํ (The corresponding angles are equal.)
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
DE = TS = 4 cm. (The corresponding sides are equal.)
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
EF = SU = 6.13 cm. (The corresponding sides are equal.)
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
DF = TU = 5.39 cm. (The corresponding sides are equal.)
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
According to this, the pairs of corresponding sides and corresponding angles of these two triangles
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
are of the same size.
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, ∆ DEF ≅ ∆ TSU.
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

219
 2) L X
60 ํ
5 cm 5 cm 40 ํ Z

70 ํ 70 ํ
M N Y
Consider LMN ∆
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
N = 180 ํ - 70 ํ - 60 ํ = 50 ํ (The sum of interior angles of ∆ LMN equals 180 ํ.)
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Consider ∆ XYZ
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
X = 180 ํ - 70 ํ - 40 ํ = 70 ํ (The sum of interior angles of ∆ XYZ equals 180 ํ.)
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
According to this, ∆ XYZ has no interior angles equal to 50 ํ or 60 ํ that are congruent with those
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
of ∆ LMN.
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, ∆ LMN and ∆ XYZ are not congruent.
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

K ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E
Y
Worked Example 4
Let ∆ ABC ≅ ∆CED.
RECALL
D
60 ํ 10 cm P
b
A E 20 ํ C A c d B
a
8.8 cm C D
B Q
1) Let BAC = 20 ํ, CDE = 60 ํ, AB = 8.8 cm, Let PQ intersect at AB and CD.
and CD = 10 cm. Find the following: According to this:
(1) the size of ECD (2) the size of ECB • if a = b, then AB // CD;
• if a = c, then AB // CD;
(3) the size of ABC (4) AC (5) AE
• if a + d = 180 ํ, then AB // CD.
2) How are AB and DC related?

220
Solution
1) Since ∆ ABC ≅ ∆ CED,
then BAC and ECD are congruent;
ABC and CED are congruent;
and ACB and CDE are congruent.
Therefore, (1) ECD = BAC = 20 ํ (The corresponding angles are equal.)
(2) ACB = CDE = 60 ํ (The corresponding angles are equal.)
(3) ABC = 180 ํ - 20 ํ - 60 ํ = 100 ํ (The sum of interior angles of ∆ ABC
equals 180 ํ.)
(4) AC = CD = 10 cm. (The corresponding sides are equal.)
(5) BA = EC = 8.8 cm. (The corresponding sides are equal.)
AE = AC - EC = AC - BA = 10 - 8.8 = 1.2 cm.
2) Since BAC = ECD = 20 ํ, then AB // DC.
Similar Questions K
Practice Now Exercise 5A Questions 5-6 E
Y
Let ∆ ABC ≅ ∆ CDE.
B
D 27 cm E 38 ํ

114 ํ
C 18 cm A
1) Let ABC = 38 ํ, DCE = 114 ํ, AC = 18 cm and DE = 27 cm. Find the following:
ABC = 38 ํ
(1) the size of CDE = ........................................................................................................................................................................
(The corresponding angles are equal.)
180 ํ - 114 ํ - 38 ํ = 28 ํ (The sum of interior angles of ∆CDE equals 180 .ํ )
(2) the size of CED = ........................................................................................................................................................................
CED = 28 ํ
(3) the size of ACB = ........................................................................................................................................................................
(The corresponding angles are equal.)
DE = 27 cm.
(4) BC = ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................
(The corresponding sides are equal.)
BC - CE = BC - AC = 27 - 18 = 9 cm (The corresponding sides are equal.)
(5) BE = ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................
2) How are AC and ED related?
Since ACB = CED = 28 ํ, then AC // ED.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

221
 Exercise 5A
Basic Level
1. Which of the following shapes are congruent?

A C E F
B D

G H I J K L

Shapes A and F are congruent; shapes B and J are congruent; shapes C and E are
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
congruent; shapes D and G are congruent, and shapes I and K are congruent.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2. Let a pentagon PQRST be congruent with a pentagon VWXYZ. Fill in the correct
K answers.
E 1) PQ = VW = ………………. 3.5 cm.
Y
P 2 cm T V Z VZ = 2 cm.
2) PT = ……………….
2.1 cm
S Y 3) QR = ………………. W X = ………………. 3.5 cm.
3.5 cm
2 cm ZY = ……………….
4) TS = ………………. 2.1 cm.
Q 3.5 cm R W X 5) SR = ………………. Y X = ………………. 2 cm.
6) PQR = ……………….VWX = ……………….
90 ํ
Intermediate Level
3. Let □EFGH ≅ □LMNO. Find the side lengths and the angle sizes of both quadrilaterals.
E 3 cm N M
H 75 ํ
120 ํ
2.4 cm 3.4 cm
65 ํ O 100 ํ
F 5 cm G L
Since □EFGH ≅ □LMNO, then EF = LM = 3.4 cm; GH = NO = 2.4 cm; FG = MN = 5
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
cm; HE = OL = 3 cm; HEF = OLM = 100 ํ; FGH = MNO = 75 ํ; EFG = LMN =
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
65 ํ; and GHE = NOL = 120 ํ.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

222
4. Are the following pairs of triangles congruent? Explain.
1) D

18.8 cm 19.7 cm S
80 ํ 18.8 cm
10 cm
E 8010ํ cm70 ํ F U 19.7 cm 30 ํ T

EDF = 180 ํ - 80 ํ - 70 ํ = 30 ํ (The sum of interior angles of ∆ DEF equals 180 ํ.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
SUT = 180 ํ - 80 ํ - 30 ํ = 70 ํ (The sum of interior angles of ∆ TSU equals 180 ํ.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
EDF = STU = 30 ํ (The corresponding angles are equal.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
DEF = TSU = 80 ํ (The corresponding angles are equal.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
EFD = SUT = 70 ํ (The corresponding angles are equal.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
DE = TS = 18.8 cm. (The corresponding sides are equal.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
EF = SU = 10 cm. (The corresponding sides are equal.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
FD = UT = 19.7 cm. (The corresponding sides are equal.)
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... K
Therefore, ∆ DEF ≅ ∆ TSU. E
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Y

2) Y
4 cm 70 ํ
L
65 ํ 5.13 cm
X 65 ํ
70 ํ
M 4 cm N Z
MNL = 180 ํ - 65 ํ - 70 ํ = 45 ํ (The sum of interior angles of ∆ LMN equals 180 ํ)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
YZX = 180 ํ - 65 ํ - 70 ํ = 45 ํ (The sum of interior angles of ∆ XYZ equals 180 ํ)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
MLN = Y XZ = 65 ํ (The corresponding angles are equal.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LMN = XYZ = 70 ํ (The corresponding angles are equal.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LNM = XZY = 45 ํ (The corresponding angles are equal.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Since MN = 4 and YZ = 5.13, given that MN ≠ YZ, the corresponding sides of ∆ LMN and
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
∆ XYZ are not equal.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, ∆ LMN and ∆ XYZ are not congruent.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

223
 5. Let ∆ ABK ≅ ∆ ACK in which AKB = 90 ํ, ACK = 62 ํ,
B AB = 17 cm and BK = 8 cm. Find the size of BAC.
17 cm
8 cm Since ABK ∆ ≅ ∆ ACK, then
......................................................................................................................................................................

A ABK = ACK = 62 ํ
......................................................................................................................................................................
K
KAC = KAB = 180 ํ - 90 ํ - 62 ํ = 28 ํ.
......................................................................................................................................................................
62 ํ Therefore, BAC = KAB + KAC = 28 ํ + 28 ํ = 56 ํ.
......................................................................................................................................................................
C
Advanced Level
6. Let ∆ ABC be an isosceles triangle in which AB = AC, BC = 12 cm, and ABK =
58 .ํ Find CH where ∆ ABK ≅ ∆ ACH and AKC = 90 .ํ
A

H
K
E
Y
58 ํ
B K C
12 cm
Since ABK ACH, then
∆ ≅ ∆ Given that CH = n cm, we get
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
AHC = AKB = 180 ํ - 90 ํ = 90 ํ (The size of a CK = n cm, we get (The legs of the vertex
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
straight angle) angle of an isosceles
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
AH = AK (The corresponding sides are equal.) triangle are equal.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Draw a line segment to connect points K and H, BK = CH = n cm. (The corresponding sides
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
to get ∆ AHK as an isosceles triangle. are equal.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Given that AHK = X, we get Consider ∆ ABC and ∆ ABK.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
AKH = AHK = X (The base angles of an We get n + n = 12
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
isosceles triangle are equal.) 2n = 12
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
CHK = 90 ํ - X n = 6.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
CKH = 90 ํ - X. Therefore, CH is 6 cm long.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, ∆ CHK is an isosceles triangle.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

224
 5.2 Congruent Triangles
According to 5.1, you have learned about the congruent geometric figures that two
figures are congruent when they are of the same shape and size, as well as using
geometric transformation to express the state of congruence.
In order to prove if two triangles are congruent, each pair of the corresponding
sides and corresponding angles must be of the same size.
Example

A X E

B C Y Z G F
K
E
Y
∆ ABC is congruent to ∆ XYZ only when:
AB = XY ATTENTION
BC = YZ ∆ ABC is congruent to ∆ XYZ only when:
CA = Z X points A and X are congruent;
CAB = Z XY points B and Y are congruent;
ABC = XYZ points C and Z are congruent.
BCA = YZ X
Consider ∆ EFG and ∆ ABC.
EF = AB
FG = BC
GE = CA
GEF = CAB
EFG = ABC
FGE = BCA

225
 According to what mentioned earlier, ∆ EFG is congruent to ∆ ABC because ∆ EFG
is the reflected image of ∆ ABC.
On this topic, we will check if two triangles are congruent by using the properties
of congruent triangles, i.e. three pairs of corresponding sides are of equal length and
three pairs of corresponding angles are of equal size.

1. The side-side-side condition

Investigation
Let’s do the following activity and answer the questions.
1. Cut three sticks into different lengths, i.e. 4 cm, 6 cm and 9 cm.
2. Construct as many different shapes of triangles as possible from the prepared sticks
K in Step 1, in which the side lengths of your triangle must equal the sticks that have
E
Y been cut. (You can also use other objects apart from sticks that have the same
lengths as specified in Step 1.)
3. Check if any of your triangles is the same as the ATTENTION
given figure. If it is not, then rotate or flip the We cannot create a triangle where
triangle until they fit exactly. According to this, the longest side of a triangle is
do you think you can create any other triangles longer than the sum of the other
two sides.
of different shapes from these sticks?
A
4 cm 6 cm

B C
9 cm
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
No, we cannot create any other triangles of different shapes from these sticks.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
226
4. Cut three sticks into different lengths from those in Step 1, and make sure that the
longest stick is shorter than the sum of the other two sticks. Then, create triangles
from these sticks and see how many triangles of different shapes you can make
out of them.
We can create only triangles of the same shape.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

According to Investigation, it can be summarized as follows:

If three sides of a triangle are equal to those of another triangle, then these two
triangles are congruent.
For congruent triangles with three pairs of equal sides, it is called side-side-side or
SSS to represent this condition.

K
Worked Example 5 E
Y
Prove that ∆ ABC ≅ ∆ XYZ.

A Z 9 cm Y
4 cm 7 cm 7 cm 4 cm
B 9 cm C
X
Solution
AB = XY = 4 cm. (Given)
BC = YZ = 9 cm. (Given)
CA = Z X = 7 cm. (Given)
Therefore, ∆ ABC ≅ ∆ XYZ. (SSS)

227
 Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 5B Questions 1(1), 2(1), 3(1)
Prove that ∆ ABC ≅ ∆ EFD.
D AB = EF = 5 cm. (Given)
....................................................................................................................................................
A
5 cm BC = FD = 11 cm. (Given)
....................................................................................................................................................
11 cm
B CA = DE (Given)
....................................................................................................................................................
F Therefore, ∆ ABC ≅ ∆ EFD. (SSS)
....................................................................................................................................................
11 cm
C E 5 cm ....................................................................................................................................................

2. The side-angle-side condition

Investigation
Do the following activity and answer the questions.
K Part 1
E
Y 1. Draw ∆ XYZ in which XY = 3 cm, YZ = 6 cm, and XYZ = 50 ํ. Then compare
your triangle with your classmates’ triangles.
2. Check if your triangle is the same as the given figure. Do you think you can create
any other triangles of different shapes?
X X
3 cm 3 cm

Y 50 ํ Z Z 50 ํ Y
6 cm 6 cm
We can make the same triangle as the given figure, but we cannot make any other
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
triangles of different shapes.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3. Draw ∆ XYZ such that XY, YZ and XYZ are of your own lengths and size. You
will see that one shape of the triangles can be made up of only one condition.
4. Draw ∆ XYZ such that XYZ is between sides XY and YZ, so XYZ is called the
included angle between two equal sides.

228
5. Summarize what you have learned from Part 1 of Investigation.
We can make only triangles of the same shape when two sides and the included angle
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
between two equal sides are given.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Part 2
1. Draw ∆ ABC in which AB = 3 cm, AC = 2 cm, and ABC = 30 ํ.
2. This figure is one of the triangles that can be created from the conditions in Step 1.
A
3 cm 2 cm
B 30 ํ C
Do you think you can make any other triangles of different shapes than ∆ ABC?
(It must not result from translating, reflecting or rotating the given triangle.)
No, we can make only triangles of the same shapes, i.e. ABC. ∆
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... K
E
3. According to ∆ ABC, if ABC is not the angle between sides AB and AC, then Y
ABC is not the included angle between two equal sides.
4. Summarize what you have learned from Part 2 of Investigation.
We can make triangles of more than one shape when the lengths of two sides and the
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
angle that is not .
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

According to Investigation, it can be summarized as follows:

If two triangles have two pairs of equal sides and the included angles between the
sides are equal, then these two triangles are congruent.
For congruent triangles where two pairs of sides are equal and the included angles
between the sides are equal, it is called side-angle-side or SAS to represent this
condition.
Let’s say that two triangles are based on side-angle-side. If their angles are not
the included angles between two equal sides, then these two triangles are side-side-
angle triangles, and this type of condition makes two triangles not congruent.
229
 These triangles are created from the conditions in Step 1 of Part 2 of Investigation:
A A
3 cm 2 cm 3 cm
30 ํ
2 cm
B 30 ํ C B C
Both of them are side-side-angle triangles, but they are not congruent. According
to this, the side-side-angle postulate is not used to prove that two triangles are congruent,
even though some side-side-angle triangles can be congruent depending on certain
conditions.

Worked Example 6
K
Prove that ∆ PQR ≅ ∆ GHF.
E
Y Q G Solution
9 cm 40 ํ PQ = GH = 9 cm. (Given)
R 9 cm RPQ = FGH = 40 ํ (Given)
H
12 cm 40 ํ 12 cm RP = FG = 12 cm (Given)
P
Therefore, ∆ PQR ≅ ∆ GHF. (SAS)
F

Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 5B Questions 1(2), 2(2), 3(2)
Prove that ∆ PQR ≅ ∆ SPT.
P PQ = SP (Given)
....................................................................................................................................................
PQR = SPT (Given)
....................................................................................................................................................
QR = PT (Given)
....................................................................................................................................................
T Therefore, ∆ PQR ≅ ∆ SPT. (SAS)
....................................................................................................................................................
S
R ....................................................................................................................................................
Q

230
 Worked Example 7
Let and AC and BD be the diagonals of □ABCD A 7 cm B
in which AO = CO, OB = OD and AB = 7 cm.
O
1) Prove that ∆ AOB ≅ ∆ COD.
D C
2) Find CD.
Solution
1) AO = CO (Given)
AOB = COD (If two straight lines intersect each other, then the
opposite angles are equal.)
OB = OD (Given)
Therefore, ∆ AOB ≅ ∆ COD. (SAS)
2) Since ∆ AOB ≅ ∆ COD, then the corresponding sides of ∆ AOB and ∆ COD are equal.
Therefore, CD = AB = 7 cm.
Similar Questions K
E
Practice Now Exercise 5B Questions 4-5 Y

Let □ABCD be a rectangle in which AC and BD intersect each other at Point O and
CAB = 25 ํ.
A 25 ํ B 1) Prove that ∆ AOB ≅ ∆ COD.
AB = CD (Given)
.........................................................................................................................................
O BAO = DCO = 25 ํ (The alternate angles are equal.)
.........................................................................................................................................

D C AO = CO (The diagonals of a rectangle

.........................................................................................................................................
intersect and bisect each other.)
.........................................................................................................................................
Therefore, AOB ≅ COD. (SAS)
.........................................................................................................................................

2) Find the size of ACD.

Since AOB COD, then the corresponding sides
∆ ≅∆
.........................................................................................................................................
of ∆ AOB and ∆ COD are equal.
.........................................................................................................................................
Therefore, ACD = DCO = BAO = 25 ํ.
.........................................................................................................................................

.........................................................................................................................................

.........................................................................................................................................

231
 3. The angle-angle-side condition

Investigation
Do the following activity and answer the questions.
Part 1
1. Draw ∆ PQR in which PQ = 4 cm, RPQ = 40 ํ, and PQR = 60 ํ. Then compare
your triangle with your classmates’ triangles. R
2. Are there only triangles of the same shape that
can be made from the given conditions
(excluding the reflected image of your triangle)? 60 ํ
P 40 ํ Q
Is it the same as the given triangle? 4 cm
Only the same shape of triangles can be made, and it is the same as the given figure.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K 3. Summarize what you have learned from Part 1 of Investigation.
E
Y We can make only triangles of the same shape when only two angles and the side
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
between them are given.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Part 2
1. Draw ∆ ABC in which AB = 5 cm, CAB = 50 ํ, and BCA = 80 ํ.
2. Are there only triangles of the same shape that can be made from the given conditions
(excluding the reflected image of your triangle)? Is it the same as the given triangle?
Only the same shape of triangles can be made, and it is the same as the given figure.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PROBLEM SOLVING TIP
C
80 ํ To create ACB, it will be easier
when we create AB and CAB,
first and then find the size of ABC
50 ํ by using the relationship between
A 5 cm B
interior angles of a triangle.
3. Summarize what you have learned from Part 2 of Investigation.
We can make only triangles of the same shape when only two angles and the side that is
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
not between them are given.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

232
4. Let’s say that we draw two triangles where two pairs of the interior angles are equal.
For the first triangle, the side between the equal interior angles is given. For the
other triangle, the side that is not between the equal interior angles is given. According
to this, are these triangles congruent?
Hint See PROBLEM SOLVING TIP in Question 2.
The two triangles are congruent because two interior angles are given, which means we
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
can find the other angle of a triangle.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

From Investigation, it can be summarized as follows:

If two triangles have two pairs of equal angles and one pair of equal sides in
corresponding positions, then these two triangles are congruent.
For the congruence of two triangles having two pairs of equal angles and one
pair of equal sides, in which the equal sides can be either between or not between
the equal angles, it is called angle-angle-side or AAS to represent this condition or K
E
can be called angle-angle-side or ASA. (This type of condition is different from the Y
side-angle-side postulate, where the angle must be between two equal sides.)

Worked Example 8
Prove ∆ ABC ≅ ∆FED.
10 cm E
Solution
D 30 ํ 80 ํ
DFE = 180 ํ - 80 ํ - 30 ํ = 70 ํ (The sum of interior
angles of a triangle
A F equals 180 .ํ )
70 ํ CAB = 70 ํ (Given)
CAB = DFE (The properties of
80 ํ
B 10 cm C congruent triangles)
ABC = FED = 80 ํ (Given)
BC = ED = 10 cm (Given)
Therefore, ∆ ABC ≅ ∆ FED. (AAS)
233
 Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 5B Questions 1(3), 2(3), 3(3)
Prove that ∆VW X ≅ ∆ ZY X.
V VW = ZY X X (The alternate angles are equal.)
....................................................................................................................................................
W X V = Y XZ (If two straight lines intersect each
....................................................................................................................................................
other, then the opposite angles are
....................................................................................................................................................
W Y
X equal.)
....................................................................................................................................................
V =Z X X (Given)
....................................................................................................................................................
Z Therefore, ∆VW X ≅ ∆ ZY X. (AAS)
....................................................................................................................................................

4. The hypotenuse-leg condition

Investigation

K Do the following and answer the questions.

E Part 1
Y
1. Draw ∆ DEF in which DEF = 90 ํ, DE = 3 cm, and FD = 5 cm. Then compare
your triangle with your classmates’ triangles.
2. Are there only triangles of the same shape that can be made from the given conditions
(excluding the reflected image of your triangle)? Is it the same as the given triangle?
D

5 cm
3 cm

E F
Only triangles of the same shapes can be made, and it is the same as the given figure.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3. Summarize what you have learned from Investigation.

We can make only triangles of the same shape when the hypotenuse and one leg of a right
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
triangle are given.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

234
 From Investigation, it can be summarized as follows:
If two right triangles have equal hypotenuses and a leg of one right triangle is equal
to a leg of the other right triangle, then these two right triangles are congruent.
Generally, two side-side-angle triangles are not congruent, except that both of them
are right triangles with equal hypotenuses and a pair of equal legs, either adjacent or
opposite. This type of condition of congruent triangles is called hypotenuse-leg or HL.

Worked Example 9
Prove that ∆ PQR ≅ ∆ SUT.
Solution
P S
PQR = SUT = 90 ํ (Given) K
E
QR = UT (Given) Y
RP = TS (Given)
Q R T U Therefore, ∆ PQR ≅ ∆ SUT. (HL)

Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 5B Questions 1(4), 2(4), 3(4)
Prove that ∆ XWZ ≅ ∆ ZY X.
X WZ = ZY = 90 ํ X (Given)
..............................................................................................................................................................
W X
WZ = Y X (Given)
..............................................................................................................................................................
Z X = XZ (ZX is a common side.)
..............................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, ∆ XWZ ≅ ∆ ZY X. (HL)
..............................................................................................................................................................
Z Y
..............................................................................................................................................................

235
 Exercise 5B
Basic Level
1. Consider the given triangles and answer the following questions.

5 cm 6 cm 5 cm
4 cm
60 ํ 40 ํ 40 ํ
5 cm 6 cm
(a) (b) (c)

5 cm 6 cm 4 cm
40 ํ 60 ํ 40 ํ

5 cm 5 cm
(d) (e) (f)
K
E
Y 40 ํ 5 cm
5 cm 5 cm
4 cm
4 cm
6 cm 60 ํ

(g) (h) (i)

1) Which pairs of the given triangles are congruent based on the side-side-side
condition?
According to triangles (b) and (g), they have three pairs of corresponding sides that are
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
equal. Therefore, triangles (b) and (g) are congruent based on the side-side-side condition.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) Which pairs of the given triangles are congruent based on the side-angle-side
condition?
According to triangles (c) and (e), they have two pairs of equal corresponding sides and
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
one pair of equal corresponding included angles between the equal sides. Therefore,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
triangles (c) and (e) are congruent based on the side-angle-side condition.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

236
3) Which pairs of the given triangles are congruent based on the angle-angle-side
condition?
According to triangles (a) and (i), they have two pairs of equal angles and one pair of
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
equal sides in corresponding positions. Therefore, triangles (a) and (i) are congruent based
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
on angle-angle-side.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4) Which pairs of the given triangles are congruent based on the hypotenuse-leg
condition?
According to triangles (f) and (h), they have equal hypotenuses and a pair of equal legs.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, triangles (f) and (h) are congruent based on the hypotenuse-leg condition.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2. Fill in the correct answers to prove that the following pairs of triangles are
congruent. K
E
1) AB = ……………….PQ Y
A P QR =
6 cm 6 cm BC = ………………. 8 cm.
CA = ……………….RP = ………………. 6 cm.
B 8 cm C R 8 cm Q
∆ PQR (SSS).
Therefore, ∆ ABC ≅ ……………………………………………

2) ZY = 3 cm.
DE = ……………….
D X 5 cm Y ZYX = 70 ํ
3 cm
70 ํ DEF= ……………….
3 cm Y X = ……………….
5 cm.
E 70 ํ 5 cm F EF = ……………….
Z ∆ ZY X (SAS).
Therefore, ∆ DEF ≅ ……………………………………………

3) L U VWU = 80 ํ
MLN= ……………….
30 ํ M
7 cm UVW = ……………….
NML= ………………. 30 ํ
70 ํ 7 cm 80 ํ W
N
30 ํ NM = ……………….UV = ……………….
7 cm.
V ∆ NML ≅ ∆ UVW ………………………..
Therefore, ………………. (AAS).

237
 4) G S STU
IHG= ………………. = ………………. 90 ํ
5 cm ST
IH = ………………. 5 cm. =
H 13 cm T US 13 cm.
GI = ………………. ………………. =
5 cm 12 cm ∆ IHG ≅ ∆ STU ………………………..
(HL)
I U Therefore, ……………….

Intermediate Level
3. Prove that the following pairs of triangles are congruent.
1) A B C AB = CB (Given)
....................................................................................................................................................
BD = BD (BD is a common side.)
....................................................................................................................................................
DA = DC (Given)
....................................................................................................................................................

D Therefore, ∆ ABD ≅ ∆ CBD. (SSS)

....................................................................................................................................................

A B
K 2) BC = DA (Given)
....................................................................................................................................................
E
Y BCA = DAC (The alternate angles are equal.)
....................................................................................................................................................
CA = AC (CA is a common side.)
....................................................................................................................................................
D C Therefore, ∆ ABC ≅ ∆ CDA. (SAS)
....................................................................................................................................................

3) F E CDB = FDE (If two straight lines intersect each

....................................................................................................................................................
other, then the opposite angles are equal.)
....................................................................................................................................................
D
DBC = DEF (Given)
....................................................................................................................................................

A C BC = EF (Given)
....................................................................................................................................................
B
Therefore, ∆ BCD ≅ ∆ EFD. (AAS)
....................................................................................................................................................

A B
4) ABC = CDA = 90 ํ (Given)
....................................................................................................................................................
BC = DA (Given)
....................................................................................................................................................
CA = AC (CA is a common side.)
....................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, ∆ ABC ≅ ∆ CDA. (HL)
....................................................................................................................................................
D C

238
4. Let ST = UT, TR = TV, U
R
RS = 4 cm and TRS = 80 ํ. 80 ํ T
4 cm
V
S
1) Prove that ∆ RST ≅ ∆ VUT. 2) Find VU.
ST = UT (Given)
……………………………………………………………………………….. Since RST
∆ ≅ ∆ VUT, then VU and RS
………………………………………………………………………………..
STR = UTV (If two straight lines intersect
……………………………………………………………………………….. are corresponding and equal.
………………………………………………………………………………..
each other, then the opposite angles are equal.)
……………………………………………………………………………….. Therefore, VU = RS = 4 cm.
………………………………………………………………………………..
TR = TV (Given)
……………………………………………………………………………….. ………………………………………………………………………………..
Therefore, ∆ RST ≅ ∆ VUT. (SAS)
……………………………………………………………………………….. ………………………………………………………………………………..

3) Find the size of TVU. 4) How are RS and VU related?

Since RST
∆ ≅ ∆ VUT, then TVU and
……………………………………………………………………………….. RS // VU
………………………………………………………………………………..
TRS are corresponding and equal.
……………………………………………………………………………….. ………………………………………………………………………………..
Therefore, TVU = TRS = 80 ํ.
……………………………………………………………………………….. ……………………………………………………………………………….. K
E
……………………………………………………………………………….. ……………………………………………………………………………….. Y
……………………………………………………………………………….. ………………………………………………………………………………..

5. Let JI = GH and HJ = IG. G J

60 ํ

40 ํ
H I
1) Find the triangle that is congruent to 2) If HJI = 60 ํ and HIG = 40 ํ, then
∆ GHI and explain. what is the degree of GHI?
Since J H GH , then
∆ I ≅ ∆ I
……………………………………………………………………………….. Since ∆ JIH ≅ ∆ GHI, then
………………………………………………………………………………..
JI = GH (Given)
……………………………………………………………………………….. IGH = HJI = 60 ํ (The corresponding
………………………………………………………………………………..
IH = HI (IH is a common side.)
……………………………………………………………………………….. angles are equal.)
………………………………………………………………………………..
HJ = IG (Given)
……………………………………………………………………………….. Therefore, GHI = 180 ํ - 60 ํ - 40 ํ
………………………………………………………………………………..
Therefore, ∆ JIH ≅ ∆ GHI. (SSS)
……………………………………………………………………………….. = 80 ํ.
………………………………………………………………………………..

239
 5.3 Real-life Applications of Congruence

Since you have already learned about congruence, we will use the knowledge and
the properties of congruence to solve mathematical and real-world problems as in the
following examples.
Worked Example 10
Prove that OT bisects POQ.
Solution
P RO = SO (The radii of the same circle are equal.)
OT = OT (OT is a common side.)
R
T TR = TS (The radii of the same circle are equal.)
O S
We can say that ∆ ROT ≅ ∆ SOT. (SSS)
K Q
E Then, POT = ROT = SOT = QOT.
Y
Therefore, OT bisects POQ.
Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 5C Questions 1-5
Prove that PQ bisects AB and is perpendicular to it.
According to PAQ and PBQ: ∆ ∆
....................................................................................................................................................

P PA = PB (The radii of the same circle are equal.)

....................................................................................................................................................
AQ = BQ (The radii of the same circle are equal.)
....................................................................................................................................................
QP = QP (QP is a common side.)
....................................................................................................................................................
We can say that ∆ PAQ ≅ ∆ PBQ. (SSS)
....................................................................................................................................................
A R B Then, APR = APQ = BPQ = BPR.
....................................................................................................................................................
According to ∆ APR and ∆ BPR:
....................................................................................................................................................
AP = BP, APR = BPR and PR = PR
....................................................................................................................................................
We can say that ∆ APR ≅ ∆ BPR. (SAS)
....................................................................................................................................................
Q
Then, PRA = PRB = 180 ํ
2 = 90 ํ.
....................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, PQ is a perpendicular bisector to AB.
....................................................................................................................................................

240
Exercise 5C
Basic Level
A B
1. Samuel wants to measure the width of a well from
Point A to Point B by using the knowledge of
C
congruent triangles. According to his method, the
width can be obtained by measuring B′A′ instead.
Is this method correct? Explain. B′ A′
Consider ∆ ACB ≅ ∆ A′CB′. Then, AB = A′B′ = B′A′, so the width of
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
We get AC = A′C (Given) this well can be obtained by measuring
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
ACB = A′CB′ (If two straight lines B′A′ instead.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
intersect each other, Therefore, his method is correct.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
then the opposite
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
angles are equal.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
CB = CB ′ (Given) K
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... E
We can say that ∆ ACB ≅ ∆ A′CB′. (SAS)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Y

2. Archie wants to measure the width of an iron rail from Point

A and Point B. So, he creates a tool resembling a cross, A B′
in which one part of the tool is AA′ long and the other part O
is BB′ long, and Point O is the point of rotation used as
the point of intersection bisecting the two parts. According
to his method, the width can be obtained by measuring B A′
A′B′ instead. Is this method correct? Explain.
Consider ∆ AOB ≅ ∆ A′OB′.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
We get AO = A′O (Given)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
AOB = A′OB′ (If two straight lines intersect each other, then the opposite angles are equal.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OB = OB′ (Given)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
We can say that ∆ AOB ≅ ∆ A′OB′. (SAS)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Then, AB = A′B′.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, his method is correct.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

241
 Intermediate Level
3. Let Point P be on OA and Point Q be on OB where OP = OQ. If a T-square is
placed on ∆COQ with one end on PQ and the other end passing Point O, then
prove that OC bisects AOB.

P C Q

A B
K
E According to PCO and QCO. ∆ ∆
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Y
PCO = QCO = 90 ํ (By measuring)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
CO = CO (CO is a common side.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OP = OQ (Given)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
We can say that ∆ PCO ≅ ∆ QCO. (HL)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Then, AOC = POC = QOC = BOC.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, OC bisects AOB.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4. Nathan wanted to make a clothes line on a flat surface,

so he staked two poles to the ground perpendicularly B E
and tied the tops of both poles firmly with a piece of
rope. After that, he strengthened each pole to the
ground with a piece of rope, as in the given figure. A C F D
According to this, are the pieces of rope used for tying
both poles to the ground of equal length? Explain.
242
 According to ABC and DEF. ∆ ∆
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
ABC = DEF (Given)
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
ACB = DFE = 90 ํ (Given)
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
BC = EF (Two straight lines on the same plane are always parallel to each
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
other when the distance between them is equal.)
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
We can say that ABC DEF. ∆ ≅ ∆ (ASA)
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Then, AB = DE.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the pieces of rope used for tying both poles to the ground are of equal length.
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Advanced Level
5. Let Point P be on OA and Point Q be on OB where OP = OQ. If a T-square with
90 ํ, 45 ํ and 45 ํ as the interior angles is placed as in the given figure, prove that
OM bisects AOB.
O K
E
P Y
A
Q
M

B
According to POM and QOM: ∆ ∆
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PO = QO (Given)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OM = OM (OM is a common side.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
MP = MQ (The legs of an isosceles triangle are equal.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
We can say that ∆ POM ≅ ∆ QOM. (SSS)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Then, AOM = POM = QOM = BOM.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, OM bisects AOB.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

243
 Summary
1. Congruent geometric figures
1) Two geometric figures are congruent only when they are of equal shape
and size.
2) The knowledge of geometric transformation can be used to prove the
congruence of geometric figures. A
B A1 B1
3) Two polygons are congruent only
when the pairs of corresponding sides D C D1 C1
and corresponding angles of both □ABCD ≅ □A1B1C1D1
polygons are equal.
2. Congruent triangles based on different relationships
side-side-side (SSS) side-angle-side (SAS)
K A X A X
E
Y
B C Y Z B C Y Z
There are three pairs of corresponding sides There are two pairs of equal sides and one
that are equal. pair of equal included angles between two
For example, AB = XY, BC = YZ, CA = Z X. equal sides in corresponding positions.
For example, AB = XY, ABC = XYZ,
BC = YZ.
angle-angle-side (AAS) hypotenuse-leg (HL)
A X A X

B C Y Z B C Y Z
There are two pairs of equal angles and one Both triangles have equal hypotenuses with a
pair of equal sides in corresponding positions. pair of equal legs, either adjacent or opposite.
For example, ABC = XYZ, BCA = For example, ABC = XYZ = 90 ,ํ BC = YZ,
YZX, CA = ZX. CA = ZX.

244
Review Exercise 5
1. Are the following pairs of triangles congruent? Explain.
1) A Q 2) D S
67 ํ
12 cm 6 cm 6.4 cm
P 5 cm
C 6.4 cm T 48 ํ 70 ํ
B 12 cm 18 ํ E 70 ํ
62 ํ 6 cmU
R 5 cm F
According to ∆ ABC:
……………………………………………………………………………….. DE = TU
………………………………………………………………………………..
BCA = 180 ํ - 90 ํ - 67 ํ = 23 ํ.
……………………………………………………………………………….. EF = US
………………………………………………………………………………..
Each interior angle of ∆ ABC is not equal to
……………………………………………………………………………….. FD = ST
………………………………………………………………………………..
18 ํ, which is the angle size that is congruent
……………………………………………………………………………….. We can say that ∆ DEF ≅ ∆ TUS. (SSS)
………………………………………………………………………………..
with that of ∆ PQR.
……………………………………………………………………………….. ………………………………………………………………………………..
Therefore, ∆ ABC and ∆ PQR are not congruent.
……………………………………………………………………………….. ………………………………………………………………………………..

2. Let □ABCD ≅ □PQRS, A = 100 ํ, B = 70 ํ, C = 95 ํ and PQ = 6 cm.

1) Find AB. 2) Find the size of S. K
E
□ ≅ □
Since ABCD PQRS, the
……………………………………………………………………………….. Since □ABCD ≅ □PQRS, the corresponding
…………………………………………………………………………………..
Y
corresponding sides are equal.
……………………………………………………………………………….. angles are equal.
…………………………………………………………………………………..
Therefore, AB = PQ = 6 cm.
……………………………………………………………………………….. Therefore, S = D = 360 ํ - 100 ํ - 70 ํ - 95 ํ = 95 .ํ
…………………………………………………………………………………..

3. Let ∆ ABC ≅ ∆ AKH, CAB = 52 ํ, KHA = 36 ํ, AB = 6 cm and AH = 10.2 cm.

1) Find the size of AKH.
H
Since ABC AKH, the corresponding sides
∆ ≅∆
…………………………………………………………………………………..
36 ํ are equal.
…………………………………………………………………………………..
10.2 cm Then, HAK = CAB = 52 ํ.
…………………………………………………………………………………..
Therefore, AKH = 180 ํ - 52 ํ - 36 ํ = 92 ํ.
…………………………………………………………………………………..

A 52 ํ K C 2) Find KC.
6 cm CA = HA = 10.2 cm
…………………………………………………………………………………..
AK = AB = 6 cm
…………………………………………………………………………………..
B
Therefore, KC = CA - AK
…………………………………………………………………………………..
= 10.2 - 6 = 4.2 cm.
…………………………………………………………………………………..

245
 4. Let ∆ ABC ≅ ∆ AHK, CAB = 53 ํ, C
AHK = 90 ํ, AH = 6 cm and the area of H
2 X
∆ ABC = 24 cm . 6 cm
1) Find the size of ABC. A 53 ํ B K
Since ABC AHK, the
∆ ≅ ∆
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
corresponding angles are equal.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, ABC = AHK = 90 ํ.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) Find AB and BC.

Since ABC AHK, then AB = AH = 6 cm.
∆ ≅ ∆
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
And since the area of ∆ ABC = 24 cm2, then
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
24 = 12 × AB × BC.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, BC = 24AB× 2 = 24 6× 2 = 8 cm.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

K 3) Find the size of BXK.

E According to ACB: ACB = 180 ํ - 90 ํ - 53 ํ = 37 ํ.
Y ∆
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
According to ∆ CHX: CHX = 180 ํ - 90 ํ = 90 ํ,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
CXH = 180 ํ - 90 ํ - 37 ํ = 53 ํ.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, BXK = CXH = 53 ํ.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

5. Prove if the following pairs of triangles are congruent. Explain.

1) AB = RP = 5 cm
A 5 cm R ………………………………………………………………………………………..
P BC = PQ = 6 cm
………………………………………………………………………………………..
5 cm 7 cm 7 cm CA = QR = 7 cm
………………………………………………………………………………………..
6 cm
B Therefore, ∆ ABC ≅ ∆ RPQ (SSS).
………………………………………………………………………………………..
6 cm C Q ………………………………………………………………………………………..

2) Q AB = PQ = 12 cm
………………………………………………………………………………………..
A CAB = RPQ = 80 ํ
80 ํ 8.9 cm ………………………………………………………………………………………..
12 cm 12 cm CA = RP = 8.9 cm
C ………………………………………………………………………………………..
80 ํ Therefore, ∆ ABC ≅ ∆ PQR (SAS).
R 8.9 cm P
………………………………………………………………………………………..
B
………………………………………………………………………………………..

246
3) According to ABC and PQR, ∆ ∆
………………………………………………………………………………………..
C AB and PQ are corresponding sides.
………………………………………………………………………………………..
9 cm 6.5 cm P
5 cm 5 cm ………………………………………………………………………………………..
However, AB ≠ PQ.
30 ํ R 30 ํ Q
B 7 cm A 9 cm Therefore, ∆ ABC and ∆ PQR are not congruent.
………………………………………………………………………………………..

………………………………………………………………………………………..

4) AB = PQ = 6.5 cm.
………………………………………………………………………………………..
A R 45 ํ 75 ํ
P Since PQR = 180 ํ - 75 ํ - 45 ํ = 60 ํ,
………………………………………………………………………………………..
6.5 cm 8.9 cm 6.5 cm then ABC = PQR = 60 ํ
………………………………………………………………………………………..
60 ํ and BC = QR = 8.9 cm.
B 8.9 cm C Q ………………………………………………………………………………………..
Therefore, ∆ ABC ≅ ∆ PQR (SAS).
………………………………………………………………………………………..

6. Which pairs of the following triangles are congruent? Explain.

A D J
G 75 ํ 50 ํ I
55 ํ
3 cm 3 cm K
75 ํ L E
50 ํ
C F E 75 ํ 50 ํ
50 ํ 3 cm
Y
B H 3 cm
K
According to ∆ DEF and ∆ JLK: JLK = 180 ํ - 55 ํ - 50 ํ = 75 ํ
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
DEF = JLK = 75 ํ
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
EF = LK = 3 cm
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
EFD = LKJ = 50 ํ
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
Therefore, ∆ DEF ≅ ∆ JLK (ASA).
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

7. Let AC and BD be the diagonals of □ABCD where A D

OA = OC and OD = OB.
O
B C
1) Prove that ∆ OAD ≅ ∆ OCB. 2) Give 2 pairs of equal angles.
OD = OB (Given)
……………………………………………………………………………….. Since OAD OCB, then
∆ ≅ ∆
…………………………………………………………………………………..
DOA = BOC (If two straight lines intersect
……………………………………………………………………………….. OAD = OCB and ADO = CBO.
…………………………………………………………………………………..
each other, then the opposite angles are equal.)
……………………………………………………………………………….. …………………………………………………………………………………..
OA = OC (Given)
……………………………………………………………………………….. …………………………………………………………………………………..
Therefore, ∆OAD ≅ ∆OCB. (SAS)
……………………………………………………………………………….. …………………………………………………………………………………..
247
 8. Let PQ be parallel and equal to RS in which PR = 5 cm and QSR = 50 ํ.
P
Q

R
S
1) Prove that ∆ PQR ≅ ∆ SRQ. Explain.
PQ = SR (Given)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PQR = SRQ (The alternate angles are equal.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
QR = RQ (QR is a common side.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, PQR ≅ ∆SRQ. (SAS)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) Find QS and the size of QPR.

Since ∆ PQR ≅ ∆ SRQ,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
QS and RP are corresponding sides, and QPR and RSQ are corresponding angles.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

K Therefore, QS = RP = 5 cm and QPR = RSQ = 50 ํ.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E
Y ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

9. Let points P and Q be on OB and OA, respectively; PC be the ray that is perpendicular
to OB at Point P, and QC be the ray that is perpendicular to OA at Point Q where PC
and QC intersect each other at Point C. Prove that OC bisects AOB.
B
P
O C

Q
A
From the fact that POC QOC: ∆ ≅ ∆
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
CPO = CQO = 90 ํ (By measuring)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PO = QO (Given)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OC = OC (OC is a common side.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
We can say that ∆POC ≅ ∆QOC. (HL)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Then, AOC = QOC = POC = BOC.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, OC bisects AOB.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

248
 Challenge Yourself
Let □ABCD be a parallelogram.
A B

D C
Give three solutions to prove that ∆ ABC ≅ ∆CDA.
(Suggested answer)
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Solution 1: ∆ ABC ≅ ∆ CDA based on the side-side-side condition:
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Since AB = CD; (The opposite sides of a parallelogram are equal.)
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
BC = DA; (The opposite sides of a parallelogram are equal.)
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
CA = AC, (CA is a common side.)
............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... K
then ∆ ABC ≅ ∆ CDA. (SSS) E
............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Y
Solution 2: ∆ ABC ≅ ∆ CDA based on the angle-side-angle condition:
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Since BCA = DAC; (The alternate angles are equal.)
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
CA = AC; (CA is a common side.)
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
CAB = ACD, (The alternate angles are equal her.)
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
then ∆ ABC ≅ ∆ CDA. (ASA)
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Solution 3: ∆ ABC ≅ ∆ CDA based on the side-angle-side condition:
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Since BC = DA; (The opposite sides of a parallelogram are equal.)
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
BCA = DAC; (The alternate angles are equal.)
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
CA = AC, (CA is a common side.)
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
then ∆ ABC ≅ ∆ CDA. (SAS)
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

249
K
E
Y

250
Chapter 6
Parallel Lines
Swimming pool lane dividers are used for separating
a pool into eight lanes, and they are parallel to one another.
If a referee in one competition has to check whether or
not the swimming pool lane dividers are parallel to one
another, how can he do it?

K
E
Y

Indicator
• Use the properties of parallel lines and triangles to solve
mathematical and real-world problems. (MA 2.2 G. 8/2)
Compulsory Detail
• Properties of parallel lines and triangles

251
 6.1 Parallel Lines
Investigation
Work in pairs. Do the following activity and answer the questions.
1. Go to https:///www.shinglee.com.sg/StudentResources
and click NSM1/ Chapter 10 Parallel Lines.
2. Open the Chapter 10 Parallel Lines file.

K
E
Y

3. According to the GSP program, ∠a and ∠b are corresponding angles. What is the
relationship between ∠a and ∠b when we slide Point R or Point S?
a= b
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4. According to the GSP program, ∠a and ∠c are alternate angles. What is the
relationship between ∠a and ∠c when we slide Point R or Point S?
a= c
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

5. According to the GSP program, ∠a and ∠d are interior angles on the same side
of the transversal. What is the relationship between ∠a and ∠d when we slide Point
R or Point S?
Hint Take a look at the sum of ∠a and ∠d.
a + d = 180 ํ
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

252
6. Fill in the blanks.
1) ∠a = ……….. b (The corresponding angles are equal.)
2) ∠a = ……….. c (The alternate angles are equal.)
3) ∠ a + d = 180 ………..ํ (The sum of interior angles on the same side of the transversal is 180 .ํ )

7. Click the tab in the bottom-left corner to open the second page of Chapter 10
Parallel Lines.

K
E
Y
8. According to the GSP program, a and b are the corresponding angles. Click
and drag Point S upward to meet Point R. You will see that a slides toward b,
in which the dotted line is still parallel to both straight lines, and the size of a
remains the same. Do you think the size of a that results from sliding Point S to
Point R is equal to that of b ? Explain.
The size of a resulting from sliding Point S to Point R equals its same size and the original
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
size of a equals the size of b. Therefore, the size of a resulting from sliding Point S to
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Point R equals that of b
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

9. According to the first page of Chapter 10 Parallel Lines, a and c are alternate
angles. Prove that a = c.
Hint Use the knowledge of corresponding angles and vertically opposite angles.
a = b (The corresponding angles are equal.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
b = c (The vertically opposite angles are equal.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, a = c.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

253
 10. According to the first page of Chapter 10 Parallel Lines, a and d are interior
angles on the same side of the transversal. Prove that a + d = 180 ํ.
Hint Use the knowledge of corresponding angles and adjacent angles.
Solution 1 Solution 2
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
a= b (The corresponding c= a (The alternate angles
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
angles are equal.) are equal.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
b + d = 180 ํ (Angles on a straight c + d = 180 ํ (Angles on a straight
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
line equal 180 ํ.) line equal 180 ํ.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, a + d = b + d = 180 ํ. Therefore, a + d = c + d = 180 ํ.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

JUST FOR FUN

According to Investigation, it can be summarized
as follows: The characteristics of the three
types of angles can be represented
Let PQ intersect AB and CD as in the figure below. by letters F, Z and C as follows:
K • Letter F represents the
E
Y P characteristics of corresponding
A b B angles.
c
a
C Q D • Letter Z represents the
characteristics of alternate
angles.
If AB // CD, then:
• the corresponding angles are equal, e.g. a = b.
• the alternate angles are equal, e.g. a = c.
• the sum of interior angles on the same side of • Letter C represents the
the transversal is 180 ํ, a + d = 180 ํ. characteristics of interior angles
on the same side of the
From what mentioned above, the converse of the transversal.
summary is as follows:
• If a = b, then AB // CD.

• If a = c, then AB // CD.
Are there any other letters that
• If a + d = 180 ํ, then AB // CD. can represent the characteristics
of these three types angles?
254
 Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 6A Question 1
Let AB // CD.
P R
A f e b a B
g h c d
C j i n m D
k  o p
Q S

1) Find a pair of the corresponding angles.

a and m; b and n; c and o; d and p; e and i; f and j; g and k; and
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
h and .
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) Find a pair of the alternate angles.

c and m; d and n; g and i; and h and j.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K
3) Find a pair of interior angles on the same side of the transversal. E
Y
c and n; d and m; g and j; and h and i.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4) Is c = g? Explain.
c ≠ g because PQ is not parallel to RS, which makes the corresponding angles not equal.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Worked Example 1
Let AB // CD. Find the values of a, b, c and d.
P R
A 48 ํ 61 ํ B
b
C a c D
d
Q S

255
 Solution
a = 48 ํ (The corresponding angles are equal.)
b = 61 ํ (The vertically opposite angles are equal.)
c+b = 180 ํ (The sum of interior angles on the same side of the transversal is 180 .ํ )
c + 61 ํ = 180 ํ
c = 180 ํ - 61 ํ
= 119 ํ
d = b (The corresponding angles are equal.)
= 61 ํ
Therefore, the values of a, b, c and d are 48 ํ, 61 ํ, 119 ํ and 61 ํ, respectively.

Similar Questions
K Practice Now Exercise 6A Questions 2(1), 3, 4(1), 5(1)
E
Y Let AB // CD. Find the values of a, b, c and d.
P R
A a b B
c

C 54 ํ 106 ํ D
d
Q A

a = 54 ํ (The corresponding angles are equal.)

..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
c + 106 ํ = 180 ํ (The sum of interior angles on the same side of the transversal is 180 ํ.)
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
c = 180 ํ - 106 ํ
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 74 ํ
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
b = c = 74 ํ (The vertically opposite angles are equal.)
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
d = c = 74 ํ (The corresponding angles are equal.)
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the values of a, b, c and d are 54 ํ, 74 ํ, 74 ํ and 74 ํ, respectively.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

256
 Worked Example 2
Let BA // EF. Find the value of a.

C E
A 96 ํ 52 ํ
a
40 ํ D
F
B
Solution
Draw QP // BA // SR // EF at points C and D.
E w = 40 ํ (The alternate angles are equal.)
A C P R 52 ํ X = 96 ํ - 40 = 56 ํ
wX
yz y = X = 56 ํ (The alternate angles are
D
40 ํ Q S F equal.) K
B z = 52 ํ (The alternate angles are equal.) E
Y
a = y + z = 56 ํ + 52 ํ = 108 ํ
Therefore, the value of a is 108 ํ.

Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 6A Questions 2(2), 4(2), 5(2)
Let AB // ED. Find the value of a.
A X B Draw PQ // AB // ED at Point C:
.........................................................................................................................
44 ํ XCQ = 44 ํ (The alternate angles are equal.)
.........................................................................................................................
ECQ = 20 ํ (The alternate angles are equal.)
.........................................................................................................................
P C 2a Q 2a = XCQ + ECQ
.........................................................................................................................
D 20 ํ
E 2a = 44 ํ + 20 ํ
.........................................................................................................................
= 64 ํ
.........................................................................................................................
a = 32 ํ
.........................................................................................................................
Therefore, the value of a is 32 ํ.
.........................................................................................................................

.........................................................................................................................

257
 Worked Example 3
Let BC // EF. Find the values of a and b.
C
23 ํ
F

A a 3b E
B D 229 ํ

Solution
Draw PQ // BC // EF at Point D.
C
F
23 ํ Q

K A y
E a z X
Y B D E
P
X + 229 ํ = 360 ํ (A full rotation angle equals 360 ํ.)
X = 131 ํ
a = X = 131 ํ (The corresponding angles are equal.)
y = 23 ํ (The alternate angles are equal.)
z+X = 180 ํ (The sum of interior angles on the same side
of the transversal is 180 ํ.)
z + 131 ํ = 180 ํ
z = 49 ํ
3b = y + z
= 23 ํ + 49 ํ
= 72 ํ
b = 24 ํ
Therefore, the values of a and b are 131 ํ and 24 ํ, respectively.

258
 Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 6A Questions 2 (3)-(4), 6-9, 11
Let BC // EF. Find the values of a and b.
C
Q F
19 ํ

A 5a 2b E
B D 245 ํ
P
Draw PQ // BC // EF at Point D. EDQ + DEF = 180 ํ (The sum of interior angles
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
DEF + 245 ํ = 360 ํ (A full rotation angle equals on the same side of the
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
360 .ํ ) transversal is 180 .ํ )
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
DEF = 115 ํ EDQ + 115 ํ = 180 ํ
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5a = DEF = 115 ํ (The corresponding angles EDQ = 65 ํ
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
are equal.) 2b = CDQ + EDQ
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K
a = 23 ํ = 19 ํ + 65 ํ
.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. E
Y
CDQ = 19 ํ (The alternate angles are = 84 ํ
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
equal.) b = 42 ํ
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the values of a and b are 23 ํ and 42 ํ, respectively.
..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Worked Example 4
Let PQ and RS be straight lines and intersect AB and CD in which AWQ = DYP = 55 ํ
and AXS = 138 ํ. Find the size of CZR.
P R
A W X B
55 ํ 138 ํ
C 55 ํ D
Q Y Z S
Solution
Since AWQ = DYP = 55 ํ,
then AB // CD. (The alternate angles are equal.)
Therefore, CZR = 180 ํ - AXS = 180 ํ - 138 ํ = 42 ํ.
259
 Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 6A Question 10
Let PQ and RS be straight lines and intersect AB and CD in which BWQ = DYQ = 122 ํ
and CZR = 65 ํ. Find the size of BXS.
R Since BWQ = DYQ = 122 ํ,
.........................................................................................................................
P
A W X B then AB // CD (The corresponding angles are
.........................................................................................................................
122 ํ
equal.)
.........................................................................................................................
C 65 ํ D Therefore, B S = CZR = 65 ํ. X
Y 122 ํ Z .........................................................................................................................
Q S .........................................................................................................................

Exercise 6A
Basic Level
1. Let AB // CD.
K
E P R
Y
A W X B

C D
Y Z
Q S

1) Find 2 pairs of the corresponding angles.

B R and DZR; A R and CZR; A S and CZS; B S and DZS; BWP and
X X X X
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
DYP; AWP and CYP; AWQ and CYQ; and BWQ and DYQ.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) Find 2 pairs of the alternate angles.

A S and DZR; B S and CZR; AWQ and DYP; and BWQ and CYP.
X X
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3) Find 2 pairs of the interior angles on the same side of the transversal.
A S and CZR; B S and DZR; AWQ and CYP; and BWQ and DYP.
X X
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

260
4) Is BWQ = AXR? Explain.
BWQ ≠ X A R because PQ is not parallel to RS, which makes the alternate angles not
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
equal.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

5) Is DYP + CZR = 180 ํ? Explain.

DYP + CZR 180 ํ because PQ is not parallel to RS, which makes the sum of interior
≠
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
angles on the same side of the transversal not equal to 180 ํ.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2. Let AB // CD. Find the values of a, b, c, d, e, f, g and h.

1) a = 117 ํ (The vertically opposite angles are equal.)
....................................................................................................................................................
P R b = 78 ํ (The corresponding angles are equal.)
117 ํ ....................................................................................................................................................
A 78 ํ B
a Therefore, the values of a and b are 117 ํ and 78 ํ,
....................................................................................................................................................
C b D respectively.
....................................................................................................................................................
Q S
2) c = 31 ํ (The alternate angles are equal.)
....................................................................................................................................................
A E B
d c d = ECD (The alternate angles are equal.) K
....................................................................................................................................................
E
= 35 ํ + 31 ํ
.................................................................................................................................................... Y
35 ํ
C 31 ํ D = 66 ํ
....................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the values of c and d are 31 ํ and 66 ํ,
....................................................................................................................................................
respectively.
....................................................................................................................................................

3) B e = 83 ํ (The alternate angles are equal.)

....................................................................................................................................................
F e f = 69 ํ (The corresponding angles are equal.)
....................................................................................................................................................
83 ํ D
Therefore, the values of e and f are 83 ํ and 69 ํ,
....................................................................................................................................................

69 ํ f respectively.
....................................................................................................................................................
A C E
....................................................................................................................................................

4) A h = 60 ํ (The alternate angles are equal.)

....................................................................................................................................................
B
75 ํ 60 ํ g + 75 ํ + 60 ํ = 180 ํ (The sum of interior angles of a
....................................................................................................................................................
triangle on the same side of the
....................................................................................................................................................
g h D
C E transversal is 180 ํ.)
....................................................................................................................................................
g = 45 ํ
....................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the values of g and h are 45 ํ and 60 ,ํ respectively.
....................................................................................................................................................
261
 3. Let AB // CD. Find the values of a, b and c.
1) a = 38 ํ (The corresponding angles are equal.)
....................................................................................................................................................
A a B a + 30 ํ = 2b (The corresponding angles are equal.)
....................................................................................................................................................
30 ํ 38 ํ + 30 ํ = 2b
....................................................................................................................................................
C 2b 38 ํ D 2b = 68 ํ
....................................................................................................................................................
b = 34 ํ
....................................................................................................................................................
E F
Therefore, the values of a and b are 38 ํ and 34 ํ,
....................................................................................................................................................
respectively.
....................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................

2) 7c + 3c = 180 ํ (The sum of interior angles on the same

....................................................................................................................................................
P
side of the transversal is 180 ํ.)
....................................................................................................................................................
A 7c B 10c = 180 ํ
....................................................................................................................................................
c = 18 ํ
....................................................................................................................................................
K C 3c D Therefore, the value of c is 18 ํ.
....................................................................................................................................................
E
Y ....................................................................................................................................................
Q ....................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................

Intermediate Level
4. Let AB // CD. Find the values of a and b.
1) A B 2) A B
142 ํ 69 ํ
P Ea Q P bE Q
C
114 ํ D C 37 ํ D
AEQ + 142 ํ = 180 ํ
……………………………………………………………………………….. AEP = 69 ํ
………………………………………………………………………………..
AEQ = 38 ํ
……………………………………………………………………………….. CEP = 37 ํ
………………………………………………………………………………..
CEQ + 114 ํ = 180 ํ
……………………………………………………………………………….. b = AEP + CEP
………………………………………………………………………………..
CEQ = 66 ํ
……………………………………………………………………………….. = 69 ํ + 37 ํ
………………………………………………………………………………..
a = AEQ + CEQ = 38 ํ + 66 ํ = 104 ํ
……………………………………………………………………………….. = 106 ํ
………………………………………………………………………………..
Therefore, the value of a is 104 ํ.
……………………………………………………………………………….. Therefore, the value of b is 106 ํ.
………………………………………………………………………………..
262
5. Let AB // CD. Find the values of a and b.
1) P
A X B
4a - 10 ํ

C Y D
2a - 2 ํ
Q
CYP = 2a - 2 ํ (The vertically opposite angles are equal.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
CYP + (4a - 10 )ํ = 180 ํ (The sum of interior angles on the same side of the transversal is 180 .ํ )
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(2a - 2 ํ) + (4a - 10 ํ) = 180 ํ
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6a - 12 ํ = 180 ํ
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6a = 192 ํ
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
a = 32 ํ
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the value of a is 32 ํ. K
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... E
Y
2) A 28 ํ B

P 94 ํ E Q

R b F S
C 19 ํ D

AEP = 28 ํ (The alternate angles are equal.) Since a full rotation angle equals 360 ,ํ then
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
FEP = 94 ํ - AEP b + EFS + DFS = 360 ํ
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 94 ํ - 28 ํ b = 360 ํ - EFS - DFS
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 66 ํ = 360 ํ - 66 ํ - 19 ํ
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
EFS = FEP = 66 ํ (The alternate = 275 ํ
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
angles are equal.) Therefore, the value of b is 275 ํ.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
DFS = 19 ํ (The alternate angles are equal.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

263
 6. Let AB // CE // FG, ADH = 47 ํ, and DFG = 86 ํ.
B
E G
A
H 47 ํ
86 ํ
D F
C
Find the size of BAD.
CDF = 86 ํ (The alternate angles are equal.) BAD + EDA = 180 ํ (The sum of interior
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
HDE = CDF = 86 ํ (The vertically opposite angles on the same side
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
angles are equal.) of the transversal is 180 .ํ )
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
EDA = HDE - 47 ํ BAD + 39 ํ = 180 ํ
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 86 ํ - 47 ํ BAD = 141 ํ
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 39 ํ Therefore, the size of BAD is 141 ํ.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K
E 7. Let AC // EG, FD // GC, ABD = 46 ,ํ DFE = 52 ํ, and FCG = 72 ํ.
Y
A B C
46 ํ 72 ํ
P D Q

E 52 ํ G
F
1) Find the size of BCF.
CGF = 52 ํ (The corresponding angles are equal.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
BCG + CGF = 180 ํ (The sum of interior angles on the same side of the transversal is 180 .ํ )
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
BCG + 52 ํ = 180 ํ
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
BCG = 128 ํ
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
BCF = BCG - 72 ํ
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 128 ํ - 72 ํ
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 56 ํ
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the size of BCF is 56 ํ.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

264
2) Find the reflex angle of BDF.
BDQ = 46 ํ (The alternate angles are equal.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
FDQ = 52 ํ (The alternate angles are equal.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The reflex angle of BDF + BDQ + FDQ = 360 ํ. (A full rotation angle equals 360 ํ.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The reflex angle of BDF + 46 ํ + 52 ํ = 360 ํ.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The reflex angle of BDF = 262 ํ.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the reflex angle of BDF is 262 ํ.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

8. Let AB // CE and DF // AC.

B E

D 58 ํ F K
E
Y
A C
7y 4X

Find the values of X and y.

FDC + 58 ํ = 180 ํ (Angles on a straight line BAC + DCA = 180 ํ (The sum of interior
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
equal 180 ํ.) angles on the same side
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
FDC = 122 ํ of the transversal is 180 ํ.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
DCA = FDC (The alternate angles BAC + 122 ํ = 180 ํ
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
are equal.) BAC = 58 ํ
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 122 ํ BAC + 7y = 360 ํ (A full rotation angle
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
DCA + 4X = 360 ํ (A full rotation angle equals 360 ํ.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
equals 360 ํ.) 58 ํ + 7y = 360 ํ
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
122 ํ + 4X = 360 ํ 7y = 302 ํ
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4X = 238 ํ y ≈ 43.1 ํ
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
X = 59.5 ํ
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the values of X and y are 59.5 ํ and 43.1, respectively.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
265
 9. Let BC // EF. Find the values of X and y.
C
32 ํ Q F
A X
B D
P 5y 147 ํ
E

Draw PQ // BC // EF at Point D:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
X = 147 ํ (The corresponding angles are equal.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
CDQ = 32 ํ (The alternate angles are equal.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
QDE + 147 ํ = 180 ํ (The sum of interior angles on the same side of the transversal is 180 .ํ )
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
QDE = 33 ํ
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5y + CDQ + QDE = 360 ํ (A full rotation angle equals 360 ํ.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5y + 32 ํ + 33 ํ = 360 ํ
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

K 5y = 295 ํ
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E y = 59 ํ
Y ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the values of X and y are 147 ํ and 59 ํ, respectively.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

10. Let AB and CD be straight lines where PQ and RS are transversals. Find the size
of BWP in which DYP = 46 ํ, AXS = 104 ํ, and CZR = 76 ํ.
P R
A W X B
104 ํ
C Y 46 ํ 76 ํ D
Z
Q
S
Since A S + CZR = 104 ํ + 76 ํ = 180 ํ,
X
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
then AB // CD. (The sum of interior angles on the same side of the transversal is 180 .ํ )
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, BWP = DYP = 46 ํ. (The corresponding angles are equal.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

266
 Advanced Level
11. Let AB // EG, BAC = w, ACD = X, CDF = y, and DFE = z.
A B
w

P C X
Q

R y D S

E z
F G

Write an equation to show the relationship between w, X, y and z.

QCA + w = 180 ํ (The sum of interior angles on the same side
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
of the transversal is 180 ํ.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
QCA = 180 ํ - w
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... K
QCD = X - QCA E
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Y
= X - (180 ํ - w)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= X - 180 ํ + w
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
CDR = QCD (The alternate angles are equal.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= X - 180 ํ + w
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RDF = y - CDR
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= y - (X - 180 ํ + w)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= y - X + 180 ํ - w
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RDF + z = 180 ํ (The sum of interior angles on the same side
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
of the transversal is 180 ํ.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
y - + 180 ํ - w + z = 180 ํ
X
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
w+X = y+z
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the equation showing the relationship between w, X, y and z is w + X = y + z.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

267
 6.2 Parallel Lines and Triangles
In Primary level, you have learned about the properties of a triangle; that is:
Property The sum of interior angles of a triangle is 180 ํ.

According to the property above, you can also prove it by using the properties of
parallel lines as follows:
Consider ∆ABC.
P C Q

A B
K
E Draw PQ // AB at Point C.
Y
BAC = ACP (The alternate angles are equal.)
ABC = BCQ (The alternate angles are equal.)
ACP + ACB + BCQ = 180 ํ (Angles on a straight line equal 180 ํ.)
Therefore, BAC + ACB + ABC = 180 ํ.
Worked Example 5
Find the value of a according to the given figure.
C
80 ํ

a 65 ํ
A B
Solution
a + 65 ํ + 80 ํ = 180 ํ (The sum of interior angles of a triangle is 180 ํ.)
a = 180 ํ - 65 ํ - 80 ํ
= 35 ํ
Therefore, the value of a is 35 ํ.
268
 Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 6A Questions 1, 3, 7(1), 8, 10-11
Find the value of a according to the given figure.
90 ํ + 65 ํ + a = 180 ํ (The sum of interior angles of
....................................................................................................................................................

65 ํ a triangle is 180 ํ.)

....................................................................................................................................................
a = 180 ํ - 90 ํ - 65 ํ
....................................................................................................................................................
a = 25 ํ
....................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the value of a is 25 ํ.
....................................................................................................................................................

1. Basic properties of a triangle

Investigation
Pair up with your friend to do the following activity and answer the questions.
1. Go to https://shinglee.com.sg/StudentResources/ K
E
and click NSM1/ Chapter 11 Basic Properties of Triangle. Y
2. Open the Chapter 11 Basic Properties of Triangle file.

3. According to the GSP program, ∆ABC consists of three interior angles, as well as
the three opposite sides of the interior angles. For example, Side a is opposite to
A. So, what are the sides that are opposite to B and C?
Side b is opposite to B.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Side c is opposite to C.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

269
 4. Give the largest and the smallest interior angles of ∆ABC. Then, compare the lengths
of the opposite sides of both angles and write a summary.
The largest and the smallest interior angles of ∆ABC are C and B, respectively. According
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
to...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
the comparison between the lengths of the opposite sides of both angles, the opposite
side of the largest angle is the longest, while the opposite side of the smallest angle is the
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
shortest.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

5. Take a look at the relationship between the interior angles of ∆ABC and the opposite
sides of those angles when the size of ∆ABC is adjusted from sliding Point A, Point
B or Point C.
According to the comparison between the sizes of two interior angles of ∆ABC, the larger
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
angle will have a longer opposite side. This can be summarized that the shortest side of a
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
triangle is the opposite side of the smallest angle, and the longest side of a triangle is the
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
opposite side of the largest angle.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K
E ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Y
6. Consider the relationship between the lengths of the longest side and the sum of
the other two sides of ∆ ABC.
The length of the longest side of ∆ ABC is shorter than the sum of the other two sides.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

7. Do the activity in 5 and consider the relationship between the lengths of the longest
side and the sum of the other two sides of ∆ ABC whether or not it is the same as
in Question 6.
The relationship is still the same as in Question 6, i.e. the length of the longest side of ∆ ABC
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
is...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
always shorter than the sum of the other two sides, even though Point A, Point B or Point
C...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
is slid to any position.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

270
8. Click the tab in the bottom-left corner to open the second page of Chapter 11 Basic
Properties of Triangle.

9. According to the GSP program, a, b and c are line segments that are 5, 2 and 9
cm long, respectively. Here, the length of the longest line segment is longer than
the sum of the other two line segments. So, can we make a triangle out of these
three line segments if we slide only Point C?
No, we cannot make a triangle out of the given three line segments by sliding only Point C. K
................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... E
Y
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

10. Let’s say that a and b are resized to 3 and 4 cm, respectively, and c is resized to
7 cm by sliding Point A or Point B. Then, take a look at the relationship between
a + b and c. According to this, can you make a triangle out of these three line
segments after they are resized?
The relationship between a + b and c is a + b = c, but we cannot make a triangle out of
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
the three resized line segments.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

11. Resize the three line segments until you can make a triangle out of them. Then
consider the relationship between the lengths of the longest line segment and the
sum of the other two line segments.
The length of the longest line segment is always shorter than the sum of the other two line
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
segments.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

271
 According to Investigation, it can be summarized as follows:
• The largest interior angle of a triangle is opposite to the longest side, and the
smallest interior angle of a triangle is opposite to the shortest side.
• The length of the longest side of a triangle is always shorter than the sum of the
other two sides.
2. Exterior angles
Q Consider ∆ ABC where Point P results
q C
from lengthening side AB until AP is obtained;
c Point Q results from lengthening side BC
until BQ is obtained, and Point R results
p
A a b
P from lengthening side CA until CR is
r B obtained. Here a, b and c are the
R
interior angles of ∆ ABC, and p, q and
K r are the exterior angles of ∆ ABC.
E
Y In general, a and b are non-adjacent interior angles to q. Similarly, a and
c are non-adjacent interior angles to p. According to this, what interior angles do
you think are non-adjacent interior angles to r ?
Take a look at ∆ ABC.
C According to ∆ ABC:
c b + d = 180 ํ (Angles on a straight
line equal 180 ํ.)
a b d
A B D a + b + c = 180 ํ (The sum of interior
angles of a triangle
is 180 ํ.)
b+ d= a+ b+ c
Therefore, d = a + c.
According to what mentioned earlier, it can be summarized as follows:
If one side of a triangle is lengthened, then the obtained exterior angle is
equal to the sum of the non-adjacent interior angles to that exterior angle.
272
 Worked Example 6
Find the value of a according to the given figure.
C Solution
56 ํ Since the exterior angle of a triangle equals the sum
of the non-adjacent interior angles to that exterior
50 ํ a angle, then
A B D
a = 56 ํ + 50 ํ = 106 ํ
Therefore, the value of a is 106 ํ.
Similar Questions
Practice Now Exercise 6A Questions 2, 4-5, 7(2), 9
Find the value of a according to the given figure.
C Since the e terior angle of a triangle equals the sum of the
x
....................................................................................................................................................
48 ํ non-adjacent interior angles to that exterior angle, then
....................................................................................................................................................
a = 53 ํ + 48 ํ = 101 ํ K
.................................................................................................................................................... E
Therefore, the value of a is 101 ํ. Y
53 ํ a ....................................................................................................................................................
A B D
....................................................................................................................................................

You can use the properties of parallel lines and triangles to prove mathematical
statements and support your reason as in the following examples.
Worked Example 7
Let AC // DE and BC = BE. Prove that AC = DE.
C
Solution
BCA = BED (The alternate angles are equal.)
B BC = BE (Given)
A D
ABC = DBE (The vertically opposite angles are
equal.)
∆ ABC ≅ ∆ DBE (ASA)
E Therefore, AC = DE.
273
 Practice Now Similar Questions
Exercise 6A Question 6
Let AB // ED and AB = ED. Prove that BC = DC.
B E ABC = EDC (The alternate angles are equal.)
....................................................................................................................................................
AB = ED (Given)
....................................................................................................................................................
C CAB = CED (The alternate angles are equal.)
....................................................................................................................................................
∆ ABC ≅ ∆EDC (ASA)
....................................................................................................................................................
A D Therefore, BC = DC.
....................................................................................................................................................

Exercise 6B
Basic Level
1. Find the values of a, b, c and d according to the given figures.
B
1) 2) B
K 2a 3b
E C 40 ํ
Y C 64 ํ 4b
68 ํ A
A
68 ํ + 2a + 64 ํ = 180 ํ
……………………………………………………………………………….. 4b + 3b + 40 ํ = 180 ํ
………………………………………………………………………………..
2a = 48 ํ
……………………………………………………………………………….. 7b = 140 ํ
………………………………………………………………………………..
a = 24 ํ
……………………………………………………………………………….. b = 20 ํ
………………………………………………………………………………..
Therefore, the value of a is 24 ํ.
……………………………………………………………………………….. Therefore, the value of b is 20 ํ.
………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………….. ………………………………………………………………………………..

3) C 4) C
d
c B
62 ํ
A A B
Since BA = BC, then
……………………………………………………………………………….. Since AC = BC = AB, then
………………………………………………………………………………..
BCA = BAC = 62 ํ.
……………………………………………………………………………….. BAC = CBA = ACB.
………………………………………………………………………………..
We get 62 ํ + c + 62 ํ = 180 ํ
……………………………………………………………………………….. We get d + d + d = 180 ํ
………………………………………………………………………………..
c = 56 ํ.
……………………………………………………………………………….. d = 60 ํ.
………………………………………………………………………………..
Therefore, the value of c is 56 ํ.
……………………………………………………………………………….. Therefore, the value of d is 60 ํ.
………………………………………………………………………………..

274
2. Find the values of a, b and c according to the given figures.
1) a = 47 ํ + 55 ํ (The exterior angle of a triangle equals
....................................................................................................................................................
C the sum of the non-adjacent interior
....................................................................................................................................................
55 ํ angles to that exterior angle.)
....................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................

a
= 102 ํ
....................................................................................................................................................
47 ํ
D A B Therefore, the value of a is 102 ํ.
....................................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................

2) 90 ํ + b + 50 ํ = 180 ํ (The sum of interior angles of a

....................................................................................................................................................
C triangle is 180 ํ.)
....................................................................................................................................................
b
35 ํ b = 40 ํ
....................................................................................................................................................
90 ํ + c + 35 ํ = 180 ํ (The sum of interior angles of a
....................................................................................................................................................
D 50 ํ c triangle is 180 ํ.)
A B ....................................................................................................................................................
c = 55 ํ
.................................................................................................................................................... K
E
Therefore, the values of b and c are 40 ํ and 55 ,ํ respectively.
.................................................................................................................................................... Y

3. Find the smallest angle of ∆ABC in which the sizes of the interior angles are 3X,
4X and 5X.
3 + 4 + 5 = 180 ํ
X X X (The sum of interior angles of a triangle is 180 ํ.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
X = 15 ํ
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the smallest angle of ∆ ABC is equal to 3(15 ํ) = 45 ํ.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Intermediate Level
4. Find the values of a and b according to the given figure.
D a + 90 ํ = 115 ํ
....................................................................................................................................................
Eb a = 25 ํ
....................................................................................................................................................
a a + b = 90 ํ + 32 ํ
....................................................................................................................................................
F 32 ํ G 25 ํ + b = 122 ํ
....................................................................................................................................................
b = 97 ํ
....................................................................................................................................................
A 115 ํ
B C Therefore, the values of a and b are 25 ํ and 97 ,ํ respectively.
....................................................................................................................................................

275
 5. Find the value of a according to the given figure.
F
57 ํ
C
44 ํ a
E D B
51 ํ
A
EDF + 44 ํ + 57 ํ = 180 ํ (The sum of interior angles of a triangle is 180 ํ.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
EDF = 79 ํ
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
ADB = 79 ํ (The vertically opposite angles are equal.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
a = 51 ํ + 79 ํ (The exterior angle of a triangle equals the sum of the non-adjacent interior
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
angles to that exterior angle.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
= 130 ํ
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the value of a is 130 ํ.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

K ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E
Y ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

6. Let side AB of □ ABCD be parallel to side CD and side AD be parallel to side

BC, as in the given figure.
D C

A B
1) Prove that ∆ABE ≅ ∆CDE.
EAB = ECD (The alternate angles are equal.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
ABE = CDE (The alternate angles are equal.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
BE = ED (The diagonals of a parallelogram bisect each other.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, ∆ ABE ≅ ∆ CDE. (AAS)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

276
2) Prove that ∆AED ≅ ∆CEB.
EDA = EBC (The alternate angles are equal.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
DAE = BCE (The alternate angles are equal.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
AE = CE (The diagonals of a parallelogram bisect each other.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, ∆ AED ≅ ∆CEB. (AAS)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3) If the area of ∆ABE is 3.44 cm2, which is equal to that of ∆AED , what is the
area of □ ABCD?
Since ∆ ABE CDE, then the area of ABE = the area of CDE = 3.44 cm2 and
≅ ∆ ∆ ∆
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
since ∆ AED ≅ ∆CEB, then the area of ∆ AED = the area of ∆CEB = 3.44 cm2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the area of □ ABCD = 4 × 3.44 = 13.76 cm2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

7. Let AB // CD. Find the values of a, b, c, d and e. K

E
Y
1) E
A G 45 ํ B
64 ํ H
F b

C a D
32 ํ
I
J
AHF = 45 ํ (The vertically opposite angles are equal.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
AHI + CIH = 180 ํ (The sum of interior angles on the same side of the transversal is 180 ํ.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(45 ํ + 64 ํ) + (32 ํ + a) = 180 ํ
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
a = 39 ํ
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
b + 39 ํ + 64 ํ = 180 ํ (The sum of interior angles of a triangle is 180 ํ.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
b = 77 ํ
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the values of a and b are 39 ํ and 77 ํ, respectively.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

277
 2) A e
B
2c c

C d 120 ํ D
E

From the fact that EB = EC, then ECB = EBC = 2c.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
d = 2c + 2c = 4c (The exterior angle of a triangle equals the sum of the
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
non-adjacent interior angles to that exterior angle.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
c + d = 120 ํ (The exterior angle of a triangle equals the sum of the
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
non-adjacent interior angles to that exterior angle.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
c + 4c = 120 ํ
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5c = 120 ํ
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
c = 24 ํ
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K d = 4(24 ํ) = 96 ํ
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E
Y ABE = DEB (The alternate angles are equal.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
e + 2(24 ํ) = 96 ํ
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
e = 48 ํ
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the values of c, d and e are 24 ํ, 96 ํ and 48 ํ, respectively.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

8. Let the interior angles of ∆ABC be X - 35 ,ํ X - 25 ,ํ and 12 X - 10 .ํ Find the value of X.

( - 35 ํ) + ( - 25 ํ) + 12 - 10 ํ = 180 ํ
X X ( X ) (The sum of interior angles of a triangle is 180 ํ.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 X - 70 ํ = 180 ํ
2 5
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2 X = 250 ํ
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
X = 100 ํ
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the value of X is 100 ํ.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

278
9. Let ∆ABC consist of BAC = 50 ํ and BCA = 26 ํ.
1) Find the size of ABC. 2) If side AB is lengthened to Point D,
then find the size of CBD.
Since the sum of interior angles of a triangle
……………………………………………………………………………….. Since the e terior angle of a triangle
x
………………………………………………………………………………..
is 180 ํ, then
……………………………………………………………………………….. equals the sum of the non-adjacent
………………………………………………………………………………..
ABC + 50 ํ + 26 ํ = 180 ํ
……………………………………………………………………………….. interior angles to that exterior angle, then
………………………………………………………………………………..
ABC = 104 ํ.
……………………………………………………………………………….. CBD = 50 ํ + 26 ํ = 76 ํ.
………………………………………………………………………………..
Therefore, the size of ABC is 104 ํ.
……………………………………………………………………………….. Therefore, the size of CBD is 76 ํ.
………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………….. ………………………………………………………………………………..

10. Let AC // ED and BE // CD.

E 35 ํ D

K
F E
Y
106 ํ 50 ํ
A B C

1) Find the size of DFE.

DEC = BCE = 50 ํ (The alternate angles are equal.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
35 ํ + 50 ํ + DFE = 180 ํ (The sum of interior angles of a triangle is 180 ํ.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
DFE = 95 ํ
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the size of DFE is 95 ํ.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) Find the size of BDC.

CBD = BDE = 35 ํ (The alternate angles are equal.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
106 ํ + EBD + 35 ํ = 180 ํ (Angles on a straight line equal 180 ํ.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
EBD = 39 ํ
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
BDC = EBD = 39 ํ (The alternate angles are equal.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the size of BDC is 39 ํ.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

279
 Advanced Level
11. Let AB = AC, BD = BE, and AF = DF.
A

B C E
F

D
Find the size of ABC.
Let ABC = . X
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Since AB = AC,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

K then ABC = ACB = X.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E Since BD = BE
Y ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
and DBE + X = 180 ํ (Angles on a straight line equal 180 ํ.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
DBE = 180 ํ - X,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
then BDE + BED + DBE = 180 ํ. (The sum of interior angles of a triangle is 180 ํ.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
We get BDE + BDE + (180 ํ - X) = 180 ํ
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2( BDE) = 180 ํ - (180 ํ - X)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
BDE = 180 ํ - (180 ํ - X)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
= x2 .
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, BDE = BED = x2 .
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Since AF = DF,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
then FAD = FDA = BDE = x2 .
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Since BAC + ABC + ACB = 180 ํ,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
then x + X + X = 180 ํ (The sum of interior angles of a triangle is 180 ํ.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2
X = 72 ํ.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the size of ABC is 72 ํ.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

280
Summary
1. Parallel lines.
Let PQ intersect AB and CD, as in the figure.
If AB // CD, then:
A Pb B • the corresponding angles are equal, e.g. a = b.
c d
• the alternate angles are equal, e.g. a = c.
a
C Q D • the sum of interior angles on the same side of
the transversal is 180 ,ํ e.g. a + d = 180 .ํ
2. Properties of a triangle
According to the figure, it can be summarized as follows:
C • the sum of interior angles of a triangle is 180 ํ.

• the largest interior angle of a triangle is opposite

a
b to the longest side, and the smallest interior angle
of a triangle is opposite to the shortest side. K
A B • the length of the longest side of a triangle is always E
c Y
shorter than the sum of the other two sides.
3. Exxterior angles
“If one side of a triangle is lengthened, then the obtained exterior angle is equal
to the sum of the non-adjacent interior angles to that exterior angle.”
Q
According to the figure, it can be summarized as follows:
• a and b are the non-adjacent interior angles
q C
c
to q.
• b and c are the non-adjacent interior angles
A a b p to r.
B P
r • c and a are the non-adjacent interior angles
R to p.

281
 Review Exercise 6
1. Let AB // CD. Find the values of a, b and c.
1) A B
a
P E 250 ํ Q
126 ํ
C D
Since the sum of interior angles on the Since the sum of interior angles on the same
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
same side of the transversal is 180 ํ, then side of the transversal is 180 ํ, then
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
DEP + 126 ํ = 180 ํ a + BEP = 180 ํ
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
DEP = 54 ํ. a + 56 ํ = 180 ํ
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Since a full rotation angle equals 360 ํ, then a = 124 ํ
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
BEP + DEP + 250 ํ = 360 ํ Therefore, the value of a is 124 ํ.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
BEP + 54 ํ = 110 ํ
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K
E BEP = 56 ํ.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Y
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2) P
A 3c B
6b - 21 ํ
5b - 52 ํ
C D
Q
Since the sum of interior angles on the 3c = 6b - 21 ํ (The vertically opposite
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
same side of the transversal is 180 ํ, then angles are equal.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(6b - 21 ํ) + (5b - 52 ํ) = 180 ํ 3c = 6(23 ํ) - 21
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
11b - 73 ํ = 180 ํ 3c = 117 ํ
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
11b = 253 ํ c = 39 ํ
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
b = 23 ํ. Therefore, the values of b and c are 23 ํ and
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
39 ํ, respectively.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
282
2. Let AB // DE, GC // DF, CBH = 74 ํ, DCG = 148 ํ, and EDF = 84 ํ.
G E
B 148 ํ 84 ํ
74 ํ C D
F
A H
1) Find the size of CDE. 2) Find the size of ABH.
CDF = 148 ํ
(The alternate angles are equal.)
……………………………………………………………………………….. ABC = CDE = 128 ํ (The alternate
………………………………………………………………………………..
From the fact that one full rotation of a
……………………………………………………………………………….. angles are equal.)
………………………………………………………………………………..
circle equals 360 ํ:
……………………………………………………………………………….. ABH = ABC - 74 ํ
………………………………………………………………………………..
CDE + 84 ํ + CDF = 360 ํ
……………………………………………………………………………….. = 128 ํ - 74 ํ
………………………………………………………………………………..
CDE + 84 ํ + 148 ํ = 360 ํ
……………………………………………………………………………….. = 54 ํ
………………………………………………………………………………..
CDE = 128 ํ
……………………………………………………………………………….. Therefore, the size of ABH is 54 ํ.
………………………………………………………………………………..
Therefore, the size of CDE is 128 ํ.
……………………………………………………………………………….. ……………………………………………………………………………….. K
E
Y
3. Let AC // FG, DB // FE, the reflexx angle of DEF = 316 ํ, and EFG = 58 ํ.
A B C
316 ํ
D E
58 ํ G
X Y F

1) Find the size of BDE. 2) Find the size of ABD.

Since a full rotation angle equals 360 ํ, then
……………………………………………………………………………….. Since the corresponding angles are equal,
………………………………………………………………………………..
DEF + the reflex angle of DEF = 360 ํ
……………………………………………………………………………….. then
………………………………………………………………………………..
DEF + 316 ํ = 360 ํ
……………………………………………………………………………….. DYF = 58 ํ.
………………………………………………………………………………..
DEF = 44 ํ.
……………………………………………………………………………….. ABD = DYF = 58 ํ (The alternate angles
………………………………………………………………………………..
BDE = DEF = 44 ํ (The alternate angles
……………………………………………………………………………….. are equal.)
………………………………………………………………………………..
are equal.)
……………………………………………………………………………….. Therefore, the size of ABD is 58 ํ.
………………………………………………………………………………..
Therefore, the size of BDE is 44 ํ.
……………………………………………………………………………….. ………………………………………………………………………………..

283
 4. Let AB // FE, ABC = w, BCD = X, CDE = y, and DEF = z. Give the equation
that shows the relationship between w, X, y and z.
A w B
P CX Q
R D y S
F z E
BCQ = w (The alternate angles are equal.) SDE = y - CDS = y - (180 ํ - + w) X
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
QCD = X - BCQ = y - 180 ํ + X - w
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
=X-w SDE = z (The alternate angles
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
CDS + QCD = 180 ํ (The sum of interior angles are equal.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
on the same side of the y - 180 ํ + X - w = z
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
transversal is 180 ํ.) w + z + 180 ํ = X + y
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
CDS + (X - w) = 180 ํ Therefore, the equation showing the relationship
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

K CDS = 180 ํ - X + w between w, X, y and z is w + z + 180 ํ = X + y.

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E
Y
5. Find the values of a, b, c and d according to the given figures.
1)
D
52 ํ
E

A 48 ํ b a 62 ํ C
B

a + 62 ํ + 52 ํ = 180 ํ (The sum of interior angles of a triangle is 180 ํ.)

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
a = 66 ํ
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
48 ํ + b + 66 ํ = 180 ํ (Angles of a straight line equal 180 ํ.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
b = 66 ํ
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the values of a and b are both 66 ํ.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

284
2)
D
2d

5c + 4 ํ
A 3c
B C
Since DB = DC, then Since the e terior angle of a triangle equals
x
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
DBC = DCB = 3c. the sum of the non-adjacent interior angles to
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
ABD + DBC = 180 ํ (Angles of a straight line that exterior angle, then
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
equal 180 ํ.) 3(22 ํ) + 2d = 5(22 ํ) + 4 ํ
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(5c + 4 ํ) + 3c = 180 ํ 2d = 48 ํ
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8c = 176 ํ d = 24 ํ.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
c = 22 ํ Therefore, the values of c and d are 22 ํ and
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
24 ํ, respectively.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K
6. Let AB // DC. Find the values of a, b, c and d. E
Y
1)
D C

a
A B
Since AB = AC,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
then ACB = ABC = a. (The base angles of an isosceles triangle are equal.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Since AC = AD = CD,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
then DCA = CDA = CAD = 60 ํ (Each interior angle of an equilateral triangle equals 60 )ํ
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
and BAC = DCA = 60 ํ. (The alternate angles are equal.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Since a + BAC + a = 180 ,ํ (The sum of interior angles of a triangle is 180 .ํ )
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
then 2a + 60 ํ = 180 ํ
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2a = 120 ํ
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
a = 60 ํ.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the value of a is 60 ํ.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

285
 2) E
d

Db c C
A 58 ํ B
Since EA = EB, then EAB = EBA = 58 ํ.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
58 ํ + b = 180 ํ (The sum of interior angles on the same side of the transversal is 180 ํ.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
b = 122 ํ
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
c = 58 ํ (The corresponding angles are equal.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Since ED = EC, then EDC = ECD = 58 ํ.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
58 ํ + d + 58 ํ = 180 ํ (The sum of interior angles of a triangle is 180 ํ.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
d = 64 ํ
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, the values of b, c and d are 122 ํ, 58 ํ and 64 ํ, respectively.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
K
E ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Y
7. Let BA // DE, AB = DE and GA = HD. Prove that CB // EF.
C E

A G H D

B F
AB = DE (Given)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
GAB = HDE (The alternate angles are equal.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
GA = HD (Given)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Since ∆ABG ≅ ∆DEH, (SAS)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
then AGB = DHE (The corresponding angles of two congruent triangles are equal.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
GHF = DHE (The vertically opposite angles are equal.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
AGB = GHF (The properties of congruence)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
CB // EF. (The corresponding angles are equal.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, CB // EF.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

286
 Challenge Yourself
According to the given figure, is AB parallel to GH ? Exxplain.
A N P X Z F
6X - 7y
C 2X + 3y
3X + 5y E
3X - 2y
2X - 5y 6X + 2y G
D
B
M O W Y H
Draw MN // OP // W // YZ // AB at points C, D, E and F.X
.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Consider AB and MN.
.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
We get BCM = 2X - 5y.
.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Then, MCD = (3X - 2y) - (2X - 5y) = 3X - 2y - 2X + 5y = X + 3y.
............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. K
Consider MN and OP. E
............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Y
We get CDP = X + 3y.
.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Then, PDE = (3X + 5y) - (X + 3y) = 3X + 5y - X - 3y = 2X + 2y.
.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Consider OP and W X.
.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
We get DEX = 180 ํ - (2X + 2y) = 180 ํ - 2X - 2y.
.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Then, XEZ = (6X - 7y) - (180 ํ - 2X - 2y) = 6X - 7y - 180 ํ + 2X + 2y = 8X - 5y - 180 ํ.
.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Consider W X and YZ.
.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
We get EFY = 8X - 5y - 180 ํ.
.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Then, YFG = (2X + 3y) - (8X - 5y - 180 )ํ = 2X + 3y - 8X + 5y + 180 ํ = 8y - 6X + 180 ํ .
.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Consider YZ and GH.
.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
We get FGH = 180 ํ - (8y - 6X + 180 )ํ = 180 ํ - 8y + 6X - 180 ํ = 6X - 8y.
.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
According to the given figure, FGH = 6X + 2y.
.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Therefore, AB is not parallel to GH.
.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

287
 Problems
in Real-World Contexts
Problems 1 Rotating objects
Microsoft Word is a program for creating documents by typing instead
of writing by hand. Apart from being a word processor, there are other tools
to help documents look more engaging, e.g. WordArt texts, charts, pictures. In order
to insert pictures, there are options for transforming them, e.g. rotating objects. Here
are the steps to specify degrees for rotation:

1. Click an object for rotation.

2. Under Drawing Tools (or Picture Tools if rotating a picture), on the Format tab,
in the Arrange group, click Rotate and then click More Rotation Options.
K
E
Y

3. Add degrees for rotation in the Rotation box in the window or dialog box that
appears. Also, you can rotate the object with a pointer according to the degrees
that you want.
If you cannot see the Drawing Tools or Picture Tools tab, make sure
that you select text boxes, shapes or WordArt texts first, or you may have
to double-click the object you selected to open the Format tab.
Source: https://support.office.com

288
 Follow the following steps to create the figure below by Microsoft Word.

E A R T H

K
E
Y

1. Search for and pick an image of Earth from the internet. Adjust the image with
6.5 cm in diameter.
2. Select Insert WordArt and create the letters one by one with the font
size 48 as follows:

EARTH
3. Rotate and align each letter as shown in the figure. The degrees of each letter
you are making must be equal to those letters shown in the figure. Now, show
how to find angle size for rotating each letter.

289
 Table of Squares, Cubes, Positive Square Roots,
Cube Roots and Reciprocals of Numbers from 1 to 100

n n2 n3 n 3n 1
n
1 1 1 1.000 1.000 1.0000
2 4 8 1.414 1.260 .5000
3 9 27 1.732 1.442 .3333
4 16 64 2.000 1.587 .2500
5 25 125 2.236 1.710 .2000
6 36 216 2.449 1.817 .1667
7 49 343 2.646 1.913 .1429
8 64 512 2.828 2.000 .1250
9 81 729 3.000 2.080 .1111
10 100 1,000 3.162 2.154 .1000
K 11 121 1,331 3.317 2.224 .0909
E 12 144 1,728 3.464 2.289 .0833
Y
13 169 2,197 3.606 2.351 .0769
14 196 2,744 3.742 2.410 .0714
15 225 3,375 3.873 2.466 .0667
16 256 4,096 4.000 2.520 .0625
17 289 4,913 4.123 2.571 .0588
18 324 5,832 4.243 2.621 .0556
19 361 6,859 4.359 2.668 .0526
20 400 8,000 4.472 2.714 .0500
21 441 9,261 4.583 2.759 .0476
22 484 10,648 4.690 2.802 .0455
23 529 12,167 4.796 2.844 .0435
24 576 13,824 4.899 2.884 .0417
25 625 15,625 5.000 2.924 .0400
26 676 17,575 5.099 2.962 .0385
27 729 19,683 5.196 3.000 .0370
28 784 21,952 5.292 3.037 .0357
29 841 24,389 5.385 3.072 .0345
30 900 27,000 5.477 3.107 .0333

290
 n n2 n3 n 3n 1
n
31 961 29,791 5.568 3.141 .0323
32 1,024 32,768 5.657 3.175 .0313
33 1,089 35,937 5.745 3.208 .0303
34 1,156 39,304 5.831 3.240 .0294
35 1,225 42,875 5.916 3.271 .0286
36 1,296 46,656 6.000 3.302 .0278
37 1,369 50,653 6.083 3.332 .0270
38 1,444 54,872 6.164 3.362 .0263
39 1,521 59,319 6.245 3.391 .0256
40 1,600 64,000 6.325 3.420 .0250
41 1,681 68,921 6.403 3.448 .0244
42 1,764 74,088 6.481 3.476 .0238
43 1,849 79,507 6.557 3.503 .0233
44 1,936 85,184 6.633 3.530 .0227
45 2,025 91,125 6.708 3.557 .0222
46 2,116 97,336 6.782 3.583 .0217 K
47 2,209 103,823 6.856 3.609 .0213 E
Y
48 2,304 110,592 6.928 3.634 .0208
49 2,401 117,649 7.000 3.659 .0204
50 2,500 125,000 7.071 3.684 .0200
51 2,601 132,651 7.141 3.708 .0196
52 2,704 140,608 7.211 3.733 .0192
53 2,809 148,877 7.280 3.756 .0189
54 2,916 157,464 7.348 3.780 .0185
55 3,025 166,375 7.416 3.803 .0182
56 3,136 175,616 7.483 3.826 .0179
57 3,249 185,193 7.550 3.849 .0175
58 3,364 195,112 7.616 3.871 .0172
59 3,481 205,379 7.681 3.893 .0169
60 3,600 216,000 7.746 3.915 .0167
61 3,721 226,981 7.810 3.936 .0164
62 3,844 238,328 7.874 3.958 .0161
63 3,969 250,047 7.937 3.979 .0159
64 4,096 262,144 8.000 4.000 .0156
65 4,225 274,625 8.062 4.021 .0154

291
 n n2 n3 n 3n 1
n
66 4,356 287,496 8.124 4.041 .0152
67 4,489 300,763 8.185 4.062 .0149
68 4,624 341,432 8.246 4.082 .0147
69 4,761 328,509 8.307 4.102 .0145
70 4,900 343,000 8.367 4.121 .0143
71 5,041 357,911 8.426 4.141 .0141
72 5,184 373,248 8.485 4.160 .0139
73 5,329 389,017 8.544 4.179 .0137
74 5,476 405,224 8.602 4.198 .0135
75 5,625 421,875 8.660 4.217 .0133
76 5,776 438,976 8.718 4.236 .0132
77 5,929 456,533 8.775 4.254 .0130
78 6,084 474,552 8.832 4.273 .0128
79 6,241 493,039 8.888 4.291 .0127
80 6,400 512,000 8.944 4.309 .0125
K 81 6,561 531,441 9.000 4.327 .0123
E 82 6,724 551,368 9.055 4.344 .0122
Y
83 6,889 571,787 9.110 4.362 .0120
84 7,056 592,704 9.165 4.380 .0119
85 7,225 614,125 9.220 4.397 .0118
86 7,396 636,056 9.274 4.414 .0116
87 7,569 658,503 9.327 4.431 .0115
88 7,744 681,472 9.381 4.448 .0114
89 7,921 704,969 9.434 4.465 .0112
90 8,100 729,000 9.487 4.481 .0111
91 8,281 753,571 9.539 4.498 .0110
92 8,464 778,688 9.592 4.514 .0109
93 8,648 804,357 9.644 4.531 .0108
94 8,836 830,584 9.695 4.547 .0106
95 9,025 857,375 9.747 4.563 .0105
96 9,216 884,736 9.798 4.579 .0104
97 9,409 912,673 9.849 4.595 .0103
98 9,604 941,192 9.899 4.610 .0102
99 9,801 970,299 9.950 4.626 .0101
100 10,000 1,000,000 10.000 4.642 .0100

292
Key Journal Writing
(Page 135)
Suggested answer
(a + b)(c + d + e) = a(c + d + e) + b(c + d + e)
= (ac + ad + ae) + (bc + bd + be)
= ac + ad + ae + bc + bd + be
We can see that ac + ad + ae + bc + bd + be ≠ ac + bd + e.
Therefore, Nate’s multiplication method of finding the product is incorrect.
.

K
E
Y

293
 Key Performance Task
(Page 198)
Suggested answer
There are many product logos or government agency logos in everyday life that
are related to geometric transformations.
For example, the flag of Association of Southeast Asian Nations

K A B
E
Y

According to the picture, the flag of Association of Southeast Asian Nations is related
to a geometric transformation, i.e. reflection, and here, AB is the line of reflection.

294
 Problem 1 (Page 288)
Suggested answer
The solution to finding the angle size for rotating each letter is as follows:
Step 1 On the circumference of an image of the Earth, mark points A, B, C and
D. Then, draw AB and CD.

D
K
A E
Y
C
Step 2 On AB, draw XY as its perpendicular bisector, and on CD, draw
WZ as its perpendicular bisector, given that XY and WZ intersect
each other at Point O, which is the center of the image of Earth.
W
B

X Y
O D

C Z

295
 Step 3 Above letter R, mark Point P, which is the center of Point R, and then
draw PO.
P
R
W
B

X Y
O D

C Z
K
E Step 4 Above letter T, mark Point Q, which is the center of Point T, and then
Y
draw OQ.

P Q
RT
W
B

X Y
O D

C Z

296
Step 5 Measure the size of POQ, which is the angle size for rotating letter T.

P Q
RT
W
B

X Y
O D

C Z
K
Step 6 Repeat steps 4 and 5 by changing letter T to letters H, E and A in the E
Y
same order, which will give angle sizes for rotating letters H, E and A,
respectively.
P Q

E A R T H
W
B

X Y
O D

C Z

297
 NOTE

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

K …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
E
Y …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

298
 NOTE

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. K
E
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. Y
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

299
 NOTE

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

K …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
E
Y …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

300
 EYASTERIN
G
W
ork
-Textbook

MASTERING
Wor
k-Textb
oo
k

AcȺiɖȫ Learning
M ATICS
K
Mastering Mathematic
MATHEM MATHEMATICS
Master
ing Ma

s S.2A
themat
ics S.2B

ey
3 in 1!
2B
ar y
Se co nd

2A
Yeap Ban Har, Ph.D.
Har, Ph.D. Ph.D. Joseph Yeo Boon Wooi, Ph.D. Seco ndar y
Yeap Ban
ge
Boon Wooi, Teh Keng Seng
Joseph Yeo g

matics

1410
360.-
S.2B

71
Teh Keng
Sen
Content, Activities and
Exercises
Mastering Mathematics – the Work-Textbooks that include content, activities and
exercises developed based on the B.E. 2560 (A.D. 2017) revised version of Thailand’s Basic
Education Core Curriculum B.E. 2551 (A.D. 2008) and adapted from the most renowned
mathematics series for secondary level in Singapore

Active Learning Activities – include various activities to help increase knowledge and
enhance thinking skills
Investigation Journal Writing
Class Discussion Performance Task
Thinking Time

Marginal Notes – allow students to extend and increase their understandings on what they
have learned

Attention Recall
Information Just for Fun
Problem Solving Tip Internet Resources

Problems in Real-World Context – let students apply their mathematical knowledge

to real-life situations

Aksorn Charoen Tat ACT. CO., Ltd.

142 Tanao Road, Phra Nakhon, Bangkok, Thailand 10200
Tel. /Fax. +66 2622 2999 (auto phone switch 20 lines) www.aksorn.com